CATALOG 2011 2012

W
Shared by: gjmpzlaezgx
Categories
Tags
-
Stats
views:
53
posted:
10/14/2011
language:
English
pages:
236
Document Sample
scope of work template
							    2011  2 0 1 2

    C ATA L O G




www.lwtech.edu/catalog
                                                  2011-2012 Catalog




11605 132nd Avenue NE
Kirkland, Washington 98034-8506
(425)739-8100
www.lwtech.edu                                                                    www.lwtech.edu/catalog
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   1
   1                  General Information


                      President’s Message
General Information




                                                                 On behalf of the faculty, staff and Board of Trustees, I welcome you to Lake
                                                                 Washington Institute of Technology.

                                                                 For over 60 years LWIT has been changing lives and helping our graduates and
                                                                 their families achieve a brighter future. We provide affordable professional and
                                                                 technical training in a hands-on learning environment with instructors who
                                                                 have worked in the subjects they teach. Advisers are here to help guide you in
                                                                 selecting the right pathway and our outstanding faculty and supportive staff
                                                                 is committed to helping you to succeed.

                                                                 We are focused on success at all levels. Whether you come to us looking to
                                                                 change careers; keep abreast of changing technologies; learn English or brush
                                                                 up on math skills; graduate high school; prepare to transfer to a university or
                                                                 simply take a class for fun, LWIT provides a pathway to help you reach your
                                                                 educational goals.

                                          Dr. David Woodall      These are exciting times at LWIT. Our first graduates in the Bachelor of
                                                                 Technology in Applied Design (BTAD) program were awarded their diplomas
                                                                 in June and, with the signing of Senate Bill 5664 in April, Lake Washington
                                                                 Technical College officially became Lake Washington Institute of Technology
                                                                 on July 24, 2011.

                                                                 When fall quarter classes start, the doors will open on our new 83,000 square
                                                                 foot Allied Health building. This state-of-the-art facility on our Kirkland
                                                                 campus will be home to career training programs in Nursing, Dental, Physical
                                                                 Therapist Assistant, Occupational Therapy Assistant, as well as Washington
                                                                 State’s first Funeral Service Education program. Also a first in the state, a new
                                                                 Washington Network for Innovative Careers (WaNIC) high school skills center
                                                                 will be co-located in this 3-story, energy efficient facility.

                                                                 As a member of the Five Star Consortium, we are working with Cascadia,
                                                                 Edmonds, Everett, and Shoreline Community Colleges to streamline and
                                                                 standardize operations, making it easier for students to move between
                                                                 our schools.

                                                                 Since 1949 LWIT’s goal has been: to help you succeed on your chosen path by
                                                                 providing affordable professional and technical training that prepares you for
                                                                 today’s careers and tomorrow’s opportunities.

                                                                 We invite you to explore all we have to offer and look forward to welcoming
                                                                 you into the Lake Washington Institute of Technology family!

                                                                 Dr. David Woodall
                                                                 Interim President




              2       2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                                              General Information
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                 Table of Contents




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             General Information
  	 GENERAL	INFORMATION
    President’s Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2               Microsoft Office Applications – Certificate of Completion . . .44
    Our Mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6       Office Assistant – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
    About Lake Washington Institute of Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .7                                         Web Maintenance – Certificate of Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
    Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7         I-BEST Business Administration Support – Certificate of
    Lake Washington College Foundation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8                                    Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
    We Guarantee Our Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8                          I-BEST Web Maintenance – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . .46
    Selecting a Program of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9                        Child Care Manager
    Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10                         Child Care Manager – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
                                                                                                                     Child Care Manager – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
  	 PROGRAMS	OF	STUDY                                                                                                Civil Engineering Graphics
    Programs by Area of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14                      Civil Engineering Graphics Emphasis – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
    Core Academic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15                           Civil Engineering Graphics Emphasis –
    Global Outcomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17                 Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
                                                                                                                     Civil 3D – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
    Accounting
    Accounting – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25               Computer Security & Network Technician
    Accounting Paraprofessional – Certificate of Proficiency . . . .26                                               Computer Security & Network Technician AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
    Practical Accounting – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . .27                                      IT Support Technician – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . .54
    Accounting Assistant – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . .28                                         Network Support Technician – Certificate of Proficiency. . . . .55
    I-Best Accounting Assistant – Certificate of Completion . . . . .28                                              Linux Security & Networking – Certificate of Completion . . . .56

    Applied Design                                                                                                   Culinary Arts
    Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design (BTAD) . . . . . . . . . .18                                            Culinary Arts – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
                                                                                                                     Culinary Arts – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
    Architectural Graphics
                                                                                                                     Wine Education – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
    Architectural Graphics – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
    Architectural Graphics – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . .30                                        Dental Assistant
    Revit – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31                          Dental Assistant – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
                                                                                                                     Dental Assistant – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
    Auto Collision Repair Technician
    Auto Collision Repair Technician – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32                                 Dental Hygiene
    Auto Collision Repair Technician –                                                                               Dental Hygiene – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
      Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34                     Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician
    Auto Repair Technician                                                                                           Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
    Auto Repair Technician – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35                         Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician –
    Auto Repair Technician – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . .36                                           Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
    General Service Technician – Certificate of Completion . . . . .37                                               Digital Gaming and Media
    I-BEST General Service Technician –                                                                              Digital Gaming and Media – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
       Certificate of Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38                      Electronics Technology
    Baking Arts                                                                                                      Electronics Technology – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
    Baking Arts – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39              Electronics Technology –
    Business                                                                                                            Associate of Applied Science – Transfer Degree . . . . . . . . . .68
    Business DTA/MRP – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19                       Electronics Technician – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . .69
                                                                                                                     Digital Electronics – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
    Business Administration Support
                                                                                                                     Electronic Automation – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . .70
    Business Administration Support – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
                                                                                                                     Electronics, Manufacturing Specialist –
    Business Administration Support –
                                                                                                                        Certificate of Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
       Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
                                                                                                                     PCB Design Technician – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . .71
    Human Resources – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
    Project Management Support Certificate of Proficiency . . . . .43


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                      L A K E            W A S H I N G T O N                           I N S T I T U T E        O F        T E C H N O L O G Y                              C A T A L O G                 3
   1                  General Information


                      Table of Contents continued
General Information




                          Energy & Science Technician                                                                          Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment
                          Energy & Science Technician – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72                  Service Technology
                          Bio-Energy – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74                     Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment
                          Energy Technology – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . .74                              Service Technology – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
                          Industrial/Laboratory – Certificate of Completion. . . . . . . . . . .75                             Harley-Davidson® Option – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
                          I-BEST Bio-Energy – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75                          Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment
                                                                                                                                 Service Technology – Certificate of Proficiency. . . . . . . . . . .99
                          I-Best Energy Technology – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . .76
                          I-Best Industrial/Laboratory – Certificate of Completion. . . . .76                                  Multimedia Design & Production
                                                                                                                               Multimedia Design & Production AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     100
                          Engineering Graphics
                                                                                                                               Video and Web Production – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 101
                          Engineering Graphics –
                            Mechanical Design Emphasis – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77                         Print Design – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                102
                          Engineering Graphics Technician –                                                                    Video and Web Production – Certificate of Proficiency . . . .                                103
                            Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78         Web Design – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  104
                          Tool Design Graphics – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . .79                             Digital audio/video editing – Certificate of Completion . . .                                105
                          AutoCAD – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79                    Illustrator/PhotoShop Specialty –
                          CATIA – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80                    Certificate of Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       105
                          SolidWorks – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80                     Print Specialty – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    106
                                                                                                                               Web page development – Certificate of Completion . . . . . .                                 106
                          Environmental Horticulture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
                                                                                                                               Web server applications – Certificate of Completion . . . . . .                              107
                          Environmental Horticulture – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
                                                                                                                               Web Specialty – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      107
                          Environmental Horticulture – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . .82
                                                                                                                               Nursing
                          Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
                                                                                                                               Pre-Nursing DTA/MRP – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
                          Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
                                                                                                                               Nursing – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
                          Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer –
                             Associate of Applied Science – Transfer Degree . . . . . . . . . .84                              Practical Nursing – Certificate of Proficiency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
                          Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer –                                                                Nursing Assistant – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
                             Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85        Occupational Therapy Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
                          Funeral Service Education                                                                            Occupational Therapy Assistant – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
                          Funeral Service Education – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86                Physical Therapist Assistant
                          Human Resources Generalist                                                                           Physical Therapist Assistant – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
                          Human Resources Generalist – Certificate of Completion. . . .88                                      Professional-Technical Education
                          Machine Technology                                                                                   Professional – Technical Education –
                          Machine Technology – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89                Associate of Applied Science – Transfer Degree . . . . . . . . 114
                          Machine Technology – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . .90                            Social & Human Services
                                                                                                                               Social & Human Services – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
                          Massage Practitioner
                          Massage Practitioner – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91             Social & Human Services – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . 116
                          Massage Practitioner – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . .92                          Language Interpreting Services –
                                                                                                                                 Certificate of Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
                          Massage Practitioner – Certificate of Completion . . . . . . . . . . .92
                                                                                                                               Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
                          Medical Assisting
                                                                                                                               Technology DTA/MRP – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
                          Medical Assisting – AAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
                          Medical Assisting – Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94                       Welding Fabrication & Maintenance Technology
                          Medical Billing & Coding Professional –                                                              Welding Fabrication & Maintenance Technology – AAS . . . 118
                            Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95         Welding Fabrication & Maintenance Technology –
                          Medical Assisting Office Administration –                                                              Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
                            Certificate of Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96




              4       2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                  L A K E          W A S H I N G T O N                     I N S T I T U T E        O F        T E C H N O L O G Y                             C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                                                       General Information
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              1
                                                                                    Table of Contents continued




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           General Information
  	 SUPPORT	SERVICES	FOR	                                                                                              	 ACADEMIC	INFORMATION
    STUDENTS	AND	COMMUNITY                                                                                               General Requirements for Degrees and Certificates . . . . . . .                                             156
    Support Services for Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      122         English As A Second Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                            158
    Advising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   122         High School Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    158
    Counseling and Special Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         123         Credits and Credit Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   158
    Disability Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  123         Full- And Part-Time Student Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              158
    Worker Retraining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            124         Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          158
    Job Search Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                125         Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       159
    Student Conduct Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   127         Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      161
    Student Government and Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             128         Program Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               161
    Services to the Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      129
    Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 129       	 COURSE	DESCRIPTIONS
    Corporate Education/Customized Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                    129
                                                                                                                         Key to Course Prefixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
    eLearning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     129
                                                                                                                         Key to Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
                                                                                                                         Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
  	 ENROLLMENT	SERVICES
    Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       132       	 DIRECTORY
    Degree- Or Certificate- Seeking Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                 132
                                                                                                                         College Calendar 2011-2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          216
    Course Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             133
                                                                                                                         Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             217
    Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      137
                                                                                                                         Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     218
    Student Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            138
                                                                                                                         Administrators and Support Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                            223
    High School Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 139
                                                                                                                         College Phone Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       224
    Lake Washington Technical Academy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                139
                                                                                                                         Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    225
    Running Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        139
                                                                                                                         Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   226
    General Education Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                            139
                                                                                                                         Credits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    231
    High School Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   140
    International High School Completion Program . . . . . . . . . .                                         140
    Tech Prep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    140
    Gateway to College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             140
    International Students and Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              141

  	 TUITION	AND	FINANCIAL	AID
    Tuition and fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         146
    Student Payment Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   146
    Refund Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        147
    2011-2012 Tuition Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  147
    Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      150
    Veterans Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          151
    Financial Aid Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 152
    Maintaining Eligibility for Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                            153




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                        L A K E             W A S H I N G T O N                            I N S T I T U T E          O F         T E C H N O L O G Y                                    C A T A L O G                  5
   1                  General Information


                      Our Mission
General Information




                                                                 To prepare students for today’s careers
                                                                 and tomorrow’s opportunities.


                                          Core Themes            PATHWAYS	                                  EXTERNAL	ENGAGEMENT
                                                                 Lake Washington Institute of              Lake Washington Institute of
                       In support of our mission, the            Technology serves as a college that       Technology maintains strong ties
                         following core themes state             is accessible to the community by         with business, labor, educational
                           the essential work done at            providing multiple entrance points        organizations, and the community
                                                                 and educational pathways. The             at-large in order to form and nurture
                          LWIT to achieve its mission:           college is a conduit for students         partnerships to support the college’s
                                                                 to upgrade their skills, transition       mission. College connections
                                                                 into a new career, or further their       at the local, state, national and
                                                                 education and training. Pathways          international levels support
                                                                 include basic skills transition, high     responsive educational programs
                                                                 school programs, certificates             and services, institutional and
                                                                 of proficiency and completion,            student funding and opportunities
                                                                 apprenticeships, associates degrees,      for student and staff learning.
                                                                 professional and technical direct
                                                                 transfer agreements, applied               COLLEGE	COMMUNITY
                                                                 baccalaureate degrees, and                The Lake Washington Institute of
                                                                 continuing education.                     Technology community models
                                                                                                           personal and social responsibility
                                                                 STUDENT	ACHIEVEMENT	                      through good stewardship
                                                                 The college enables students to gain      of human, financial, and
                                                                 the skills and knowledge needed to        natural resources. It promotes
                                                                 achieve their goals and participate       environmental, cultural, and
                                                                 as citizens in the global workforce.      social awareness and recognizes
                                                                                                           and responds to the diversity of
                                                                                                           students and staff. The college
                                                                                                           supports services and educational
                                                                                                           opportunities that provide
                                                                                                           professional development and
                                                                                                           lifelong learning for students
                                                                                                           and staff.




              6       2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                             General Information
                                                                                                                                   1
                                         About Lake Washington




                                                                                                                                General Information
                                          Institute of Technology
LAKE	WASHINGTON		                                                 SPECIALIZED	PROGRAM	ACCREDITATIONS		
                                                                  AND	CERTIFICATIONS
INSTITUTE	OF	TECHNOLOGY
Lake Washington Institute of Technology (LWIT), formerly          Several of Lake Washington’s technical programs
Lake Washington Technical College and founded in                  enjoy accreditation or certification status by state
1949, is one of Washington State’s 34 community and               and national organizations:
technical two-year institutions of higher education. We offer
                                                                   Automotive          National Automotive Technicians
affordable professional and technical training for today’s
                                                                                       Education Foundation
job market and LWIT is now offering a four-year degree:
the Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design. Training is          Dental Assistant    Commission on Dental
available in 35 programs, with more than 100 professional/         and Dental Hygiene Accreditation
technical degree and certificate options in:                       Certified Nursing   Washington State Department
                                                                   Assistant           of Social and Human Services/
 Bachelor &
ƒ                                 Energy & Technology
                                  ƒ                                                   Washington State Department
 Transfer Degrees                  Food
                                  ƒ & Hospitality                                     of Health
 Applied Design
ƒ                                 Health & Fitness
                                  ƒ                               Culinary Arts       American Culinary Federation
 Business & Service
ƒ                                 Manufacturing
                                  ƒ                               Massage Therapy     Washington State Department
 Computer/Information
ƒ                                 Transportation
                                  ƒ                                                   of Health – Board of Massage
 Technology                        Technology                      Medical Assisting   Commission on Accreditation
The college currently has over 250 experienced faculty                                 of Allied Health Programs
members and serves more than 9,000 students every                  Motorcycle, Marine, Equipment and Engine Training
year. We are centrally located in Washington State’s high          & Power Equipment Council Certification
tech corridor, with a main campus in Kirkland and branch           Occupational        Accreditation Council for
campus near Marymoor Park in Redmond.                              Therapy Assistant   Occupational Therapy Education
The college features small class sizes, modern equipment                               (ACOTE)
and hands-on training that simulates an actual job                 Physical Therapist Commission on Accreditation in
environment. Our programs provide you with high-tech,              Assistant           Physical Therapy Education
comprehensive training that will keep you in constant              Registered Nursing Washington State Department
demand and open doors to numerous types of career                                      of Health
opportunities. Whether you’re a recent high school
graduate, a worker looking to upgrade skills or begin a
new career or want to take your skills to the next level          The college has achieved candidacy status in the
with a Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design degree,           following new program:
LWIT will provide a pathway to get you the skills you need
                                                                   Funeral Service        American Board of Funeral
to quickly find a well-paying job in a high-demand field.
                                                                   Education              Service Education

ACCREDITATION
Lake Washington Institute of Technology is accredited by
the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities
at the associate degree level and has been granted
candidacy at the baccalaureate degree level.
     Northwest Commission on Colleges
     and Universities (NWCCU)
     8060 165th Avenue NE,
     Redmond, WA 98052-3981


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G   7
   1                  General Information


                                                                                        We Guarantee
General Information




                                                                                        Our Graduates
                      LAKE	WASHINGTON	COLLEGE	FOUNDATION                                Lake Washington Institute of Technology guarantees
                      (425)739-8134 or e-mail foundation@lwtc.edu                       that its graduates will have the job skills necessary for
                                                                                        entry-level employment in the technical field for which
                      The mission of the Lake Washington College Foundation             they are trained.
                      is to support Lake Washington Institute of Technology’s
                      educational excellence. The Foundation is dedicated to            If an employer judges a graduate as lacking in skills identified
                      increasing student access and success at Lake Washington          as program competencies, up to 15 tuition-free credit hours
                      Institute of Technology through raising funds, building           of additional training will be provided. The guarantee will
                      partnerships, and advocating for students and the college. The    apply to students earning an Associate of Applied Science
                      Foundation offers scholarships and also provides emergency        (AAS) degree, a Certificate of Proficiency or a Certificate of
                      financial assistance to students with pressing needs through      Completion awarded in December of 1999 or thereafter.
                      the Student Emergency Fund which is administered by               Conditions which apply to this guarantee are as follows:
                      the Financial Aid Director. The Lake Washington College           1. The graduate must have earned the AAS degree, the
                      Foundation currently manages a variety of accounts and               Certificate of Proficiency or Certificate of Completion
                      endowments on behalf of generous donors and the college              from Lake Washington Institute of Technology beginning
                      departments for the benefit of students and programs.                December 1999 or thereafter and must have completed
                                                                                           the graduation requirements within a five-year span.
                      A volunteer board of directors composed of represen-
                      tatives of community leaders, business and industry,              2. The graduate must be employed full-time in an area
                                                                                           directly related to the area of program concentration
                      and education governs the Lake Washington College
                                                                                           within 12 months of graduation.
                      Foundation. Please call the Lake Washington College
                      Foundation office or check the website for further                3. The employer must certify in writing that the employee
                      information at www.lwtech.edu/foundation.                            is lacking entry-level skills identified by the college as
                                                                                           the exit-level program competencies and must specify
                                                                                           the areas of deficiency within 90 days of the graduate’s
                      ABOUT	OUR	COMMUNITY                                                  initial employment.
                      Lake Washington Institute of Technology directly serves the
                                                                                        4. The employer, graduate, dean, adviser and appropriate
                      communities of Kirkland, Redmond, Bellevue, Kenmore,                 faculty member will develop a written educational plan
                      Mercer Island, Bothell, Woodinville, Carnation, Duvall,              for retraining. Retraining will be limited to 15 credit
                      North Bend, Fall City, Sammamish, Issaquah, Snoqualmie,              hours related to the identified skill deficiency and to
                      Skykomish, Clyde Hill, and Medina. The college also                  those classes regularly scheduled during the period
                      serves students from outside our service area, as well as            covered by the retraining plan.
                      international students from around the world.                     5. All retraining must be completed within a calendar year
                      The college’s main campus is located in the city of                  from the time the educational plan is agreed upon.
                      Kirkland, which is situated on the eastern shore of               6. The graduate and/or employer are responsible for
                      Lake Washington and has a population of more than                    the cost of books, insurance, uniforms, fees and other
                      49,000. The surrounding area offers numerous outdoor                 course-related expenses.
                      recreational opportunities and a wealth of diverse arts,          7. The guarantee does not imply that the graduate will
                      entertainment and cultural attractions. Kirkland is located          pass any licensing or qualifying examination for a
                      just 15 miles east of Seattle and less than an hour from             particular career.
                      the foothills of the Cascade Mountains.                           8. The student’s sole option through Lake Washington
                      Kirkland has a strong local economy with a healthy mix               Institute of Technology to remedy skill deficiencies
                      of small business, corporate headquarters, light industrial          shall be limited to 15 credit hours of tuition-free
                                                                                           coursework under conditions described above.
                      and manufacturing, and a growing base of high-tech,
                      biotech and home-based businesses. It is also close to the        9. Activation of the graduate guarantee program
                      major employment centers of Seattle and Bellevue, and                may be initiated by the graduate through contact
                      major employers such as Boeing, PACCAR, and Microsoft.               with the registrar within 90 days of the graduate’s
                                                                                           initial employment.

              8       2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y         C A T A L O G
                                                                                            General Information
                                                                                                                                 1
                        Selecting a Program of Study




                                                                                                                              General Information
STARTING A NEW CAREER                                            YOUR VALUES
Deciding which career is best for you can be a very              You make all kinds of personal value decisions–where to
difficult decision. LWIT’s professional advisers and             live, what to do for entertainment, what kind of clothes
counselors are available to help you match your interests        to wear or food to eat. Think about these choices and by
and abilities with the career that fits you best. The first      assessing them, you will help identify the priorities in
step in starting your new career decision process is to          your life.
take a self-inventory of what is most important to you.
                                                                 YOUR LIFESTYLE
Below are some of the major things you need to consider:
                                                                 The kind of career you choose can influence the kind
YOUR INTERESTS                                                   of life you live. For example, some health care workers
Your interests play an important role in career selection.       often work weekends, but they find the work rewarding
When you enjoy what you do, you increase your chances for        and good for their self-esteem because it fulfills a
success because you find your work satisfying and fulfilling.    personal value.

YOUR SKILLS AND ABILITIES                                        ADVISING AND COUNSELING SERVICES
Identify what you are good at and then talk to others            The college’s counselors and advisers are available
about your strengths. Your skills and abilities are the key      to offer academic, career, and personal counseling to
to knowing yourself better and making a positive career          students and prospective students. Appointments are
decision. When you enter a program that features your            available by calling Student Development at (425)739-
strengths, class work will be easier for you.                    8300. Advising services are also available online, and at
                                                                 advising@lwtc.edu.
YOUR WORK STYLE
Think about the kind of work structure and the kind of
environment you want to work in. Consider the amount
of responsibility you want and the amount of stress you
can handle. These personal characteristics affect your
career success. Think about whether you prefer to work
alone or with others, be your own boss, work outdoors,
work in a large company or a small business, or interact
with the public.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   9
   1                  General Information


                      Frequently Asked Questions
General Information




                      CAN	I	TAKE	JUST	A	FEW	CLASSES	OR	                                  WHAT	CREDENTIALS	WILL	I	RECEIVE		
                      SHORT-TERM	TRAINING	TO	UPGRADE		                                   AT	THE	END	OF	MY	PROGRAM?
                      MY	SKILLS?                                                         Lake Washington Institute of Technology offers programs
                      Yes. Lake Washington Institute of Technology offers a full         of study that will lead to Associate of Applied Science
                      range of technical higher education options, including             (AAS), Associate of Applied Science-Transfer (AAS-T),
                      individual classes, special short-term training programs,          Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design (BTAD), and
                      professional certification preparation and adult                   Certificates of Completion and Proficiency. The length of
                      continuing education options.                                      time to completion varies depending on the program you
                                                                                         choose and the number of classes you take each quarter.
                      IS	FINANCIAL	AID	AVAILABLE?
                      Yes. The college participates in many forms of financial           HOW	CAN	I	BE	SURE	I’LL	BE	ABLE	TO		
                      aid, including scholarships, loans and work study                  FIND	A	JOB	IN	THE	CAREER	AREA	I	SELECT?
                      opportunities. More financial aid information is available         The college has some of the highest job placement rates
                      in the Financial Aid section of this catalog.                      of any college in the area, in part because of strong links
                                                                                         with business and industry. While we cannot guarantee
                      WILL	I	RECEIVE	PERSONAL	ATTENTION		                                a job for every graduate, we make every effort to provide
                      FROM	MY	INSTRUCTORS?                                               relevant training in areas with employment demand.
                      A commitment to individualized instruction is one of the
                      aspects that sets Lake Washington Institute of Technology          WILL	MY	DEGREE	OR	CERTIFICATE	BE	
                      apart from others. Our college features small class sizes          RECOGNIZED	AMONG	POTENTIAL	EMPLOYERS?
                      and personalized, one-one-one instruction from teachers            Graduates of Lake Washington Institute of Technology
                      who truly care about your success.                                 have a high job placement rate because employers
                                                                                         recognize their training and skills as valuable. Business
                      WHAT	OTHER	EDUCATIONAL	OPTIONS		                                   and industry leaders serve on the college’s advisory
                      DO	YOU	OFFER?                                                      committees to assure the training students receive is of
                      We offer online distance learning classes, adult basic             the highest quality.
                      education, English as a Second Language courses and
                      adult high school completion courses. For the latest               CAN	I	GET	STARTED	AT	ANY	TIME?
                      information on the college’s educational offerings, visit          Some programs permit students to enroll any quarter.
                      our Class Schedule section on the college website at               Others enroll at the beginning of each quarter while still
                      www.lwtech.edu or call (425)739-8100 to obtain a                   others admit students once a year. To learn more about
                      printed Class Schedule.                                            when a particular program is open for enrollment, please
                                                                                         make an appointment with a student development
                      HOW	MUCH	WILL	MY	EDUCATION	COST?                                   adviser by calling (425)739-8300.
                      The answer depends upon the program you select, and                Placement testing is required for all students who
                      whether you’re working toward a certificate, an AAS                are seeking degrees and certificates, and for students
                      degree, our BTAD degree or just want to take a few                 enrolling in English, math, and many technical classes.
                      skill-building classes. For more information on program            For more information, contact the assessment center at
                      costs, see the Tuition Rates on page 148.                          (425)739-8115 or at www.lwtech.edu/assessment.




           10         2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N       I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                             General Information
                                                                                                                                  1
       Frequently Asked Questions continued




                                                                                                                               General Information
HOW	DO	I	FIND	UPDATED	INFORMATION?
The material in this catalog has been compiled and
organized to provide the reader with a comprehensive
view of the programs and courses at Lake Washington
Institute of Technology. It includes academic
requirements and procedures necessary for admission
and graduation. Information on programs and courses is
arranged in alphabetical order. A listing by area of study
is also available online.
Because curriculum revisions and program changes
usually occur during the period the catalog is in
circulation, students should contact the college for
specific information. The quarterly Class Schedule gives
information on courses offered, class hours, and class
locations and has the latest calendar dates, fees and
details on registration.
Both the Lake Washington Institute of Technology
Catalog and the Class Schedule are regularly updated
online at www.lwtech.edu, or you may obtain a copy by
calling the college at (425)739-8100. All announcements
in the college catalog are subject to change without
notice and do not constitute an agreement between Lake
Washington Institute of Technology and the student.

IS	LAKE	WASHINGTON	INSTITUTE	OF	
TECHNOLOGY	AN	ACCREDITED	COLLEGE?
Lake Washington Institute of Technology is accredited by
the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities
at the associate degree level and has been granted
candidacy at the baccalaureate degree level.
    Northwest Commission on Colleges
    and Universities (NWCCU)
    8060 165th Avenue NE,
    Suite 100, Redmond, WA 98052-3981
For information on specialized accreditations and
certificates, see page 7.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   11
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                             2
                                                        Programs of Study




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   13
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Programs by Area of Study
                    ACADEMIC	CORE	REQUIREMENTS                                                                          COMPUTER/INFORMATION	TECHNOLOGY
                          Mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15        Architectural Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29–31
                          For Associate of Applied Science Degree . . . . . . . . . .15                                      Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design . . . . . . . .18
                          For Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16            Civil Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50–52
                                                                                                                             Computer Security & Network Technician . . . . . 53–56
                    GLOBAL	OUTCOMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
                                                                                                                             Digital Gaming and Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
                    BACHELOR	AND	TRANSFER	DEGREES                                                                            Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77–80
                          Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design . . . . . . . .18
Programs of Study




                                                                                                                             Engineering Graphics Technician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
                          Business Direct Transfer Agreement/Major Related                                                   Multimedia Design & Production . . . . . . . . . . .100–107
                               Program degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19–20
                          Electronics Technology Associate of                                                           ENERGY	&	TECHNOLOGY
                               Applied Science Transfer degree . . . . . . . . . . . . .68                                   Energy & Science Technician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72–76
                          Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer Associate                                                      Technology DTA/MRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23–24
                               of Applied Science Transfer degree . . . . . . . . . .84                                 FOOD	&	HOSPITALITY
                          Pre-Nursing Direct Transfer Agreement/                                                             Baking Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
                               Major Related Program degree/ . . . . . . . . . 21–22
                                                                                                                             Culinary Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57–58
                          Professional-Technical Education Associate
                               of Applied Science Transfer degree . . . . . . . . .114                                  HEALTH	&	FITNESS
                          Technology Direct Transfer Agreement/                                                              Dental Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59–60
                               Major Related Program degree . . . . . . . . . . 23–24                                        Dental Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61–62
                    APPLIED	DESIGN                                                                                           Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer . . . . . . . . . . . . .83-85
                          Architectural Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29–31                         Funeral Service Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86–87
                          Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design . . . . . . . .18                                         Massage Practitioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91–92
                          Civil Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50–52                             Medical Assisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93–96
                          Digital Gaming and Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66                           Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108–110
                          Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77–80                           Occupational Therapy Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . .111–112
                          Engineering Graphics Technician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78                                Physical Therapist Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
                          Multimedia Design & Production . . . . . . . . . . .100–107                                        Pre-Nursing DTA/MRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–22

                    BUSINESS	&	SERVICE                                                                                  MANUFACTURING
                          Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–28                 Electronics Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67–71
                          Business Administration Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40–46                                     Machine Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89–90
                          Business DTA/MRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19–20                         Welding Fabrication &
                                                                                                                                  Maintenance Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .118–119
                          Child Care Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47–49
                          Environmental Horticulture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81–82                          TRANSPORTATION	TECHNOLOGY
                          Funeral Service Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86–87                              Auto Collision Repair Technician . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32–34
                          Human Resources Generalist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88                              Auto Repair Technician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35–38
                          Professional-Technical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114                                Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician . . . . . . . . 63–65
                          Social & Human Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115–117                                Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment
                                                                                                                                 Service Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97–99




          14        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                   L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                     I N S T I T U T E      O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                         Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                           2
                    Academic Core Requirements
MISSION
The Academic Core program at Lake Washington Institute of Technology helps our students develop foundational skills
in written and oral communication, quantitative reasoning, social science, and the humanities. These skills prepare our
students for success in technical programs and careers, cultivate critical thinking, and foster the values of life-long learning.
The Academic Core Department supports student skill development in the global outcomes areas of communication,
critical thinking, and intercultural appreciation. For more information on the global outcomes program, please see page 17.

ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE




                                                                                                                                         Programs of Study
Applicable course list to satisfy Academic Core Requirements for the AAS degree:

WRITTEN	COMMUNICATION                                                     QUANTITATIVE	REASONING
Students who complete required courses in the Written                     Students who successfully complete courses in the
Communication distribution area will write clear,                         Quantitative Reasoning distribution area will be able
coherent, and well-organized prose; employ critical                       to gather, organize and interpret data; develop and
thinking in evaluating and expressing ideas; and                          use mathematical models to describe and to evaluate
demonstrate effective use of sources following accepted                   physical situations; and communicate ideas succinctly
academic conventions.                                                     using mathematical abstraction.

 Department              Courses	Accepted                                  Department          Courses	Accepted
 ENGL&                   101, 102, 235                                     MATH                102, 111, 147
                                                                           MATH&               107, 141, 142, 146, 148, 151, 152,
HUMANITIES	                                                                PHIL&               106
Humanities distribution courses examine the creativity,
expressiveness, historical perspective, social interaction                SOCIAL	SCIENCE
and aesthetics of people and societies. Emphasis is                       Students who complete required courses in the Social
placed on creating, interpreting, performing and valuing                  Science distribution area will be able to explain at
creativity in art, dance, film, history, language, literature,            least one social science theory; describe methods used
music, philosophy, religious thought, story-telling                       in social science research; analyze social issues and
and theater. Students who complete Humanities                             problems in the context of social science; and articulate
distribution courses will demonstrate an understanding                    the importance and influence of diversity within and
of vocabulary, concepts, historical perspectives and                      among cultures and societies.
progress, materials, techniques and methods of
intellectual inquiry central to the selected Humanities                    Department          Courses	Accepted
course of study.                                                           CJ&                 101

 Department              Courses	Accepted                                  PSYC&               100, 200, 220
                                                                           SOC                 260
 ART&                    100
                                                                           SOC&                101
                         102, 103, 111, 112, 113, 121, 124, 201,
 ART
                         202, 205, 255, 256, 257
 ASL&                    121, 122
 CMST&                   210, 220, 230
 KREA&                   121
 SPAN&                   121, 122, 123




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N          I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y        C A T A L O G   15
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Academic Core Requirements continued
                    CERTIFICATE
                    Applicable course list to satisfy Academic Core Requirements for the certificate:

                    WRITTEN	COMMUNICATION                                               SOCIAL	SCIENCE
                    Students who complete required courses in the Written               Students who complete required courses in the Social
                    Communication distribution area will write clear,                   Science distribution area will be able to explain at
                    coherent, and well-organized prose; employ critical                 least one social science theory; describe methods used
                    thinking in evaluating and expressing ideas; and                    in social science research; analyze social issues and
Programs of Study




                    demonstrate effective use of sources following accepted             problems in the context of social science; and articulate
                    academic conventions.                                               the importance and influence of diversity within and
                                                                                        among cultures and societies.
                     Department             Courses	Accepted
                     BUSA                   103                                          Department          Courses	Accepted
                     ENGL                   092, 093, 100                                CJ&                 101
                     ENGL&                  101, 102, 235                                PSYC                099
                                                                                         PSYC&               100, 200, 220
                    QUANTITATIVE	REASONING                                               SOC                 260
                    Students who successfully complete courses in the                    SOC&                101
                    Quantitative Reasoning distribution area will be able
                    to gather, organize and interpret data; develop and                 NOTE: Students enrolled in CSNT, Electronics, Architectural
                    use mathematical models to describe and to evaluate                 Graphics, or Engineering Graphics, must complete MATH
                    physical situations; and communicate ideas succinctly               090 or higher to receive credit.
                    using mathematical abstraction.

                     Department             Courses	Accepted
                     BUSA                   100
                     MATH                   080, 090, 099,102, 111
                     MATH&                  107, 141, 142, 146, 148, 151, 152,
                     PHIL&                  106




          16        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2        L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                             Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                2
                                                             Global Outcomes
All programs at Lake Washington Institute of Technology provide students with workplace skills that include
communication, critical thinking, intercultural appreciation, teamwork, and technical and information literacy. Each
program includes coursework used to assess student performance in these global outcomes:

COMMUNICATION	                                                 INTERCULTURAL	APPRECIATION
Understand, interpret, and respond appropriately to            Recognize, interpret and respond to the differences and
information conveyed in verbal, non-verbal, written, and       commonalities among people in the workplace and the
symbolic ways using a variety of formats.                      learning environment. These cultural differences and




                                                                                                                              Programs of Study
                                                               commonalities include, but are not limited to: ethnicity,
CRITICAL	THINKING	                                             age, gender, cognitive ability, life experiences, economics,
Gather and evaluate information, draw inferences, arrive       family situation, race, and sexual orientation.
at conclusions and create solutions based on objective
analysis of the evidence.                                      TEAMWORK	
                                                               Work cooperatively in a group to advance a
                                                               common goal.

                                                               TECHNICAL	AND	INFORMATION	LITERACY	
                                                               Choose the appropriate tools to locate, effectively
                                                               gather and evaluate required information.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G     17
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Bachelor of Technology
                    in Applied Design
                    APPLIED	DESIGN		
                    BACHELOR	OF	TECHNOLOGY	(BTAD)
                    90	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design prepares            APDZ 311 Intro to Applied Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    students to lead and collaborate with teams of creative          APDZ 321 The Business of Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    and technical professionals. Graduates will able to              APDZ 331 Managing Creativity & Innovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    produce quality design solutions using technology                APDZ 332 Entrepreneurship & Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    effectively. They will be prepared to manage teams               APDZ 333 Applied Design Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    and projects, and create competitive advantages for              APDZ 441 Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    business enterprises.                                            APDZ 451 Design Team Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                     APDZ 461 Senior Capstone Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design graduates will:         CMST 302 Mass Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate ability to actively participate in and
                    ƒ                                                               ENGL 335 Technical Writing for Designers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     lead a team through a creative process in an organiza-          HUM 311 Design Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     tional setting                                                  -OR-
                     possess a broad theoretical knowledge of a range of
                    ƒ                                                               HUM 312 Industrial Design Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     design disciplines                                              MATH 341 Mathematics of Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     develop a personal design aesthetic that informs and
                    ƒ                                                               PHIL 321 Ethics of Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     enriches a student’s future contributions to the field          PSYC 441 Psychology of Creativity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate mastery in some and familiarity with
                    ƒ                                                               STEC 351 Principles of Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     many tools, techniques, and technologies associated                      Any lab science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     with design and its applications in the workplace                        Electives* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                     speak, write and present effectively, leveraging
                    ƒ                                                               TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
                     technology to enhance communications                            * Any approved upper division electives including:
                     identify important business processes, economic
                    ƒ                                                               APDZ       334      Applied Design Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     factors, and considerations in operating or managing a          APDZ       381      Theory of Interactivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     business or team within a business                              APDZ       382      Brand Communication & Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     employ creative and critical thinking to enhance
                    ƒ                                                               APDZ       497      Design Practice Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
                     problem solving                                                 ART        324      Printmaking for Designers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     employ sound principles of organizational behavior
                    ƒ
                     exhibit analytical thought, informed judgment, ethical
                    ƒ
                     behavior, and an appreciation for diversity
                     demonstrate critical thinking, intercultural
                    ƒ
                     appreciation, teamwork, information and technical
                     literacy, and communication skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Prerequisites: Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in a
                    design-related field, including 5 college-level credits
                    each: English Composition, Quantitative Reasoning,
                    Social Science, and Humanities.
                    Admission Dates: fall



          18        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                         2
                                                         Business DTA/MRP
BUSINESS	DTA/MRP	
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
90	CREDITS
The Business DTA/MRP Associate of Applied Science              Lake Washington Institute of Technology does not offer
degree is a pathway for students planning to                   every course each quarter. It is the student’s responsi-
prepare for various business majors at universities in         bility to consult the class schedule and work out an
Washington. This agreement meets all the requirements          individual schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any
of Washington’s Direct Transfer Agreement. This                developmental coursework a student may be required




                                                                                                                                                                       Programs of Study
agreement is between the baccalaureate institutions            to complete may increase the program length.
offering a bachelor’s of science or bachelor’s of arts         Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring, summer
in business administration including accounting,
management, and management information systems.                1
                                                                COMMUNICATION SKILLS – 10 CREDITS
Baccalaureate institutions that are party to this              ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
agreement are: CWU, EWU, UW (all campuses), WSU                ENGL& 102 English Composition II 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(all campuses), Gonzaga, Heritage, PLU, SMU, SPU, SU,          -OR-
and WWU.                                                       ENGL& 235 Technical Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                               QUANTITATIVE REASONING – 10 CREDITS
Business DTA/MRP graduates will:                               MATH 145 Finite Mathematics for Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 describe and discuss the measurement of economic
ƒ                                                             MATH& 148 Business Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 performance, national income accounting, aggregate            2
                                                                NATURAL SCIENCES – 15 CREDITS
 supply and demand, fiscal policy, money creation/             MATH& 146 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Federal Reserve system, monetary policy, inflation, and       Please select 10 credits from the list below
 unemployment
                                                               BIOL 111             Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 analyze resource and income distribution, assess
ƒ                                                             BIOL& 211            Cellular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 consumer and business behavior, and evaluate price            BIOL& 241            Human A & P 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 determination and production cost
                                                               BIOL& 242            Human A & P 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 recognize the social and behavioral nature of law
ƒ                                                             BIOL& 260            Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 and the structure and function of the American                CHEM& 121            Into to Chemistry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 legal system and to assess and articulate basic legal         CHEM& 131            Introduction to Organic/Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . 5
 principles and processes                                      CHEM& 161            General Chemistry with Lab I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 analyze and evaluate accounting information as part of
ƒ                                                             PHYS& 121            General Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 the control, planning, and decision-making processes
                                                               SOCIAL SCIENCES – 15 CREDITS
 describe and discuss functions and their graphs, linear
ƒ                                                             ECON& 201 Micro Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 programming, matrices, combinatorics, logic, statistics,      ECON& 202 Macro Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 and the applications of math to finance and economics         Please select 5 credits from the list below
 recognize applications of differential and integral
ƒ
                                                               PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 calculus to business problems
                                                               PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate communication, intercultural
ƒ                                                             SOC& 101 Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 appreciation, teamwork, information and technical
 literacy, and critical thinking
                                                               3
                                                                BUSINESS COURSE WORK – 20 CREDITS
                                                               ACCT& 201 Prin of Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
                                                               ACCT& 202 Prin of Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                                                               ACCT& 203 Prin of Accounting III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 distribution area outcomes
                                                               BUS& 201 Business Law 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                               -OR-
                                                               POLS& 200 Introduction to Law 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                          continues on next page…


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                          C A T A L O G               19
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Business DTA/MRP continued

                    4
                        HUMANITIES – 15 CREDITS                                                                        1 To meet EWU requirements, the 2nd English Composition course
                    Please select 15 credits from the following list – (no more than                                     must be equivalent to EWU’s English 201 – College Composition:
                    10 credits per discipline area)                                                                      Analysis, Research, and Documentation

                    ART& 100 Art Appreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5            2 Students intending the manufacturing management major at
                    ART 102 Beginning Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                                   WWU should consult WWU regarding the selection of natural
Programs of Study




                    ART 111 Beginning Painting for Non-Art Majors . . . . . . . . . 5                                    science courses required for admission to the major.
                    ART 112 Intermediate Painting for Non Art Majors . . . . . . . 5                                   3 Regarding Business Law or Introduction to Law – these are
                    ART 113 Advanced Painting for Non Art Majors . . . . . . . . . . 5                                   two distinct subject areas with minimal (approximately 20%)
                    ART 121 Introduction to Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                      content overlap.
                    ART 124 Introduction to Printmaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                       	 University	with	a	requirement
                    ART 201 Survey of Western Art – Ancient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                             University of Washington (all Campuses) –
                    ART 202 Survey of Western Art – Medieval & Ren . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                              Course Equivalent to Introduction to Law (MGMT 200)
                    ART 203 Intermediate Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                          (POLS& 200 Introduction to Law)
                    ART 205 Human Life Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                             EWU, CWU, WSU (all campuses), WWU, Gonzaga, SMU,
                    CMST& 210 Interpersonal Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                                 SPU – Course Equivalent to Business Law (BUS& 201
                    CMST& 220 Introduction to Public Speaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                               Business Law)
                    CMST& 230 Small Group Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                                Heritage, PLU, SU, and Walla Walla College do not
                    (no more than 5 credits per world language)                                                               require a lower division Business Law course and agree to
                    ASL& 121 American Sign Language I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                             accept the course taken as part of the degree as a lower
                    ASL& 122 American Sign Language II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                             division elective, but generally not as an equivalent to the
                    SPAN& 121 Spanish I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5          course required at the upper division
                    SPAN& 122 Spanish II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5   4 Students intending the international business major should
                    SPAN& 123 Spanish III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5      consult their potential transfer institutions regarding the level of
                                                                                                                         world language required for admission to the major. Five credits
                    5
                     ELECTIVES – 5 CREDITS
                                                                                                                         in world language may apply to the Humanities requirement.
                    (Select courses appropriate for intended major and intended
                    bachelor’s institution.)                                                                           5 Fully transferrable as defined by receiving institution.
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90




          20        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                    L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                   I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                      2
                                              Pre-Nursing DTA/MRP
PRE-NURSING	DTA/MRP	
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
92	CREDITS
This pathway offers a broad selection of academic              Lake Washington Institute of Technology does not offer
courses which prepare students for upper division              every course each quarter. It is the student’s responsibility
coursework leading to the Bachelor of Science, Nursing         to discuss sequencing and work out their individual
degree (Entry-to-practice/basic BSN). Pre-nursing              schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any developmental
graduates are prepared to apply to BSN programs at             coursework a student may be required to complete may




                                                                                                                                                                    Programs of Study
various institutions across Washington state including         increase the program length.
the following baccalaureate institutions offering              Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
an entry-to-practice/basic BSN program and the
community and technical colleges system: University            PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
of Washington, Seattle; Washington State University;           1
                                                                COMMUNICATION SKILLS – 10 CREDITS
Northwest University; Seattle University; Seattle Pacific      ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
University; Pacific Lutheran University; Walla Walla           ENGL& 102 English Composition II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
College, and the Washington State University Intercol-         -OR-
legiate College of Nursing (WSU-ICN), a consortium             ENGL& 235 Technical Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
whose members include Eastern Washington University,           2
                                                                QUANTITATIVE REASONING – 5 CREDITS
Gonzaga, and Whitworth. Associate degree transfers to          (must also demonstrate intermediate algebra proficiency)
WSU-ICN are admitted through WSU, not through the              MATH& 146 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
other consortium institutions. EWU participated in the         3
                                                                NATURAL SCIENCES – 37 CREDITS
development of this agreement.                                 BIOL& 211 Cellular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pre-Nursing DTA/MRP graduates will:                            BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                                                               BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 use
ƒ the scientific method to analyze natural                    CHEM& 121 Introduction to Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 phenomena and acquire skills to evaluate authenticity
                                                               CHEM& 131 Introduction to Organic/ Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . 5
 of data/information relative to the natural world
                                                               BIOL& 260 Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 describe organic compounds and metabolism as they
ƒ                                                             NUTR& 101 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply to the human body                                       4
                                                                 SOCIAL SCIENCES – 15 CREDITS
 perform literature reviews and identify and locate
ƒ                                                             PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 appropriate resources to answer questions about the           PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 human body and its pathologies                                5
                                                                SOC& 101 Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply A&P principles to clinical human physiology and
ƒ
 pathophysiology
                                                               4
                                                                HUMANITIES – 15 CREDITS
                                                               CMST& 220 Introduction to Public Speaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 describe and explain the principle of homeostasis as it
ƒ                                                             Please select 10 credits from the following list (max one language
 applies to the human body                                     or additional communication class or performance/skills class)
 describe the importance of diet on the body
ƒ                                                             CMST& 210 Interpersonal Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 and health                                                    CMST& 230 Small Group Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate critical thinking, intercultural
ƒ                                                             SPAN& 121 Spanish I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 appreciation, information and technical literacy,             SPAN& 122 Spanish II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 communication, and teamwork                                   SPAN& 123 Spanish III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                             ASL& 121 American Sign Language I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                     ASL& 122 American Sign Language II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 distribution area outcomes                                    ART& 100 Art Appreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                 continues on next page…



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G              21
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Pre-Nursing DTA/MRP continued

                    ART      102     2-D Graphic Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      111     Beginning Painting for Non-Art Majors . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      121     Introduction to Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      124     Introduction to Printmaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      201     Survey of Western Art-Ancient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ART      202     Survey of Western Art-Medieval & Ren . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    ART      203     Intermediate Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      205     Human Life Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    6
                     ELECTIVES – 10 CREDITS
                    (max 5 credits in college-level courses as defined by LWIT,
                    remainder fully transferable as defined by receiving institution)
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS		. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

                    1 Take ENGL& 102 if planning to attend Northwest University or
                      Walla Walla College.

                    2 See adviser for additional math requirements if planning to
                      attend the University of Washington or Seattle University.

                    3 See adviser for additional requirements if planning to attend
                      Northwest University or the University of Washington.

                    4 A curriculum that provides students with an understanding
                      of and sensitivity to human diversity is encouraged (required
                      by Washington State University). The credits in sociology, the
                      humanities, and the electives provide opportunities for such a
                      curriculum. See an adviser for suggested courses.

                    5 Northwest University requires a course in cultural anthropology
                      (sociology does not substitute). Students may be admitted to
                      the BSN without cultural anthropology if they agree to complete
                      the course at NU in the summer prior to the junior year.

                    6 See adviser for suggestions.




          22        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                    2
                                               Technology DTA/MRP
TECHNOLOGY	DTA/MRP	
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
93	CREDITS
The Technology DTA/MRP Associate of Applied Science            Lake Washington Institute of Technology does not offer
degree is for students planning to prepare for industrial/     every course each quarter. It is the student’s responsibility
mechanical technologies and mechanical/electrical/             to consult the class schedule and work out an individual
computer engineering technology majors at Central              schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any developmental
Washington University (CWU), Eastern Washington                coursework a student may be required to complete may




                                                                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
University (EWU), and Western Washington University            increase the program length.
(WWU). The Technology DTA/MRP agreement meets                  Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
all the requirements of Washington’s Direct Transfer
Agreement. This agreement is between the baccalaureate         PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
institutions offering a bachelor’s of science in technology    COMMUNICATION SKILLS – 10 CREDITS
(such as Industrial Technology, Mechanical Technology,         ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Applied Technology, Technology with various options            ENGL& 235 Technical Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(manufacturing, electronics, design and construction),         QUANTITATIVE REASONING – 10 CREDITS
and technology education) and the community and                Choose 10 credits from the list below
technical colleges system. Baccalaureate institutions that     MATH& 141 Pre-Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
are party to this agreement are: CWU, EWU, WWU.                MATH& 142 Pre-Calculus II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Technology DTA/MRP graduates will:                             MATH& 151 Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                               MATH& 152 Calculus II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 use
ƒ the scientific method to analyze natural
 phenomena and acquire skills to evaluate authenticity         NATURAL SCIENCES – 15 CREDITS
                                                               CHEM& 161 General Chemistry with Lab I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 of data/information relative to the natural world
                                                               PHYS& 121 General Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply mathematical knowledge through pre-calculus
ƒ                                                             MMDP 236 C++ Programming I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 explain the fundamentals of chemistry, including
ƒ
                                                               SOCIAL SCIENCES – 15 CREDITS
 matter and measurement, the structure of atoms,
                                                               PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 periodicity and the electron structure of atoms,
                                                               PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 ionic and covalent bonding, mass relationships, and
                                                               SOC& 101 Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 chemical reactions
 define the basic concepts of Introductory
ƒ                                                             TECHNOLOGY COURSE WORK – 8 CREDITS
                                                               ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 Mechanical Physics
                                                               ENGT 225 Solid Works for Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 write simple programs to demonstrate mastery of
ƒ
 C++ programming fundamentals                                  HUMANITIES – 15 CREDITS
 demonstrate basic AutoCAD and Solid Works for
ƒ                                                             ** Please select 5 credits from the following communication
 Engineering skills                                               courses
 demonstrate communication, intercultural
ƒ                                                             CMST& 210 Interpersonal Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 appreciation, teamwork, information and technical             CMST& 220 Introduction to Public Speaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 literacy, and critical thinking                               CMST& 230 Small Group Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                             ** Please select 10 credits from the following list – (max one
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                        language – or performance/skills class) A second
 distribution area outcomes                                       communication course from the list above can count for
                                                                  5 of these credits.
                                                               SPAN& 121 Spanish I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                               SPAN& 122 Spanish II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                 continues on next page…


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G             23
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Technology DTA/MRP continued

                    SPAN&    123     Spanish III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ASL&     121     American Sign Language I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ASL&     122     American Sign Language II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART&     100     Art Appreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      102     2-D Graphic Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      111     Beginning Painting for Non-Art Majors . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    ART      121     Introduction to Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      124     Introduction to Printmaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      201     Survey of Western Art – Ancient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ART      202     Survey of Western Art – Medieval & Ren . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      203     Intermediate Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ART      205     Human Life Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    1
                     ELECTIVES – 20 CREDITS
                    (max 10 credits in college-level courses as defined by LWIT,
                    remainder fully transferable as defined by receiving institution).
                    Select courses appropriate for intended major and intended
                    bachelor’s institution.
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
                    1
                        Students should contact an adviser and the potential transfer
                        institution regarding their interests and specific course choices




          24        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                  L A K E           W A S H I N G T O N                        I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                              Accounting
ACCOUNTING		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
97	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Accounting AAS degree prepares             ACCT 105 QuickBooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
students to gain a solid and extensive background               ACCT 111 Introduction to Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
in accounting. Academic Core courses, economics                 ACCT 112 Business Calculator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
courses, business courses, and computer skills related          ACCT 210 Introduction to Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
to accounting such as spreadsheets, computerized                ACCT 255 Income Tax I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                                     Programs of Study
accounting software, and tax systems complete the               ACCT 256 Income Tax II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
curriculum. Students find jobs in companies ranging             ACCT 275 Ethics in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
from small proprietorships to corporate accounting              ACCT 280 Accounting Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
departments, governmental organizations, and public             ACCT& 201 Principles of Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
accounting firms.                                               ACCT& 202 Principles of Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                ACCT& 203 Principles of Accounting III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Accounting AAS degree graduates will:                           BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 their field                                                    BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply manual methods and software tools to prepare
ƒ                                                              BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 accounting statements and reports                              BAS 212 Excel II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 complete the accounting cycle, including
ƒ                                                              ECON& 202 Macro Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 end-of-period adjustments                                      ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
 complete federal income tax returns
ƒ                                                                        Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                                        Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                           Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 technical and information literacy skills                                Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                                                                See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 distribution area outcomes                                     categories listed above.
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G              25
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Accounting
                    ACCOUNTING	PARAPROFESSIONAL	
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    87	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Accounting Paraprofessional certificate program              ACCT 105 QuickBooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    prepares students to gain extensive training in                  ACCT 111 Introduction to Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    accounting through continuous application of their               ACCT 112 Business Calculator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    accounting knowledge in many phases of the program.              ACCT 210 Introduction to Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Students find jobs in companies ranging from small               ACCT 255 Income Tax I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    proprietorships to corporate accounting departments,             ACCT 256 Income Tax II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    governmental organizations and public accounting firms.          ACCT 275 Ethics in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                     ACCT 280 Accounting Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    Keyboarding skill of 30 wpm or concurrent enrollment in          ACCT& 201 Principles of Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    a keyboarding class highly recommended.                          ACCT& 202 Principles of Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Accounting Paraprofessional certificate graduates will:          ACCT& 203 Principles of Accounting III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                     BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
                                                                                     BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     their field
                                                                                     BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     apply manual methods and software tools to prepare
                    ƒ
                                                                                     BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     accounting statements and reports
                                                                                     BAS 212 Excel II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     complete the accounting cycle, including
                    ƒ
                     end-of-period adjustments                                       ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                                                                                     BUSA 103 Business Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     complete federal income tax returns
                    ƒ
                                                                                               Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                               BUSA 100 Business Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills                       TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and     See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or           categories listed above.
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring




          26        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                              Accounting
PRACTICAL	ACCOUNTING		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
69	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
The Practical Accounting certificate program prepares           ACCT 105 QuickBooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
students to gain practical training in accounting through       ACCT 111 Introduction to Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
continuous application of their accounting knowledge            ACCT 112 Business Calculator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
in many phases of the program. Students find jobs               ACCT 210 Introduction to Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
in companies ranging from small proprietorships to              ACCT 275 Ethics in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                                     Programs of Study
corporate accounting departments, governmental                  ACCT& 201 Principles of Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
organizations and public accounting firms.                      ACCT& 202 Principles of Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Keyboarding skill of 30 wpm or concurrent enrollment in         BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
a keyboarding class highly recommended.                         BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Practical Accounting certificate graduates will:                BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                BAS 212 Excel II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
 their field                                                    ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                                                                BUSA 103 Business Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply manual methods and software tools to prepare
ƒ
 accounting statements and reports                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                BUSA 100 Business Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 complete the accounting cycle, including
ƒ
 end-of-period adjustments                                      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 categories listed above.
 technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G              27
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Accounting
                    ACCOUNTING	ASSISTANT		                                                                              I-BEST	ACCOUNTING	ASSISTANT		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                           CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    31	CREDITS                                                                                          40	CREDITS
                    The Accounting Assistant certificate program prepares                                               The I-BEST Accounting Assistant certificate prepares
                    students for an accounting career by training, retraining                                           an increasingly diverse workforce to begin accounting
                    or upgrading skills. Students learn the basic accounting                                            careers in order to meet business demands. It provides
                    cycle, journals, ledgers and financial statements. They are                                         ESL and ABE students with the opportunity to pursue
                    prepared for an accounting clerk position or, with some                                             the Accounting Assistant Certificate of Completion
Programs of Study




                    experience, to keep books for a small business.                                                     while continuing their progress in Basic Skills, and it is
                    Keyboarding skill of 30 wpm or concurrent enrollment in                                             intended to be an articulation option to the Accounting
                    a keyboarding class highly recommended.                                                             Paraprofessional Certificate of Proficiency or the
                                                                                                                        Accounting AAS degree.
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                                              Corequisites:
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be                                               EASL
                                                                                                                        ƒ 077 is a corequisite for ACCT 111, 112 and
                    required to complete may increase the program length.                                                BAS 120
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring                                                                EASL
                                                                                                                        ƒ 078 is a corequisite for ACCT 210 and BAS 112
                                                                                                                         EASL
                                                                                                                        ƒ 079 is a corequisite for ACCT 105 and ACCT& 201
                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    ACCT 105 QuickBooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                                                        It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    ACCT 111 Introduction to Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                       work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    ACCT 112 Business Calculator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3                           adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    ACCT 210 Introduction to Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                        required to complete may increase the program length.
                    ACCT& 201 Principles of Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                  Admission Dates: fall
                    BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                               PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                                        ACCT 105 QuickBooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31                     ACCT 111 Introduction to Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                        ACCT 112 Business Calculator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                                                        ACCT 210 Introduction to Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                        ACCT& 201 Principles of Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                        BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                        BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                        EASL 077 ESL Accounting Applications I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                                                        EASL 078 ESL Accounting Applications II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                                                        EASL 079 ESL Accounting Applications III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                                                        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40




          28        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                    L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                    I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                     2
                                               Architectural Graphics
ARCHITECTURAL	GRAPHICS		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
105	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Architectural Graphics AAS                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
degree prepares students for careers with architecture             work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
firms, construction companies, city, county, and state             adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
architectural and civil engineering departments                    required to complete may increase the program length.
and corporate architectural and civil engineering                  Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




                                                                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
departments. Technicians are needed to develop site
plans, construction details, building designs, cost                PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
estimates, specification plans for new buildings, and for          ARCH 201 History of American Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
remodeling and additions to existing buildings.                    ARCH 205 Theory of Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                   ARGT 111 Architectural Print Reading I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Graduates are prepared in translating the rough
                                                                   ARGT 112 Construction Techniques. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
sketches, layouts, and written specifications of architects,
                                                                   ARGT 121 Architectural Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
engineers, or designers into a drawing using current               ARGT 131 Revit Architecture I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
technology and showing the complete details and                    ARGT 132 Revit Architecture II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
specifications for the finished product.                           ARGT 211 Architectural Print Reading II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Architectural Graphics AAS degree graduates will:                  ARGT 221 Residential Design Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ƒ prepared for entry-level positions in the
 be                                                                ARGT 222 Residential Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 architectural, engineering or construction field with             ARGT 225 Construction Management & Estimating . . . . . . . . 3
 the ability to be independent and self-directed                   ARGT 231 Commercial Building Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                   ARGT 232 Commercial Design Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 demonstrate teamwork and collaboration skills and
ƒ
                                                                   ARGT 233 Commercial Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . 4
 processes in the workplace
                                                                   ARGT 261 Architectural Problems I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 apply knowledge to create drawings by hand and
ƒ
                                                                   ARGT 262 Architectural Problems II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 using technology
                                                                   ENGT 101 Engineering Introduction & Orientation. . . . . . . . . 4
 read
ƒ architectural prints and solve common                           ENGR 111 Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 architectural problems                                            ENGR 113 Dimensioning with Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 complete a comprehensive design project
ƒ                                                                 ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 demonstrate industry ready skills in basic drafting
ƒ                                                                 ENGT 132 AutoCAD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 fundamentals, concepts and techniques                             ENGT 202 Specialized Technical Employment Prep. . . . . . . . . 2
 employ creative and critical thinking to enhance
ƒ                                                                 TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 3 CREDITS
 problem solving                                                   May be taken from ARGT CEGT or ENGT areas. Student should
 exhibit analytical thought, informed judgment, and
ƒ                                                                 consult an academic adviser.
 ethical behavior                                                  ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 25 CREDITS
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                                           General Physics (PHYS& 121) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 technical and information literacy skills                                   Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                                           College Algebra with Applications (MATH 111) . . 5
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                                   Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 distribution area outcomes                                        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

                                                                   See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                   categories listed above.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N       I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G             29
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Architectural Graphics
                    ARCHITECTURAL	GRAPHICS		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    69	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Architectural Graphics certificate prepares students        ARCH 201 History of American Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    for careers with architecture firms, construction               ARCH 205 Theory of Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    companies, city, county and state architectural and civil       ARGT 111 Architectural Print Reading I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    engineering departments and corporate architectural             ARGT 112 Construction Techniques. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    and civil engineering departments. Technicians in this          ARGT 121 Architectural Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Programs of Study




                    certificate program are trained to develop site plans,          ARGT 131 Revit Architecture I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    construction details, building designs, cost estimates,         ARGT 132 Revit Architecture II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    specification plans for new buildings, remodeling, and          ARGT 221 Residential Design Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    additions to existing buildings under the close direction       ARGT 222 Residential Construction Documents . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    of a supervisor.                                                ARGT 225 Construction Management & Estimating . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                    ENGT 101 Engineering Introduction & Orientation. . . . . . . . . 4
                    Architectural Graphics certificate graduates will:              ENGR 111 Engineering Graphics I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for entry-level positions in the                    ENGR 113 Dimensioning with Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     architectural engineering field with limited                   ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     responsibilities and scope                                     ENGT 132 AutoCAD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate familiarity with many tools and
                    ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     techniques associated with design and its application                    Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     in the work place                                                        Intro to Algebra (MATH 090) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     identify and explain common symbols, materials,
                    ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     scales, and terminology used in the field                      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
                     demonstrate an ability to perform common
                    ƒ
                     workplace duties as directed in the architecture               See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                    categories listed above.
                     and engineering field
                     exhibit analytical thought, informed judgment and
                    ƒ
                     ethical behavior
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          30        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                        Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                         2
                                                                   Architectural Graphics
REVIT	
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
8	CREDITS
The Revit certificate is designed to prepare students for
skill set upgrades and is well suited for current AutoCAD
or MicroStation users looking to expand new career
options in the architecture industry. The certificate
is designed to help participants gain experience in




                                                                                                                                                       Programs of Study
Building Information Modeling (BIM), a current trend in
the architecture field. Upon completing the certificate,
students will have gained the skills required to create
professional architectural drawings and be ready to
undertake similar projects on their own.
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Prerequisite: Completion of ARGT 121 or instructor
approval.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
ARGT 131 Revit Architecture I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ARGT 132 Revit Architecture II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N               I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   31
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Auto Collision Repair Technician
                    AUTO	COLLISION	REPAIR	TECHNICIAN	
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    116	CREDITS
                    Program Mission: The Auto Collision Repair Technician          It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    AAS degree prepares students with entry-level skills           work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    to compete in the auto collision repair industry and           adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    provides an option for specializing in restoration or          required to complete may increase the program length.
                    custom painting.                                                TRAN 110, 112, 113, and 125 must be taken in the
                                                                                   ƒ
Programs of Study




                    This program consists of six quarters of collision auto         first quarter.
                    body repair and auto paint training. Students will spend        CWEX Cooperative Work Experience may be completed
                                                                                   ƒ
                    their first quarter of training in a transportation core        in the student’s last 2 quarters of training by instructor
                    curriculum. Students have the option of specializing            permission only.
                    in restoration, or custom painting. The laboratory             Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                    area is designed to simulate an actual industry repair
                    environment and includes a state-of-the-art painting           PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    booth with the latest in high-tech equipment.                  TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
                                                                                   TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    The Auto Collision Repair Technician AAS degree                TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    graduates will:                                                TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for employment in the auto collision               ACRT 121 Basic Body Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     repair and paint industry                                     ACRT 122 Basic Body Refinishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     dismantle collision related components, replace
                    ƒ                                                             ACRT 123 Vehicle/Damage Identification & Analysis . . . . . . . 4
                     damaged parts, and perform metal straightening,               ACRT 124 Basic Detailing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     welding, and plastic repair techniques                        ACRT 131 Metal Straightening Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     evaluate refinishing needs, prime and prepare the auto
                    ƒ                                                             ACRT 132 Auto Body Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     surface for refinishing and properly apply topcoats           ACRT 133 Refinish & Surface Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate advanced collision repair and paint
                    ƒ                                                             ACRT 134 Auto Finishes/ Paint Application I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     techniques for production purposes                            ACRT 211 Body Panel Replacement & Adjustment I. . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                             ACRT 212 Minor Unibody & Frame Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                ACRT 213 Auto Finishes/Paint Application II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     technical and information literacy skills                     ACRT 214 Paint Tinting & Matching I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                            Technical Electives: choose from list below . . . . . 32
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                     ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS 20 CREDITS
                     distribution area outcomes                                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                             Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                             Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                             Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                   TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

                                                                                   See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                   categories listed above.
                                                                                                                                           continues on next page…




          32        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                          Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                           2
                 Auto Collision Repair Technician
                                                                                                                                     continued



TECHNICAL	ELECTIVES		
(INSTRUCTOR	PERMISSION	REQUIRED)
ADVANCED COLLISION FOCUS
ACRT 221 Body Panel Replacement & Adjustment II . . . . . . . 4
ACRT 222 Mechanical & Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4




                                                                                                                                                         Programs of Study
ACRT 223 Auto Finishes/Paint Application III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACRT 224 Paint Tinting & Matching II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACRT 231 Major Unibody & Frame Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACRT 232 Advanced Collision Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACRT 233 Specialized Paint Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACRT 234 Paint Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
RESTORATION FOCUS
ARST 211 Introduction to Automotive Restoration . . . . . . . . 2
ARST 212 Automotive Restoration Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ARST 213 Restoration Skills I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ARST 214 Introduction to Automotive Interior Restoration . 2
ARST 215 Wood & Metal Surface Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ARST 216 Paint Fundamentals, Properties, & Applications . 4
CUSTOM PAINTING FOCUS
ACPT 211 Introduction to Custom Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACPT 212 Custom Painting Product/Data Research . . . . . . . . 4
ACPT 213 Custom Painting Design & Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACPT 214 Custom Paint Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                 L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N                I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   33
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Auto Collision Repair Technician
                    AUTO	COLLISION	REPAIR	TECHNICIAN	
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    79	CREDITS                                                        PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Auto Collision Repair Technician certificate consists of          TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
                    four quarters of collision auto body repair and auto paint        TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    training. Students will spend their first quarter of training     TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    in a transportation core curriculum. Students have the            TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    option of continuing their education by pursuing an AAS           ACRT 121 Basic Body Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Programs of Study




                    degree in collision repair and specializing in restoration        ACRT 122 Basic Body Refinishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    or custom painting.                                               ACRT 123 Vehicle/Damage Identification & Analysis . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                      ACRT 124 Basic Detailing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Auto Collision Repair Technician certificate graduates will:      ACRT 131 Metal Straightening Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for employment in the auto collision                  ACRT 132 Auto Body Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     repair and paint industry                                        ACRT 133 Refinish & Surface Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     dismantle collision related components, replace
                    ƒ                                                                ACRT 134 Auto Finishes/Paint Application I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     damaged parts, and perform metal straightening,                  ACRT 211 Body Panel Replacement & Adjustment I. . . . . . . . 4
                     welding, and plastic repair techniques                           ACRT 212 Minor Unibody & Frame Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     evaluate refinishing needs, prime and prepare the auto
                    ƒ                                                                ACRT 213 Auto Finishes/Paint Application II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     surface for refinishing and properly apply topcoats              ACRT 214 Paint Tinting & Matching I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                             Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     technical and information literacy skills                                  Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or            TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be            See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                    required to complete may increase the program length.             categories listed above.
                     TRAN 110, 112, 113, and 125 must be taken in the
                    ƒ
                     first quarter.
                     CWEX Cooperative Work Experience may be completed
                    ƒ
                     in the student’s last 2 quarters of training by instructor
                     permission only.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          34        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                           Auto Repair Technician
AUTO	REPAIR	TECHNICIAN		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
117	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Auto Repair Technician AAS                  TRAN 110, 112, 113, and 125 must be taken in the
                                                                ƒ
degree prepares students for employment in automotive            first term.
dealership service centers, independent repair shops, and        AUTO 120 Electrical/Electronics must be completed
                                                                ƒ
specialty or customized shops.                                   before Engine Performance Series (AUTO 134, 135,
                                                                 136 and 138).
Today’s automobile is designed and engineered at




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
a higher level of technology than ever before. This              AUTO 298 must be completed in the last term
                                                                ƒ
produces a high demand for trained repair technicians            of training.
who can meet the increased technical challenges and              CWEX Cooperative Work Experience may be completed
                                                                ƒ
demonstrate advanced knowledge–particularly in                   in the student’s last 2 terms of training, used as a
the electrical and electronics areas. As a well-trained          requirement for classes within the term the student is
technician with current skills, you can expect rapid             registered for by instructor permission only.
employment and a steady rising income. In addition, this        Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
program includes preparation for the ASE (Automotive
Service Excellence) certification.                              PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
Auto Repair Technician AAS degree graduates will:               TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ prepared for employment in automotive dealership
 be                                                             TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 service centers, independent repair shops, and                 TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 specialty or customized shops                                  AUTO 120 Electrical/Electronics Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ƒ prepared to succeed on the ASE Certification exam
 be                                                             AUTO 124 Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                                                                AUTO 134 Engine Performance – Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 diagnose mechanical malfunctions and performance
ƒ
                                                                AUTO 135 Engine Performance – Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 problems and make necessary repairs
                                                                AUTO 136 Engine Performance – Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 operate precision automotive diagnostic and
ƒ
                                                                AUTO 138 Engine Performance – Computer Controls . . . . . . 4
 repair equipment
                                                                AUTO 140 Brake Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
 interpret repair manuals and computer-based
ƒ                                                              AUTO 144 Suspension, Steering & Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 programs dealing with specifications and                       AUTO 210 Engines, Cylinder Blocks, Cooling Systems . . . . . 10
 repair procedures                                              AUTO 215 Air Conditioning Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 demonstrate good public relations with customers
ƒ                                                              AUTO 220 Automatic Transmission & Transaxles . . . . . . . . . . . 8
 and colleagues                                                 AUTO 225 Manual Transmission & Axles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
 skillfully use tools and equipment
ƒ                                                              AUTO 298 Job Search & Employment Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                           Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 technical and information literacy skills                                Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                                        Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                                Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 distribution area outcomes
                                                                TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or          See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                categories listed above.
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            35
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Auto Repair Technician
                    AUTO	REPAIR	TECHNICIAN		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    89	CREDITS
                    Today’s automobile is designed and engineered at                 TRAN 110, 112, 113, and 125 must be taken in the
                                                                                    ƒ
                    a higher level of technology than ever before. This              first term.
                    produces a high demand for trained repair technicians            AUTO 120 Electrical/Electronics must be completed
                                                                                    ƒ
                    who can meet the increased technical challenges.                 before Engine Performance Series (AUTO 134, 135,
                    This program prepares students for employment in                 136 and 138).
Programs of Study




                    independent repair shops, and specialty or customized            AUTO 298 must be completed in the last term
                                                                                    ƒ
                    shops. The auto repair technician field is rapidly changing      of training.
                    and relies more and more on advanced knowledge –                 CWEX Cooperative Work Experience may be completed
                                                                                    ƒ
                    particularly in the electrical and electronics areas. As         in the student’s last 2 terms of training, used as a
                    a well-trained technician with current skills, you can           requirement for classes within the term the student is
                    expect rapid employment and a steadily rising income.            registered for by instructor permission only.
                    In addition this program includes preparation for parts of      Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                    the ASE (Automotive Service Excellence) certification.
                    Auto Repair Technician certificate graduates will:              PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                    TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for employment in automotive dealership             TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     service centers, independent repair shops, and                 TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     specialty or customized shops                                  TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     diagnose mechanical malfunctions and performance
                    ƒ                                                              AUTO 120 Electrical/Electronics Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
                     problems and make necessary repairs                            AUTO 124 Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     operate precision automotive diagnostic and
                    ƒ                                                              TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
                     repair equipment                                               Select a minimum of 42 credits with Instructor approval
                     interpret repair manuals and computer-based
                    ƒ                                                              AUTO 134 Engine Performance – Ignition Systems . . . . . . . . . 4
                     programs dealing with specifications and                       AUTO 135 Engine Performance – Fuel Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     repair procedures                                              AUTO 136 Engine Performance – Emission Systems . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate good public relations with customers
                    ƒ                                                              AUTO 138 Engine Performance – Computer Controls . . . . . . 4
                     and colleagues                                                 AUTO 140 Brake Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                     skillfully use tools and equipment
                    ƒ                                                              AUTO 144 Suspension, Steering & Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                              AUTO 210 Engines, Cylinder Blocks, Cooling Systems . . . . . 10
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 AUTO 215 Air Conditioning Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     technical and information literacy skills                      AUTO 220 Automatic Transmission & Transaxles . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                                                                                    AUTO 225 Manual Transmission & Axles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and    AUTO 298 Job Search & Employment Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be          ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                                                                                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                                                                                              Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                              Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

                                                                                    See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                    categories listed above.




          36        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                          Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                        2
                                           Auto Repair Technician
GENERAL	SERVICE	TECHNICIAN		
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
32	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Today’s automobile is designed and engineered at a              TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
higher level of technology than ever before. According          TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
to many automotive industry estimates, there is a critical      TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
shortage of technicians. Industry is turning to education       TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
to attract individuals into the career field and provide        AUTO 120 Electrical/Electronics Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14




                                                                                                                                                      Programs of Study
the training needed for employment. Many employers              AUTO 124 Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
say they need entry-level technicians who have the              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
essential knowledge and skills required for fundamental
service and maintenance tasks including a general
understanding of all automobile systems with a solid
foundation in electrical/electronic systems, while others
prefer to hire technicians with a broad skill set from an
automotive program with more depth and breadth. The
General Service Technician certificate is intended to be an
articulation option to the Automotive Repair Technician
Certificate of Proficiency or AAS degree program.
In addition, this program includes preparation for two of
the ASE (Automotive Service Excellence) certifications.
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
ƒTRAN 110, 112, 113, and 125 must be taken before
  AUTO 120 and 124.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E       O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                  C A T A L O G          37
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Auto Repair Technician
                    I-BEST	GENERAL	SERVICE	TECHNICIAN	
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    38	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Today’s automobile is designed and engineered at a               TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
                    higher level of technology than ever before. According           TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    to many automotive industry estimates, there is a critical       TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    shortage of technicians. Industry is turning to education        TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    to attract individuals into the career field and provide         AUTO 120 Electrical/Electronics Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Programs of Study




                    the training needed for employment. Many employers               AUTO 124 Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    say they need entry-level technicians who have the               EASL 074 ESL Transportation Applications I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    essential knowledge and skills required for fundamental          EASL 076 ESL Transportation Applications II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    service and maintenance tasks including a general                TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
                    understanding of all automobile systems with a solid
                    foundation in electrical/electronic systems, while others
                    prefer to hire technicians with a broad skill set from an
                    automotive program with more depth and breadth. The
                    I-BEST General Service Technician certificate prepares
                    an increasingly diverse workforce to meet employer
                    demands in the automotive industry and is intended
                    to be an articulation option to the Automotive Repair
                    Technician Certificate of Proficiency or AAS Degree
                    program. It provides ESL and ABE students with the
                    opportunity to pursue the General Service Technician
                    certificate while continuing their progress in Basic Skills.
                    In addition, this program includes preparation for two of
                    the ASE (Automotive Service Excellence) certifications. It
                    is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                     TRAN 110, 112, 113, and 125 must be taken before
                    ƒ
                     AUTO 120 and 124.
                     EASL
                    ƒ 074 is a corequisite for TRANS 110, 112, 113,
                     and 125.
                     EASL
                    ƒ 076 is a corequisite for AUTO 120 and AUTO 124.
                    Admission Dates: summer, winter




          38        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E       O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                  C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                              Baking Arts
BAKING	ARTS		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
103	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Baking Arts AAS degree prepares            It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
students for employment opportunities in a professional         work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
pastry kitchen, bakeshop, or business with professional         adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
product lines.                                                  required to complete may increase the program length.
Students develop academic knowledge and occupational            Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
skills that are required for job acquisition, retention and
advancement. The Baking Arts program and degree is              PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                BAKE 110 Cake Decoration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
recognized and accredited by the American Culinary
                                                                BAKE 114 Artisan Chocolate & Confections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Federation (ACF). In addition, graduates will earn a
                                                                BAKE 120 Specialty Cakes and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
variety of National Restaurant Association Educational
                                                                BAKE 122 Artisan Breads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Foundation (NRAEF) certifications to add to their
                                                                BAKE 124 Centerpiece Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
portfolio. Upon graduation, students will be eligible to        CULA 116 Culinary Skills & Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
receive their initial ACF certifications at the Certified       CULA 124 Introduction to the Front of the House . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pastry Culinarian (CPC) level.                                  CULA 127 Introduction to Baking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Baking Arts AAS degree graduates will:                          CULA 128 Food Service Safety & Sanitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ƒ prepared for a range of entry level positions in
 be                                                             CULA 130 Supervision & Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 the field                                                      CULA 137 Nutrition in Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                CULA 142 Costing & Menu Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 properly manipulate chocolate and sugar
ƒ
                                                                CULA 160 Beverage Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 create a wide-range of pastries including cakes,
ƒ                                                              CULA 195 Capstone, Portfolio, & Masterpiece Dinner . . . . . . 5
 candies, sugar, chocolate, and centerpieces                    CULA 196 Internship, Externship/Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrating advanced techniques
 obtain basic culinary skills
ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                          Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared for certification from the American                           Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Culinary Federation as a Certified Pastry Culinarian                     Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 obtain basic management skills including costing and
ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 menu planning, safety and sanitation, and employee
 supervision                                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
 apply marketing and profitability concepts in a
ƒ                                                              See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 bakeshop environment                                           categories listed above.
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, global and cultural awareness, and
 technical and information literacy skills
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            39
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Business Administration Support
                    BUSINESS	ADMINISTRATION	SUPPORT		
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    102	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Program Mission: The Business Administration Support             BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    AAS degree prepares students to meet the growing need            BAS 106 Keyboarding II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    for trained business support professionals. The primary          BAS 110 Office Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    goal of the degree is to prepare students to use various         BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    software applications in the work environment as a               BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    support tool to enhance day-to-day business operations.          BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                     BAS 115 Publisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Business Administration Support AAS degree                       BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    graduates will:                                                  BAS 124 PowerPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for entry-level positions as a business              BAS 130 Business English I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     support professional                                            BAS 135 Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ƒ out office administration procedures and
                     carry                                                           BAS 191 Customer Service/ Help Desk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     management support using office technology                      BAS 195 Capstone Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    ƒ Microsoft Project software to produce Gantt charts,
                     use                                                             BAS 198 Job Search Skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     Network Diagrams, and reports                                   BAS 225 Integrated Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ƒ Microsoft Office software to produce complex
                     use                                                             BAS 281 Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     integrated documents and spreadsheets                           BUS& 101 Introduction to Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                     MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     identify good customer service skills and work well
                    ƒ
                                                                                              Technical Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     with internal and external customers
                     experience carrying out a Capstone project that uses
                    ƒ                                                               GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                     the skills gained to serve as a support for a real office or              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     business                                                                  Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                               Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                                                                                               Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills                       TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ                                                               See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                       categories listed above.
                     distribution area outcomes
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          40        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                      2
         Business Administration Support
BUSINESS	ADMINISTRATION	SUPPORT		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
81	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
The Business Administration Support certificate                 BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
is designed to meet the growing need for trained                BAS 110 Office Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
business support professionals. The primary goal of the         BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
certificate is to prepare students to use various software      BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
applications in the work environment as a support tool to       BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                                    Programs of Study
enhance day-to-day business operations.                         BAS 115 Publisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Business Administration Support certificate                     BAS 124 PowerPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
graduates will:                                                 BAS 130 Business English I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared for entry-level positions as a business             BAS 135 Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 support professional                                           BAS 191 Customer Service/Help Desk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ƒ out office administration procedures and
 carry                                                          BAS 198 Job Search Skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 management support using office technology                     BAS 225 Integrated Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ Microsoft Project software to produce Gantt charts,
 use                                                            BAS 281 Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Network Diagrams, and reports                                  MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 use
ƒ Microsoft Office software to produce complex                 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
 integrated documents and spreadsheets                                    Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 identify good customer service skills and work well
ƒ                                                                        Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 with internal and external customers                                     Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                                                                See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 technical and information literacy skills                      categories listed above.
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G              41
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Business Administration Support
                    HUMAN	RESOURCES		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    85	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS	
                    This program prepares students to meet the growing              ACCT 111 Introduction to Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    need for Human Resources (HR) professionals. This               BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    program prepares students to use various software               BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    applications and business knowledge in conjunction              BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    with entry-level HR content areas to enhance business           BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    operations.                                                     BAS 115 Publisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                    BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    The Human Resources Certificate of Proficiency                  BAS 124 PowerPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    graduates will:                                                 BAS 135 Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for entry-level positions in HR and office          BAS 191 Customer Service/Help Desk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     administration                                                 BAS 225 Integrated Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ƒ out office and HR procedures and management
                     carry                                                          BUHR 210 HR’s Role in Organizations
                     using technology                                                        & Program Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                     explain HR’s role in developing human capital and its
                    ƒ                                                              BUHR 215 HR Ethics & Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     impact on an organization’s success                            BUHR 230 Staffing: Recruitment, Selection,
                                                                                              & Placement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     recognize the partnership of managers and HR
                    ƒ
                                                                                    BUHR 250 HR Info Systems & Measuring HR
                     professionals in business
                                                                                             Outcomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     identify the importance, impact, and role of social
                    ƒ
                                                                                    BUHR 255 Employment Law I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     responsibility and diversity in organizations
                                                                                    BUHR 260 Employment Law II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     leverage technology in today’s environment to support
                    ƒ
                     HR and business activities                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                                                                                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     identify measurement strategies that link HR practices
                    ƒ                                                                        Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     to achieving bottom-line business results                                Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     identify employment decisions and strategies to build
                    ƒ
                     and maintain a diverse talented workforce                      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
                     recognize the implications associated with
                    ƒ                                                              See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     employment laws and their effects on organizations             categories listed above.
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          42        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                      2
         Business Administration Support
PROJECT	MANAGEMENT	SUPPORT	
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
55	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
The Project Management Support certificate is designed          BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
to serve students seeking job transitions, skills upgrades,     BAS 110 Office Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
and continuing industry education. The primary                  BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
goal of the certificate is to prepare students to use           BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
various software applications in the work environment           BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                                    Programs of Study
as a support tool to enhance day-to-day business                BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
operations. Graduates will find entry-level jobs as             BAS 135 Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
project management coordinators, project management             BAS 191 Customer Service/Help Desk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
assistants, events or conference coordinators.                  BAS 281 Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
Project Management Support Certificate graduates will:
                                                                          Written Communication
 use
ƒ Microsoft Project software to produce Gantt charts,                    (BUSA 103 Business Communications) . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Network Diagrams, and reports                                            Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ Microsoft Office software to produce attractive,
 use                                                                      Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 modern, and useful documents and spreadsheets.                 TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
 use
ƒ office equipment, i.e. FAX machines, photocopiers
 to carry-out typical office procedures                         See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                categories listed above.
 identify good customer service skills and work well
ƒ
 with internal and external customers
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G              43
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Business Administration Support
                    MICROSOFT	OFFICE	APPLICATIONS	                                                                      OFFICE	ASSISTANT		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                           CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    28	CREDITS                                                                                          42	CREDITS
                    The Microsoft Office Applications certificate is designed                                           The Office Assistant certificate is designed to meet the
                    to meet the needs of students who want to increase their                                            needs employers for trained office assistants. Students
                    computer knowledge. This certificate is directed towards                                            learn Microsoft Office applications as well as how to
                    people who have work experience and want to upgrade                                                 use calculators, phones, fax and photocopy machines.
                    their skills by learning the current software applications                                          Students may find jobs as receptionists or clerical support.
Programs of Study




                    used in the business community.                                                                     It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and                                        work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                                              adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be                                              required to complete may increase the program length.
                    required to complete may increase the program length.                                               Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                                                                                                                        PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                                BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5    -OR-
                    BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5   BAS 106 Keyboarding II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5    BAS 106 Keyboarding II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                               -OR-
                    BAS 124 PowerPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4          BAS 107 Keyboarding III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    BAS 135 Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4       BAS 110 Office Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28                     BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                        BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the                                    BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    categories listed above.                                                                            BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                                        BAS 124 PowerPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                                                        BAS 135 Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                                                        BAS 191 Customer Service/Help Desk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                                                        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

                                                                                                                        See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                                                        categories listed above.




          44        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                    L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                    I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                                    Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                                                         2
              Business Administration Support
WEB	MAINTENANCE		                                                                                  I-BEST	BUSINESS	ADMINISTRATION	SUPPORT		
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                          CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
39	CREDITS                                                                                         32	CREDITS
The Web Maintenance certificate is designed to serve                                               The I-BEST Business Administration Support certificate
students seeking job transitions, skills upgrades, and                                             prepares students for positions in beginning
continuing industry education. The primary goal of                                                 administrative support, reception, customer care, and
the certificate is to prepare students to use the various                                          sales/marketing support. Graduates will also be eligible
software applications in the work environment as a                                                 for entry into a variety of certificate programs (Web




                                                                                                                                                                                                       Programs of Study
support tool to enhance day-to-day business operations.                                            maintenance; publication/sales/marketing support;
Graduates will find entry-level jobs as Web assistants,                                            project management support; customer service/product
Web maintenance support, Web specialists, Web                                                      support; or Microsoft Office applications) as well as the
designers, and webmasters.                                                                         full degree program.
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and                                       It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                                             work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be                                             adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.                                              required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                                                      Admission Dates: winter

PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                               PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3          BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5   BAS 112 Excel I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                              BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BAS 191 Customer Service/Help Desk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3                         BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5   BAS 124 PowerPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4                            BAS 198 Job Search Skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
MMDP 133 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4                                EASL 070 Computer Applications I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
MMDP 153 Web Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5        EASL 072 Computer Applications II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
MMDP 238 JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
categories listed above.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                    L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                   I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G              45
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Business Administration Support
                    I-BEST	WEB	MAINTENANCE		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    40	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The I-BEST Web Maintenance Support Certificate                  BAS 105 Keyboarding I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    prepares an increasingly diverse workforce to begin an          BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    educational/career pathway in business administration           BAS 120 Business Desktop Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    support. It provides ESL and ABE students with the              BAS 191 Customer Service/Help Desk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    opportunity to pursue the Web Maintenance Certificate           MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    of Completion while continuing their progress in                MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Basic Skills (ESL and ABE), and it is intended to be an         MMDP 133 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    articulation option to the Business Administration              MMDP 238 JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Support (BAS) Associate of Applied Science degree as            EASL 070 ESL Computer Applications I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    well as to the Multimedia Design and Production (MMDP)          EASL 082 ESL Web Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    Associate of Applied Science degree. The primary goal of        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
                    the certificate is to prepare students to use the various
                    software applications in the work environment as a
                    support tool to enhance day-to-day business operations.
                    All professional-technical courses (BAS, and MMDP) are
                    taught with a 50% overlap of the professional-technical
                    faculty and the basic skills (ESL) faculty. In addition
                    to the professional-technical courses, I-BEST students
                    are required to enroll in EASL 070 (ESL Computer
                    Applications I) and EASL 082 (ESL Web Applications).
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          46        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                              Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                2
                                                        Child Care Manager
CHILD	CARE	MANAGER		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
94	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Child Care Manager AAS degree              demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                                                               ƒ
prepares students to develop competencies necessary             communication, intercultural appreciation, and
to plan, implement and evaluate a quality program for           technical and information literacy skills
children, following National Association for the Education      meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                               ƒ
of Young Children (NAEYC) standards.                            Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning




                                                                                                                                                              Programs of Study
                                                                distribution area outcomes
This program prepares students to seek new employment
or update professional skills and knowledge as a               It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
family care provider; program supervisor of a child            work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
care center; child care manager; and lead teacher              adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
in child care, preschool and Headstart programs.               required to complete may increase the program length.
Theoretical knowledge is gained through evening                Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
classroom lectures; practical experience takes place
in college labs and in family-and center-based                 PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
programs where students are employed.                          ECEM 111 Intro to Early Childhood Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                               ECEM 112 Child Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Child Care Manager AAS degree graduates will:                  ECEM 113 Guidance Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared for a lead teacher or entry level                  ECEM 121 Diversity Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 management position in the child care field                   ECEM 122 Creative Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 plan,
ƒ implement, and evaluate children’s programs                 ECEM 124 Language Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 using current child development knowledge                     ECEM 125 Science & Math Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply developmentally appropriate guidance
ƒ                                                             ECEM 131 Advocacy/Legal Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 techniques                                                    ECEM 132 Parent Interactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 teach developmentally appropriate guidance
ƒ                                                             ECEM 133 Program Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 techniques to colleagues                                      ECEM 134 Safety/Health/Nutrition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 document childrens’ skill development and plan
ƒ                                                             ECEM 212 Policies & Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 programs based on documented observations                     ECEM 213 Staff Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                                                               ECEM 214 Financial Planning & Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to create a learning environment that
                                                                        Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
 fosters language, social, cognitive and motor skills in
 young children                                                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                         Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to communicate in verbal and written
 format with the parents                                                 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                         Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to plan and monitor food service in an
                                                                         Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 early childhood program
ƒ able to create and maintain a safe and healthy
 be                                                            TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
 environment, both indoors/outdoors                            See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 follow the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) as it
ƒ                                                             categories listed above.
 relates to early childhood programs
                                                               Continues on next page…
 be
ƒ prepared to develop and maintain staff and fiscal
 policies of an early childhood program
 be
ƒ prepared to appropriately hire, mentor and
 supervise staff



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            47
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Child Care Manager continued

                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 10 CREDITS
                    Choose a minimum of 10 elective credits from the following list.
                    (In addition to the following courses, other business, computer or
                    technology courses may be taken with instructor permission.)
                    BUSA 100 Business Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    BUSA 103 Business Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    ECEM 150 S.T.A.R.S. Basic Guidebook Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    ECEM 199 Independent Study* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
                    ECEM 299 Independent Study* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
                    IFAD 151 First Aid/CPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    * These courses are by instructor permission only.




          48        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                  L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                 I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                              Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                               2
                                                        Child Care Manager
CHILD	CARE	MANAGER		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
74	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Theoretical knowledge is gained through evening                 ECEM 111 Intro to Early Childhood Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
classroom lectures; practical experience takes place in         ECEM 112 Child Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
college labs and in family- and center-based programs           ECEM 113 Guidance Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
where students are employed. Students develop                   ECEM 121 Diversity Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
competencies necessary to plan, implement and evaluate          ECEM 122 Creative Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                             Programs of Study
a quality program for children, following National              ECEM 124 Language Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC)         ECEM 125 Science/Math Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
standards. Program prepares students to seek new                ECEM 131 Advocacy/Legal Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
employment or update professional skills and knowledge          ECEM 132 Parent Interactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
as a family care provider; program supervisor of child care     ECEM 133 Program Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
center; child care manager; and lead teacher in child care/     ECEM 134 Safety/Health/Nutrition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
preschool programs.                                             ECEM 212 Policies & Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                ECEM 213 Staff Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Child Care Manager certificate graduates will:                  ECEM 214 Financial Planning & Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared for a lead teacher or entry-level                   ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENT – 10 CREDITS
 management position in the child care field                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ able to plan, implement and evaluate programs                          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 for young children                                                       Social Science (taught within the ECEM
ƒ able to document children’s growth and
 be                                                                       curriculum)
 skill development                                              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
 be
ƒ able to apply developmentally appropriate
                                                                See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 guidance techniques                                            categories listed above.
 plan
ƒ and implement activities that promote social,
 cognitive, language and motor skills
 be
ƒ able to apply Washington Administrative Code
 (WAC) requirements to work environment
 be
ƒ able to work in a cooperative and supportive
 manner with parents
 maintain a safe and healthy environment for
ƒ
 young children
 follow a work guideline as outlined in staff
ƒ
 operations manual
 participate willingly in staff development activities
ƒ
 follow the fiscal guidelines of the place of employment
ƒ
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E        O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                     C A T A L O G            49
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Civil Engineering Graphics
                    CIVIL	ENGINEERING	GRAPHICS	EMPHASIS	
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    104	CREDITS                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Program Mission: The Civil Engineering Graphics                 ARGT 111 Architectural Print Reading I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    AAS degree prepares students for careers with civil             CEGT 100 Introduction to Civil Engrg Technology . . . . . . . . . 4
                    engineering firms (e.g.: construction, transportation,          CEGT 211 Civil Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    water resources & wastewater treatment, bridges,                CEGT 221 Surveying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    etc.) Civil Engineering Graphics Technicians translate          CEGT 231 Civil 3D Computer Aided Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Programs of Study




                    the rough sketches, layouts, CAD designs, and written           CEGT 232 Civil 3D Computer Aided Design II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    specifications of engineers, architects, and designers          CEGT 233 Civil 3D Computer Aided Design III . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    into drawings and CAD databases showing the complete            -OR-
                    details and specifications for the finished project.            ENGT 259 MicroStation II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                    CEGT 241 Civil Engineering Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Civil Engineering Graphics Emphasis AAS degree                  CEGT 251 Boundary Surveys & Plat Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    graduates will:                                                 CEGT 261 Roadway Design & Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for a range of entry-level positions                CIVE 205 Theory of Urban Design & Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     in the civil engineering field with the ability to be          CEGT 280 Civil Engrg Graphics Capstone Project . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     independent and self-directed                                  ENGR 111 Engineering Graphics I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     identify the elements and principles of civil
                    ƒ                                                              ENGR 113 Introduction to Dimensioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     engineering graphics design                                    ENGT 101 Engineering Intro & Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     complete comprehensive design projects
                    ƒ                                                              ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate industry ready skills and basic drafting
                    ƒ                                                              ENGT 132 AutoCAD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     fundamentals, concepts and techniques                          ENGT 133 AutoCAD III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                    ENGT 258 MicroStation I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate fundamental industry demand skills
                    ƒ
                                                                                    ENGT 202 Specialized Tech Employment Prep . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     in: surveying, quantity calculation, data research,
                                                                                    GISA 211 Geographic Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     collection, and analysis for engineering projects
                     exhibit analytical thought, informed judgment, and
                    ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 25 CREDITS
                     ethical behavior                                                         Physics (PHYS&121) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     produce a professional resume, cover letter, and
                    ƒ
                                                                                              Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     industry ready portfolio
                                                                                              College Algebra with Applications (MATH 111) . . 5
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills and processes        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
                     in the workplace                                               See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ                                                              categories listed above.
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                     distribution area outcomes
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          50        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                  Civil Engineering Graphics
CIVIL	ENGINEERING	GRAPHICS	EMPHASIS	
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
72	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
The Civil Engineering Graphics Certificate of Proficiency       ARGT 111 Architectural Print Reading I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
program is a one-year program designed to prepare               CEGT 100 Introduction to Civil Engrg Technology . . . . . . . . . 4
a graphics technician to work directly under the                CEGT 211 Civil Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
supervision of an engineer, architect or designer               CEGT 221 Surveying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
producing detailed drawings. Civil engineering graphics         CEGT 231 Civil 3D Computer Aided Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
technicians are specialists in translating the rough            CEGT 241 Civil Engineering Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
sketches, layouts and written specifications of architects,     CIVE 205 Theory of Urban Design & Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
engineers, and designers into a drawing showing the             ENGR 111 Engineering Graphics I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
complete details and specifications for the finished            ENGR 113 Introduction to Dimensioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
project under the close direction of a supervisor.              ENGT 101 Engineering Intro & Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Civil Engineering Graphics Emphasis certificate                 ENGT 132 AutoCAD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
graduates will:                                                 ENGT 133 AutoCAD III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ƒ prepared for a range of entry level positions in
 be                                                             ENGT 258 MicroStation I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 the civil engineering field with limited responsibilities      GISA 211 Geographic Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 and scope                                                      ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
 identify the elements and principles of civil
ƒ                                                                        Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 engineering graphics design                                              Intro to Algebra (MATH 090) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 identify and explain common symbols, materials,
ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 scales, and terminology used in the field                      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
 demonstrate familiarity with the many tools and
ƒ
 techniques associated with design and its application          See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                categories listed above.
 in the work place
 exhibit analytical thought, informed judgment, and
ƒ
 ethical behavior
 produce a professional resume, cover letter, and
ƒ
 industry ready portfolio
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G             51
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Civil Engineering Graphics
                    CIVIL	3D		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    12	CREDITS
                    The Civil 3D certificate is designed to prepare students
                    for skill set upgrades in the civil engineering field. After
                    completing the Civil 3D certificate, the student will be
                    able to use Civil 3D in their specific engineering field
                    successfully. It is the student’s responsibility to discuss
Programs of Study




                    sequencing and work out their individual schedule with
                    a counselor or adviser. Any developmental coursework a
                    student may be required to complete may increase the
                    program length.
                    Prerequisites: Completion of ENGT 131, CEGT 211
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    CEGT 231 Civil 3D Computer Aided Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    CEGT 232 Civil 3D Computer Aided Design II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    CEGT 233 Civil 3D Computer Aided Design III . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12




          52        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2             L A K E      W A S H I N G T O N             I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                  Computer Security
                                               & Network Technician
COMPUTER	SECURITY	&	NETWORK	TECHNICIAN	
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
105	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Computer Security & Network                It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
Technician AAS degree prepares students for a career in         work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
the area of microcomputer technical support.                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
Technical and network support personnel may perform             required to complete may increase the program length.
a wide variety of duties, such as service technicians,          Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
software technicians, network technicians, computer
operators, installers, trouble shooters, salespersons, help     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                CFOR 215 Data Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
desk support, and network administrators. Students will
                                                                CFOR 255 Network Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
enhance their computer skills to assist in network design,
                                                                CSNT 114 PC Tech Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
security implementation and forensics investigations.
                                                                CSNT 121 PC Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Our program has a strong emphasis on hands-on training          CSNT 127 Internet Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
and uses a variety of methods to deliver the course             CSNT 128 Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
material in a relaxed and enjoyable learning environment.       CSNT 130 Advanced Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Our participants include high-school students, veterans,        CSNT 235 Network Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
worker re-trainee’s, and those looking to transfer to           CSNT 245 Network Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
four-year institutions. Our program philosophy is “Work                  Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
hard, be challenged, have fun, and be flexible!”                GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
Computer Security & Network Technician AAS degree                         Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
graduates will:                                                           Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in the                      Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 IT field
                                                                TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
 perform successfully as computer technicians, Network
ƒ
 technicians, installers, troubleshooters, help desk            See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 support, and network administrators                            categories listed above.
 create and troubleshoot physical networks
ƒ                                                              TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 10 CREDITS
 demonstrate proficiency with using current popular
ƒ                                                              May be taken from CFOR, BAS, CSNT, or MMDP areas and must be
 network & client operating systems                             approved by faculty Adviser.
 demonstrate proficiency with implementing and
ƒ
 troubleshooting network communication protocols
 demonstrate knowledge of data protection and
ƒ
 network hardening techniques
 demonstrate a working knowledge of industry
ƒ
 trends and emerging technologies (eg; VoIP, 4G,
 Cloud computing)
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            53
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Computer Security
                    & Network Technician
                    IT	SUPPORT	TECHNICIAN		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    60	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The IT Support Technician certificate is designed               CFOR 215 Data Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    to prepare technicians to work in a wide variety of             CSNT 114 PC Tech Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    computer-related industries and has a strong emphasis           CSNT 121 PC Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    on A+ Certification and Networking. Graduates will be           CSNT 127 Internet Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    prepared for entry-level jobs such as computer field            CSNT 128 Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Programs of Study




                    service technicians, software technicians, computer             CSNT 130 Advanced Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    operators, installers, troubleshooters, technical               CSNT 235 Network Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                    salespersons, help desk support and network technicians         ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                                                                                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    The IT Support Technician certificate graduates will:
                                                                                              Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in the                      Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     IT field
                                                                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
                     use
                    ƒ basic operating systems tools and utilities in a GUI
                     and command line environment                                   See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     install, configure, and administer current desktop
                    ƒ                                                              categories listed above.
                     operating systems
                     identify, install, and configure PC hardware effectively
                    ƒ
                     utilize file editing tools in a network environment to
                    ƒ
                     publish and support Web-based applications
                     identify maintenance issues of both closed and open
                    ƒ
                     source systems
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring




          54        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                                  Computer Security
                                               & Network Technician
NETWORK	SUPPORT	TECHNICIAN		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
60	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
The Network Support Technician certificate is designed           CFOR 255 Network Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
to prepare technicians to work in a wide variety of              CSNT 235 Network Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
computer-related industries and has a strong emphasis            CSNT 245 Network Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
on Network+ Certification, Network Administration,               ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
and Network Security. Graduates find entry-level jobs as                   Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
computer field service technicians, software technicians,                  Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
computer operators, installers, troubleshooters, technical                 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
salespersons, help desk support and network technicians.         TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Student wishing to enter this certificate program need
to have completed the IT Support Technician certificate
OR have earned an A+ Industry certification OR have
instructor approval.
Network Support Technician certificate graduates will:
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in the
 IT field
 create and troubleshoot physical networks
ƒ
 demonstrate proficiency with using current popular
ƒ
 network operating systems
 demonstrate proficiency with implementing and
ƒ
 troubleshooting network communication protocols
 demonstrate knowledge of data protection and
ƒ
 network hardening techniques
 demonstrate a working knowledge of industry
ƒ
 trends and emerging technologies (eg; VoIP, 4G,
 Cloud computing)
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            55
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Computer Security
                    & Network Technician
                    LINUX	SECURITY	&	NETWORKING		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    19	CREDITS
                    The Linux Security & Networking certificate is designed to
                    prepare the student with additional skills in Open Source
                    operating systems and technical support for server
                    applications. Technical support personnel may perform
                    a wide variety of duties, such as service technicians,
Programs of Study




                    software technicians, network technicians, computer
                    operators, installers, trouble shooters, salespersons, help
                    desk technicians, and network administrators. Students
                    will be trained in Linux, Apache Server, MySQL and Perl.
                    This certificate prepares students to successfully pass the
                    CompTIA Linux+ exam.
                    Prerequisite: Completion of CSNT 127 Internet
                    Fundamentals or instructor approval.
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    CFOR 250 Linux Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    CFOR 257 Linux Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    CFOR 259 Linux+ Certification Prep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    CSNT 130 Advanced Operating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19




          56        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2               L A K E      W A S H I N G T O N              I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                          Culinary Arts
CULINARY	ARTS		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
107	CREDITS                                                         PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Culinary Arts AAS degree prepares              CULA 116 Culinary Skills & Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
graduates to work in a commercial kitchen including                 CULA 120 Restaurant Fundamentals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
restaurants, bakeries, cafeterias, delis, hospitals and other       CULA 124 Introduction to the Front of the House . . . . . . . . . . 6
specialty shops.                                                    CULA 127 Introduction to Baking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
                                                                    CULA 128 Food Service Safety & Sanitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Students will gain skills in every facet of running a




                                                                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
                                                                    CULA 130 Supervision & Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
commercial restaurant as they learn basic cooking                   CULA 137 Nutrition in Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
principles, terminology and food handling practices.                CULA 142 Costing & Menu Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Practical experience is provided with all stations of               CULA 144 American, Regional, International,
line cooking, inventory, daily specials production,                          & Classical Cuisine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
garde mange work, sauce preparation and commercial                  CULA 146 Garde Manger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
equipment maintenance. Students will be prepared to                 CULA 154 Food & Beverage Procurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
work in a commercial kitchen of a restaurant, catering              CULA 155 Restaurant Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
company, cafeteria, deli or other specialty shop. Students          CULA 160 Beverage Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
must always have a valid Washington State Health Card               CULA 195 Capstone, Portfolio, & Masterpiece Dinner . . . . . . 5
and Serve Safe Certificate.                                         CULA 196 Internship/Externship/Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
This program is certified by the American Culinary                  ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
Federation (ACF). Upon graduation, students will be                           Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
eligible to receive their initial ACF certifications in either                Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
culinary arts or baking arts, depending on their area                         Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
of specialization.                                                            Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Culinary Arts AAS degree graduates will:                            TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

ƒ prepared for employment as cooks, short order
 be                                                                 See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 cooks, pantry cooks, prep cooks, front line cooks, sauté           categories listed above.
 cooks, and grill cooks
 obtain certification from the American Culinary
ƒ
 Federation as a Certified Culinarian
 meet the Skills Standards of American Culinary
ƒ
 Federation
 demonstrate excellent customer service
ƒ
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            57
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Culinary Arts
                    CULINARY	ARTS		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    54	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Culinary Arts certificate prepares students for a wide       CULA 116 Culinary Skills & Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    variety of entry-level positions in the culinary arts field.     CULA 120 Restaurant Fundamentals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    Students gain experience with stations of line cooking,          CULA 124 Introduction to the Front of the House . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    inventory, production of daily specials, sauce preparation       CULA 128 Food Service Safety & Sanitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    and basic butchering, as well as the basic function and          CULA 137 Nutrition in Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Programs of Study




                    structure of the cold kitchen. Curriculum includes basic         CULA 142 Costing and menu Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    cooking principals, terminologies and food handling              CULA 146 Garde Manger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    practices. Students must always have a valid Washington          ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS
                    State Health Card and Serve Safe Certificate.                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                               Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Culinary Arts certificate graduates will:
                                                                                               Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in their
                                                                                     TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
                     field as prep cooks and/or front-line cooks
                     demonstrate excellent customer service
                    ƒ                                                               See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                     categories listed above.
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          58        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                                                     Dental Assistant
DENTAL	ASSISTANT		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
90	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Dental Assistant AAS degree                 Prerequisite: high school completion or GED
prepares students with the necessary background,
knowledge, and specialized skills for a career in the field      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                 DENT 111 Introduction to Dental Assisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
of the dental professional.
                                                                 DENT 112 Introduction to Chairside Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Students learn theory and skills from classroom lectures,




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                 DENT 113 Dental Practice Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
laboratory practice, and hands-on practice in the Lake           DENT 114 Ethics & Law, Office Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Washington Institute of Technology Dental Clinic.                DENT 115 Oral Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Additional experiences in private dental practices are           DENT 117 Dental Materials I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
part of the four to six week required internship phase           DENT 121 Dental Assisting Practicum I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
of training. Upon completion of this American Dental             DENT 124 Study of the Human Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Association (ADA) accredited program, students will              DENT 126 Radiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
be eligible to take the Dental Assisting National Board          DENT 127 Dental Materials II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(DANB) Dental Assisting Certification Examination.               DENT 131 Dental Assisting Practicum II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                                                                 DENT 133 Restorative Dentistry Dental Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dental Assistant AAS degree graduates will:
                                                                 DENT 136 Radiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                 DENT 137 Dental Specialties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 their field                                                     DENT 211 Dental Assisting Practicum III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 perform four-handed chairside dentistry on general
ƒ                                                               DENT 214 Pharmacology/Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 chairside procedures                                            DENT 215 Workplace Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 perform expanded functions such as rubber dam
ƒ                                                               DENT 294 Dental Assisting Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 isolation, sealant placement, coronal polish, fluoride                   Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 application, oral hygiene instruction, fabricate                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
 provisional restorations and crown, cord packing,                         Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 radiographs, matrix system, alginate impressions and                      Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 pouring study models                                                      Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply appropriate sterilization and infection
ƒ                                                                         Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 control techniques
                                                                 TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
 perform basic dental front office skills
ƒ
ƒ prepared to become a registered dental assistant
 be                                                              See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                 categories listed above.
 be
ƒ prepared to take the California Dental Association
 (CDA) exam                                                      ELECTIVES – 3 CREDITS
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                               See faculty adviser/instructor for pre-approval.
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: fall, spring

2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            59
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Dental Assistant
                    DENTAL	ASSISTANT		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    82	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Students learn theory and skills from classroom lectures,       DENT 111 Introduction to Dental Assisting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    laboratory practice, and hands-on practice in the Lake          DENT 112 Introduction to Chairside Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    Washington Institute of Technology Dental Clinic.               DENT 113 Dental Practice Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Additional experiences in private dental practices are          DENT 114 Ethics & Law, Office Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    part of the four to six week required internship phase          DENT 115 Oral Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Programs of Study




                    of training. Upon completion of this American Dental            DENT 117 Dental Materials I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    Association (ADA) accredited program, students will             DENT 121 Dental Assisting Practicum I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    be eligible to take the Dental Assisting National Board         DENT 124 Study of the Human Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    (DANB) Dental Assisting Certification Examination.              DENT 126 Radiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                    DENT 127 Dental Materials II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    Dental Certificate of Proficiency graduates will:               DENT 131 Dental Assisting Practicum II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                DENT 133 Restorative Dentistry for Dental Assist . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     their field                                                    DENT 136 Radiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     perform four-handed chairside dentistry on general
                    ƒ                                                              DENT 137 Dental Specialties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     chairside procedures                                           DENT 211 Dental Assisting Practicum III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     perform expanded functions such as rubber dam
                    ƒ                                                              DENT 214 Pharmacology/Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     isolation, sealant placement, coronal polish, fluoride         DENT 215 Workplace Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     application, oral hygiene instruction, fabricate               DENT 294 Dental Assisting Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     provisional restorations and crown, cord packing,              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     radiographs, matrix system, alginate impressions and                     Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     pouring study models                                                     Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     apply appropriate sterilization and infection control
                    ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     techniques                                                     TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
                     perform basic dental front office skills
                    ƒ
                                                                                    See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to become a registered dental assistant             categories listed above.
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to take the California Dental Association
                     (CDA) exam
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: fall, spring
                    Prerequisite: high school completion or GED




          60        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                          Dental Hygiene
DENTAL	HYGIENE	
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
120	CREDITS	(PLUS	57	CREDITS	OF	PREREQUISITES)
Program Mission: The mission of the Lake Washington                Dental Hygiene AAS degree graduates will:
Institute of Technology Dental Hygiene program is to                provide quality, evidence-based patient care
                                                                   ƒ
prepare students to enter the healthcare workforce as               demonstrating their ability to perform safe, effective,
entry-level dental hygienists who are competent in the              and ethical entry-level dental hygiene services
provision of safe, ethical and effective dental hygiene             apply the basic principles of evidence-based
                                                                   ƒ




                                                                                                                                                                     Programs of Study
care. The program aims to provide students with high                research and decision making in the delivery of
quality didactic and clinical education in the cognitive,           dental hygiene care
psychomotor, and affective skills of dental hygiene as              be
                                                                   ƒ prepared to successfully complete all licensing
well as the promotion of life-long learning.                        exams required to practice in Washington State and
Program Philosophy: The Lake Washington Institute                   obtain an entry-level position as a dental hygienist
of Technology Dental Hygiene program believes the                   be
                                                                   ƒ prepared to engage in life-long learning and career
function of the dental hygienist is to provide safe and             development as a dental hygienist
effective dental hygiene care to help people retain and             demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                                                                   ƒ
improve their oral health for greater quality of life. It is        communication, intercultural appreciation and
the philosophy of the Dental Hygiene program at LWIT                technical and information literacy skills
to foster the acquisition of dental hygiene skills in a safe        meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                                   ƒ
learning environment that supports communication,                   Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
collaboration, and critical thinking, and to promote                distribution area outcomes
culturally sensitive, ethical, and compassionate care in           It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing
the dental workplace.                                              and work out their individual schedule with a counselor
This program has received accreditation status from                or adviser.
the Commission on Dental Accreditation which allows                Admission Dates: fall, by special admissions
students, upon graduation, to take the National Board
Examination and the clinical licensing examination                 PREREQUISITES
in the state where she or he plans to practice. Clinical           BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
experience is provided at the Lake Washington Institute            BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
of Technology dental clinic under the supervision                  BIOL& 260 Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
of licensed dentists and licensed dental hygienists.               CHEM& 121 Intro to Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Additional clinical experience occurs in a variety of              CHEM& 131 Introduction to Organic/Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . 5
off-campus settings located in the greater Seattle area.           CMST&     Oral Communication – College Level . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                   ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
There is a formal admissions process for entry into this           MATH      Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
program. The curriculum in the Dental Hygiene program              NUTR& 101 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
consists of seven quarters, including a six-week summer            PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
quarter of full-time professional and clinical education           SOC& 101 Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
preceded by 57 credits of prerequisite courses. The                                                                 continues on next page…
prerequisite science courses must be at least seven
years current upon program entry; be measured by a
proficiency examination; or be waived by special petition
to the Dental Hygiene Director. The dental hygiene
courses must be taken successively. Any developmental
coursework a student may be required to complete may
increase the program length.

2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                       C A T A L O G             61
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Dental Hygiene continued

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    DHYG 111 Medical Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    DHYG 112 Dental Hygiene Practice I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    DHYG 113 Restorative Dentistry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    DHYG 114 Principles & Issues in Dental Hygiene I . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 115 Head & Neck Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Programs of Study




                    DHYG 116 Radiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    DHYG 118 Periodontology I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 119 Tooth Morphology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 121 Preventive Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 122 Dental Hygiene Practice II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    DHYG 123 Restorative Dentistry II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    DHYG 124 Principles & Issues in Dental Hygiene II . . . . . . . . . 1
                    DHYG 127 Histology & Embryology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 137 Radiographic Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 139 Pathology I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 132 Dental Hygiene Practice III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                    DHYG 133 Restorative Dentistry III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    DHYG 134 Principles & Issues in Dental Hygiene III . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 135 Community Dental Health I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    DHYG 136 Pharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 138 Pain Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 142 Dental Hygiene Practice IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    DHYG 143 Restorative Dentistry IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    DHYG 145 Community Dental Health II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 212 Dental Hygiene Practice V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    DHYG 213 Restorative Dentistry V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    DHYG 214 Principles & Issues in Dental Hygiene IV . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 215 Community Dental Health III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    DHYG 218 Periodontology II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 219 Pathology II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 222 Dental Hygiene Practice VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                    DHYG 223 Restorative Dentistry VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    DHYG 224 Principles & Issues in Dental Hygiene V . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 225 Community Dental Health IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    DHYG 229 Pathology III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 232 Dental Hygiene Practice VII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                    DHYG 233 Restorative Dentistry VII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    DHYG 234 Principles & Issues in Dental Hygiene VI . . . . . . . . . 1
                    DHYG 235 Community Dental Health V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    DHYG 239 Pathology IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

                    ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 57 CREDITS
                    (All Prerequisites previously listed)


          62        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                   L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N                  I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                              Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                2
                                                    Diesel & Heavy
                                              Equipment Technician
DIESEL	&	HEAVY	EQUIPMENT	TECHNICIAN	
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
117	CREDITS
Program Mission: Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician             demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                                                                ƒ
AAS degree educates and mentors students in the latest           communication, intercultural appreciation, and
technology, equipment, ideals, and fuel systems that             technical and information literacy skills
power the diesel and heavy equipment industry today              meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                                ƒ
and in the future both close to home and at locations            Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning




                                                                                                                                                              Programs of Study
worldwide. It prepares students for lifelong learning and        distribution area outcomes
skill development, help students realize their potential
                                                                It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
to be successful at their careers and improve our
                                                                work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
community, economy and environment.
                                                                adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician AAS degree                  required to complete may increase the program length.
students learn how to diagnose problems and perform
                                                                TRAN 110, 112, 113, and 125 must be taken in the
repairs on various vehicle components including engines,
                                                                first quarter.
fuel, cooling, electrical, electronic, hydraulic, brake,
suspension, undercarriage, power-shift and drive-train          CWEX Cooperative Work Experience may be completed
systems in the trucking and heavy equipment industry.           in the students last 3 quarters of training by instructor
Students will spend their first term training in a transpor-    permission only.
tation core curriculum. The laboratory area simulates           Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
an industry environment. Students who have met the
course objectives may be placed in a cooperative work           PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
experience to further develop their skills on the job.          TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
                                                                TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician AAS degree                  TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
graduates will:                                                 TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level repair technician          DHET 122 Welding Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 position in their field                                        DHET 123 Heavy Duty Electrical Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 perform repairs on various diesel vehicles, vehicle
ƒ                                                              DHET 124 Electronic Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 components and equipment                                       DHET 125 Basic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 develop lifelong educational and employment goals
ƒ                                                              DHET 131 Engine Principles/Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                DHET 132 Gasoline/Liquid Propane Gas Systems . . . . . . . . . . 3
 establish an appreciation for life-long learning
ƒ
                                                                DHET 133 Diesel Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 be
ƒ prepared to succeed on the ASE certification and             DHET 134 Fuel Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 OEM certification exams                                        DHET 135 Diagnostics/Adjustments/Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
meet minimum competency in eight categories identified          DHET 211 Hydraulic Fluid Power I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
as essential for employability: adherence to policy and         DHET 213 Hydraulic Fluid Power II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
procedure, technical knowledge, skill application, work         DHET 214 Diesel Mechanical Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
planning, quality of work, quantity of work, interpersonal      DHET 221 Power Trains/Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
skills, oral and written communication                          DHET 222 Power Trains/Power Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                                                                DHET 223 Traction & Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
demonstrate advanced skills in: diagnostics, repair             DHET 231 Steering/Suspension/Frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
and maintenance, electronics, hydraulics, power train,          DHET 232 Pneumatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
engines, pneumatics, undercarriage, brakes and welding.         DHET 233 Foundation Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                IFAD     First Aid Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                                                                                                             continues on next page…


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E        O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            63
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Diesel & Heavy
                    Equipment Technician continued
                    CWEX 190 Cooperative Work Experience Seminar . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    CWEX 197 Cooperative Work Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                              Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                              Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                              Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

                    See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                    categories listed above.

                    FIRST AID ELECTIVE – 1 CREDIT
                    * First Aid elective may be taken from any IFAD courses(s)




          64        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                  L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                 I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                      Diesel & Heavy
                                                Equipment Technician
DIESEL	&	HEAVY	EQUIPMENT	TECHNICIAN		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
89	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician certificate students        TRAN 110 Computer Basics/ Transportation Trades . . . . . . . . 2
learn how to identify problems and perform maintenance          TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
on various vehicle components including fuel, cooling,          TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
electrical, hydraulic, brake, suspension, and drive-train       TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
systems in the trucking and heavy equipment industry.           DHET 122 Welding Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
Students will spend their first term of training in a           DHET 123 Heavy Duty Electrical Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
transportation core curriculum. The laboratory area             DHET 124 Electronic Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
simulates an industry environment. Students who have            DHET 125 Basic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
met the course objectives may be placed in a cooperative        DHET 131 Engine Principles/Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
work experience to further develop their skills on the job.     DHET 132 Gasoline/Liquid Propane Gas Systems . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                DHET 134 Fuel Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician certificate                 DHET 211 Hydraulic Fluid Power I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
graduates will:                                                 DHET 214 Diesel Mechanical Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level maintenance
 be                                                             DHET 221 Power Trains/Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 technician position in their field                             DHET 223 Traction & Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ƒperform maintenance tasks on various diesel vehicles,         DHET 231 Steering/Suspension/Frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 vehicle components and equipment                               DHET 232 Pneumatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 meet minimum competency in eight categories
ƒ                                                              DHET 233 Foundation Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 identified as essential for employability: adherence           CWEX 197 Cooperative Work Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 to policy and procedure, technical knowledge,                  ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
 skill application, work planning, quality of work,                       Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 quantity of work, interpersonal skills, oral and                         Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 written communication                                                    Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills                      See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                categories listed above.
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            65
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Digital Gaming and Media
                    DIGITAL	GAMING	AND	MEDIA		
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    103	CREDITS
                    Program Mission: The Digital Gaming and Media AAS                It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    degree is designed to train students for entry-level             work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    positions in the game/media field. Graduates will be             adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    able to create animated graphics applicable to gaming,           required to complete may increase the program length.
                    marketing, advertising, educational, and interactive             Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
Programs of Study




                    media that use 3D animation.
                    Courses are delivered through face-to-face, online, and          PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                     ART 121 Introduction to Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    hybrid methods allowing students to practice skills
                                                                                     MMDP 101 Digital Design Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    necessary in industry. Students will conduct industry
                                                                                     MMDP 104 Color Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    research to identify career pathways, learn professional
                                                                                     MMDP 105 Storyboard Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    practices including copyright, file management, portfolio
                                                                                     ART 205 Human Life Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    development and workplace ethics. Students culminate             -OR-
                    their learning experience at the end of their studies with       ART 203 Intermediate Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    a showcase of their portfolio to industry professionals.         MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Digital Gaming and Media AAS degree graduates will:              MMDP 124 Introduction to 3D with Maya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
                     be                                                              MMDP 127 Level Editing I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     their field                                                     MMDP 130 Concept Art – Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                     MMDP 134 3D Materials & Textures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate technical proficiency and creative skills
                    ƒ
                                                                                     MMDP 137 Lighting & Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     as related to the digital gaming field
                                                                                     MMDP 138 Introduction to Environmental Art. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     manage files and content in a manner suitable
                    ƒ                                                               MMDP 148 Concept Art – Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     for industry
                                                                                     MMDP 150 Character Animation I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     convey characters and concepts through traditional
                    ƒ                                                               MMDP 157 Introduction to Game Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     art methods                                                     MMDP 165 3D Character Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     compare, and evaluate electronic games taxonomy
                    ƒ                                                               MMDP 190 Portfolio/Job Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     and design theory                                               MMDP 210 High Resolution Sculpting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     mod
                    ƒ game levels in current level editing tools                             Technical Electives* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
                     create and edit basic scripts in related software
                    ƒ                                                               ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                     rig
                    ƒ and animate characters and props in current                             Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     industry tools                                                            Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     create props, levels, and textures in current 3D tools
                    ƒ                                                                         Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     present ideas, pitches, and portfolios to industry
                    ƒ                                                                         Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     and peers                                                       TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                                                                                     See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                  categories listed above.
                     technical and information literacy skills
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ                                                               * RECOMMENDED TECHNICAL ELECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                       MMDP 142 Photoshop II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     distribution area outcomes                                      MMDP 170 Motion Graphics with After Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                     MMDP 172 Concept Art – Team Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                     MMDP 182 Level Editing II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                     MMDP 215 High Resolution Sculpting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4



          66        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                            Electronics Technology
ELECTRONICS	TECHNOLOGY		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
120	CREDITS                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Electronics Technology AAS                 ELEC 110 Introduction to Electronics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
degree prepares students to utilize the skills learned          ELEC 111 Computer Literacy for Electronics Professionals . 2
in this program to enter into either the electronics            ELEC 113 Career Planning & Leadership I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
manufacturing industry as engineering technicians,              ELEC 114 Electronic Testing Processes & Techniques I . . . . . 2
electronics specialists, inspectors, managers, and testers,     ELEC 115 Electronics Manufacturing




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                         Testing Techniques I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
or into any of the high-tech industry maintaining
                                                                ELEC 116 Introduction to Programmable
multi-million dollar machines and devices utilized in
                                                                         Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
almost all high-tech fields today.
                                                                ELEC 120 Introduction to Electronics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
The Electronics Technology AAS degree exposes students          ELEC 126 Electronics Manufacturing
to a basic core of skills through advanced electronics                   Testing Techniques II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
principles and applications. By focusing on the idea that       ELEC 130 Electricity & Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
a career in high-tech involves constant and continuing          ELEC 137 Introduction to Semi & Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
education, the student learns the importance of                 ELEC 211 Digital Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
life-long learning. Through this, the program prepares its      ELEC 213 Career Planning & Leadership II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
graduates for entry level positions in the rapidly growing      ELEC 214 Troubleshooting Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
high-tech industries of the 21st century.                       ELEC 216 Mechatronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                ELEC 217 Data Acquisition & Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Electronics Technology AAS degree graduates will:               ELEC 221 FCC/CET Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain entry-level positions as                  ELEC 223 Communication Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 electronics technicians, installers, assemblers and            ELEC 224 Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 troubleshooters                                                ELEC 225 Linear Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared with the skills to perform standard                 ELEC 226 Introduction to Automation/
 workplace functions with minimal supervision                            Electromechanical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              ELEC 237 Intro to Microprocessors Microcontrollers . . . . . . . 5
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 ELEC 239 Printed Circuit Board Layout & Design . . . . . . . . . . 6
 technical and information literacy skills                      ELEC 297 Electronic Capstone, Degree Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                          Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                                                                          Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 distribution area outcomes
                                                                          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and              Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                                                                TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.           See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                categories listed above.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            67
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Electronics Technology
                    ELECTRONICS	TECHNOLOGY	
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE		
                    TRANSFER	DEGREE
                    105	CREDITS                                                        PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Program Mission: The Electronics Technology AAS                    ELEC 110 Introduction to Electronics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    Transfer degree prepares students to utilize the skills            ELEC 114 Electronic Testing Processes & Techniques . . . . . . 2
                    learned in this program to enter the electronics                   ELEC 116 Introduction to Programmable
                                                                                                Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    manufacturing industry as engineering technicians,
Programs of Study




                                                                                       ELEC 120 Introduction to Electronics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    electronics specialists, inspectors, managers, and testers
                                                                                       ELEC 130 Electricity & Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    or to pursue further education at the baccalaureate level.
                                                                                       ELEC 137 Introduction to Semi & Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    This degree is intended for students who may wish to               ELEC 211 Digital Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    transfer to specific colleges who accept the credits–              ELEC 214 Troubleshooting Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    check with your adviser. Achievement of this degree                ELEC 217 Data Acquisition & Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    will prepare the transfer student for further study.               ELEC 224 Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Graduates will also be able to utilize the skills learned          ELEC 225 Linear Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    in this program to enter into either the electronics               ELEC 239 Printed Circuit Board Layout & Design . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    manufacturing industry as assemblers, inspectors,                  ELEC 297 Electronic Capstone, Degree Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    managers and testers, or into any high-tech industry
                                                                                       ACADEMIC	CORE	REQUIREMENTS	–	40	CREDITS
                    maintaining one of the many multi-million dollar                   MATH& 141 Pre-Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    machines and devices utilized in almost all high-tech              MATH& 142 Pre-Calculus II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    fields today.                                                      ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Electronics Technology AAS-Transfer degree will:                   PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                       CMST& 220 Introduction to Public Speaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain entry-level positions as
                                                                                       CHEM& 121 Intro to Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     electronics technicians, installers, assemblers and
                                                                                       PHYS& 121 General Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     troubleshooters
                                                                                       PHYS& 122 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     be
                    ƒ prepared with the skills to perform standard
                     workplace functions with minimal supervision                      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                                 See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                    categories listed above.
                     technical and information literacy skills
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                     distribution area outcomes
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          68        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N       I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                            Electronics Technology
ELECTRONICS	TECHNICIAN		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
85	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Electronics Technician certificate students develop a            ELEC 110 Introduction to Electronics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
basic core of electronics skills and are eligible to take the    ELEC 111 Computer Literacy for
Associate Certified Electronics Technician examination.                   Electronics Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Graduates are qualified for entry-level positions as testers,    ELEC 113 Career Planning & Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                                                                 ELEC 114 Electronic Testing Processes & Techniques . . . . . . 2
maintenance technicians, service laboratory technicians,




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                 ELEC 115 Electronics Manufacturing
and satellite up-link or down-link technicians, cable TV
                                                                          Testing Techniques I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
installers, and service telecommunications technicians.
                                                                 ELEC 120 Introduction to Electronics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electronics Technician certificate graduates will:               ELEC 126 Electronics Manufacturing
                                                                          Testing Techniques II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain entry-level positions as
                                                                 ELEC 130 Electricity & Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 electronics technicians, installers, assemblers
                                                                 ELEC 137 Introduction to Semi & Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 and troubleshooters
                                                                 ELEC 211 Digital Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
                                                                 ELEC 213 Career Planning & Leadership II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                                                                 ELEC 214 Troubleshooting Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 technical and information literacy skills
                                                                 ELEC 216 Mechatronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and     ELEC 217 Data Acquisition & Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or           ELEC 237 Intro to Microprocessors Microcontrollers . . . . . . . 5
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be                    Technical Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
required to complete may increase the program length.            ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                           Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                           Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                 TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

                                                                 See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                 categories listed above.

                                                                 TECHNICAL ELECTIVE – 5 CREDITS
                                                                 See faculty adviser/instructor for pre-approval.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            69
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Electronics Technology
                    DIGITAL	ELECTRONICS		                                                                      ELECTRONIC	AUTOMATION		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                  CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    36	CREDITS                                                                                 32	CREDITS
                    The Digital Electronics certificate introduces students to                                 The Electronic Automation certificate introduces the
                    the technical foundations of current digital technologies                                  student to these automated manufacturing principles,
                    and will enable them to explore these technologies in                                      systems and hands-on practices required to effectively
                    more depth and to work with them more adeptly in                                           work with, install, and troubleshoot automated
                    the workplace. This certificate is intended for students                                   manufacturing systems. This certificate is intended for
Programs of Study




                    desiring to upgrade their skills in this industry. It is the                               students desiring to upgrade their skills in this industry. It
                    student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and work                                    is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    out their individual schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    Any developmental coursework a student may be                                              adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.                                      required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                                              Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    ELEC 110 Introduction to Electronics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6           ELEC 110 Introduction to Electronics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    ELEC 114 Electronic Testing Processes & Techniques I . . . . . 2                           ELEC 114 Electronic Testing Processes & Techniques I . . . . . 2
                    ELEC 120 Introduction to Electronics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6            ELEC 116 Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers 5
                    ELEC 197 Electronic Capstone, Certificate Level . . . . . . . . . . . 5                    ELEC 120 Introduction to Electronics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    ELEC 211 Digital Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6   ELEC 197 Electronic Capstone, Certificate Level . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ELEC 232 Digital Electronics Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6       ELEC 216 Mechatronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ELEC 237 Intro to Microprocessors Microcontrollers . . . . . . . 5                         ELEC 226 Introduction to Automation/
                                                                                                                        Electromechanical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
                                                                                                               TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32




          70        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                 L A K E       W A S H I N G T O N                I N S T I T U T E        O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                    C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                             2
                                                              Electronics Technology
ELECTRONICS,	MANUFACTURING	SPECIALIST		                                                 PCB	DESIGN	TECHNICIAN		
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                               CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
20	CREDITS                                                                              35	CREDITS
The level of sophistication of electronics has grown                                    The PCB Design Technician certificate provides a
exponentially over the past few years. The Electronics,                                 foundation to those individuals that seek employment
Manufacturing Specialist certificate prepares graduates                                 opportunities in the lucrative exciting niche market of
for opportunities in the area of state-of-the-art                                       printed circuit board (PCB) design. Students will learn and
electronics manufacturing. Internationally recognized                                   use state-of-the art software while in this program. This




                                                                                                                                                                           Programs of Study
certification is possible through successful completion                                 certificate is intended for students desiring to upgrade
of IPC-A-610 and IPC/WHMA-A-620 Certification. It is                                    their skills in this industry. It is the student’s responsibility
the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and                                  to discuss sequencing and work out their individual
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                                  schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any developmental
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be                                  coursework a student may be required to complete may
required to complete may increase the program length.                                   increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                                           Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
ELEC 115 Electronics Manufacturing                                                      ELEC 110 Introduction to Electronics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         Testing Techniques I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5   ELEC 114 Electronic Testing Processes & Techniques . . . . . . 2
ELEC 126 Electronic Manufacturing                                                       ELEC 120 Introduction to Electronics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
         Testing Techniques II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5    ELEC 197 Electronic Capstone, Certificate Level . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ELEC 233 IPC-A-610 Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5              ELEC 217 Data Acquisition & Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ELEC 234 IPC/WHMA – A-620 Certification Program. . . . . . . 5                          ELEC 237 Intro to Microprocessors Microcontrollers . . . . . . . 5
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20         ELEC 239 Printed Circuit Board Layout & Design . . . . . . . . . . 6
                                                                                        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2               L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N              I N S T I T U T E      O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                C A T A L O G          71
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Energy & Science Technician
                    ENERGY	&	SCIENCE	TECHNICIAN		
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    93-99	CREDITS
                    Program Mission: The Energy & Science Technician                 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                                                    ƒ
                    AAS degree prepares students to meet the increasing              Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                    demand for jobs related to green technology, alternative         distribution area outcomes
                    energy, and laboratory sciences. The program prepares           It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    students for employment as technicians in areas such as         work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
Programs of Study




                    biomedical and industrial laboratories, manufacturing,          adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    energy services, and environmental positions in public          required to complete may increase the program length.
                    and private institutions.
                                                                                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                    Students will receive a well-rounded education that
                    includes courses in mathematics, written and oral               PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    communication, social sciences, energy sciences,                CHEM& 121 Introduction to Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    biology, chemistry, physics, and computers. Technical           ETEC 110 Introduction to Alternative Energy
                                                                                              & Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    electives also allow students to direct their studies
                                                                                    PHYS& 121 General Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    toward specializations in bio-energy & environmental
                                                                                    STEC 198 Cooperative Work Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    sciences, alternative & renewable energy technology, and
                                                                                    STEC 199 Cooperative Work Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    industrial/laboratory sciences. Stand alone certificates are
                    also available for each specialization.                         CHOOSE 5 CREDITS OF BIOL& OR NUTR&
                                                                                    BIOL& 211 Cellular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Energy & Science Technician AAS graduates will:                 NUTR& 101 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for a range of entry level technician               CHOOSE 10 CREDITS OF BAS
                     positions in energy and laboratory/industrial                  BAS 111 Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     employment areas                                               BAS 112 Excel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     explain the concepts of electrical energy and how
                    ƒ                                                              BAS 114 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     energy is used within various applications                     BAS 281 Project Management with Microsoft Project . . . . 5
                     explain the impact of local, national, and global energy
                    ƒ                                                              TECHNICAL	ELECTIVES		
                     usage with regards to the environment                          (SELECT	ANY	28-34	CREDITS	FROM	BELOW)
                     measure and rate different sources of alternative
                    ƒ                                                              BIO ENERGY FOCUS ELECTIVE SUGGESTIONS
                     energy and analyze these for the suitability of a              BIOL& 260 Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     particular application                                         CHEM& 131 Introduction to Organic /Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     apply the basic principles of science including theory,
                    ƒ                                                              ETEC 121 Biomass and Bio-fuels Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     observation, hypothesis, and experimentation                   STEC 200 Good Laboratory Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     calculate using metric measurements, scientific
                    ƒ                                                              STEC 220 Environmental Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     notation, significant figures and conversion factors           STEC 221 Hazardous Waste Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     examine and communicate the relationship between
                    ƒ                                                              STEC 225 Quality and Statistical Process Control . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     chemistry and living systems including the role of             RENEWABLE ENERGY FOCUS ELECTIVE SUGGESTIONS
                     chemistry in laboratory and energy sciences                    ELEC 114 Electronic Testing Processes & Techniques I . . . . . 2
                     apply basic computer skills to academic and
                    ƒ                                                              ELEC 120 Introduction to Electronics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     work-related operations                                        ETEC 123 Introduction to Photovoltaic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     acquire employment skills in a particular industry
                    ƒ                                                              ETEC 124 Fundamentals of Water and Wind Power . . . . . . . . 5
                     through the internship requirement                             ELEC 211 Digital Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                              STEC 225 Quality and Statistical Process Control . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                                                           continues on next page…
                     technical and information literacy skills

          72        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                             Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                              2
        Energy & Science Technician continued

INDUSTRIAL LABORATORY FOCUS ELECTIVE SUGGESTIONS
CHEM& 131 Introduction to Organic /Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . 5
ELEC 110 Introduction to Electronics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
STEC 200 Good Laboratory Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
STEC 220 Environmental Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
STEC 225 Quality and Statistical Process Control . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                            Programs of Study
NO MORE THAN 8 CREDITS MAY BE CHOSEN FROM BELOW
ARGT 111 Architectural Print Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ARGT 112 Construction Techniques. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ARGT 121 Architectural Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ARGT 225 Construction Management & Estimating . . . . . . . . 4
ACADEMIC	CORE	REQUIREMENTS
          Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
          Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-99




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                  L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                 I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   73
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Energy & Science Technician
                    BIO-ENERGY		                                                                             ENERGY	TECHNOLOGY		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    19	CREDITS                                                                               19	CREDITS
                    The Bio-Energy certificate will prepare the student                                      The Energy Technology certificate prepares students
                    for a career in energy, environmental toxicology,                                        for a career in energy management, site assessment
                    and industrial practices, and provide a general                                          or technician level by training, retraining or upgrading
                    understanding of the new biological technology in the                                    skills. Students will learn the basics of energy site
                    energy sector. The certificate is targeted at individuals                                assessment, the technologies behind renewable energy
Programs of Study




                    seeking fundamental knowledge that can be applied                                        and apply the trade-offs associated with implemen-
                    in the energy and biological technology industry as                                      tation of each, both economic and environmental. The
                    well as for those interested in learning more about the                                  certificate is targeted at individuals seeking fundamental
                    biological energy systems of the future. Students have                                   knowledge that can be applied in the field of alternative
                    the option of continuing their education by pursuing                                     energy. Students have the option of continuing their
                    an AAS degree in Energy & Science Technician and                                         education by pursuing an AAS degree in Energy &
                    specializing in bio energy, renewable electric energy, or                                Science Technician and specializing in bio energy,
                    industrial laboratory.                                                                   renewable electric energy, or industrial laboratory.
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring                                                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    ETEC 110 Introduction to Alternative Energy                                              ETEC 110 Introduction to Alternative Energy
                             & Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                    & Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ETEC 121 Biomass and Bio-fuel Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5           ETEC 121 Biomass and Bio-fuels Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    STEC 200 Good Lab Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4   ETEC 123 Introduction to Photovoltaic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    STEC 220 Environmental Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5             ETEC 124 Fundamentals of Water and Wind Power . . . . . . . . 5
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19          TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19




          74        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                L A K E       W A S H I N G T O N               I N S T I T U T E      O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                                    2
                                   Energy & Science Technician
INDUSTRIAL/LABORATORY		                                                                  I-BEST	BIO-ENERGY	
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
19	CREDITS                                                                               25	CREDITS
The Industrial/Laboratory certificate will prepare the                                   The I-BEST Bio-Energy Certificate of Completion is
student for employment in the Industrial or Laboratory                                   targeted at individuals seeking fundamental knowledge
sectors. Students will learn the basics behind good                                      that can be applied in the energy and biological
lab practices that will be useful for managing and                                       technology industry as well as at those interested in
working within a laboratory setting such as healthcare,                                  learning more about the biological energy systems




                                                                                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
agricultural labs, wet labs, or other analysis careers, as                               in the future. It prepares an increasingly diverse
well as information about energy, process control, and                                   workforce for employment opportunities in energy,
the impact of industry/laboratory on the environment.                                    environmental toxicology, and industrial practices. This
The certificate is targeted at individuals seeking                                       certificate provides ESL/ABED students with a general
fundamental knowledge that can be applied in the                                         understanding of the new biological technology in the
industrial or laboratory sciences. Students have the                                     energy sector. All-professional-technical classes are
option of continuing their education by pursuing an AAS                                  taught with a 50% overlap of instruction between the
degree in Energy & Science Technician and specializing                                   ESL faculty and the professional-technical faculty.
in bio energy, renewable electric energy, or industrial                                  Corequisites:
laboratory.
                                                                                          EASL
                                                                                         ƒ 085 is a corequisite for ETEC 110 and ETEC 121
Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring
                                                                                          EASL
                                                                                         ƒ 086 is a corequisite for STEC 200 and STEC 220
PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                     It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
STEC 200 Good Lab Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4   work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
STEC 220 Environmental Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5             adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
STEC 221 Hazardous Waste Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                    required to complete may increase the program length.
STEC 225 Quality and Statistical Process Control . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                         Admission Dates: fall
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
                                                                                         ETEC     110     Introduction to Alternative Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                         ETEC     121     Biomass and Bio-fuel Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                         STEC     200     Good Laboratory Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                         STEC     220     Environmental Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                         EASL     085     ESL Energy Technology Applications I . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                         EASL     086     ESL Energy Technology Applications II . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                         TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                L A K E       W A S H I N G T O N               I N S T I T U T E      O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                    C A T A L O G            75
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Energy & Science Technician
                    I-BEST	ENERGY	TECHNOLOGY	                                                          I-BEST	INDUSTRIAL/LABORATORY	
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                          CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    28	CREDITS                                                                         25	CREDITS
                    The I-BEST Energy Technology certificate is intended for                           The I-BEST Industrial/Laboratory certificate is targeted
                    individuals seeking a career in energy management or                               at individuals seeking employment in the Industrial
                    site assessment: students learn the basics of energy site                          or Laboratory sectors. It prepares an increasingly
                    assessment, the technologies behind renewable energy,                              diverse workforce for employment opportunities in
                    and apply the trade-offs associated with implemen-                                 laboratory settings such as healthcare, agriculture, or the
Programs of Study




                    tation of each, both economic and environmental. This                              environment. This certificate provides ESL/ABED students
                    certificate prepares an increasingly diverse workforce                             with fundamental knowledge that can be applied in
                    for employment opportunities in the field of alternative                           the industrial or laboratory sciences. All-professional-
                    energy. It provides ESL/ABED students with fundamental                             technical classes are taught with a 50% overlap of
                    knowledge that can be applied in the field of alternative                          instruction between the ESL faculty and the professional-
                    energy. All-professional-technical classes are taught with                         technical faculty.
                    a 50% overlap of instruction between the ESL faculty and                           Corequisites:
                    the professional-technical faculty.
                                                                                                        EASL
                                                                                                       ƒ 086 is a corequisite for STEC 200 and STEC 220
                    Corequisites:
                                                                                                        EASL
                                                                                                       ƒ 087 is a corequisite for STEC 221 and STEC 225
                     EASL
                    ƒ 085 is a corequisite for ETEC 110 and ETEC 121,
                                                                                                       It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                     EASL
                    ƒ 086 is a corequisite for ETEC 124                                               work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                     EASL
                    ƒ 087 is a corequisite for ETEC 123                                               adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and                       required to complete may increase the program length.
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                             Admission Dates: winter
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.                              PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                       STEC 200 Good Lab Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Admission Dates: fall                                                              STEC 220 Environmental Technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                               STEC 221 Hazardous Waste Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ETEC 110 Introduction to Alternative Energy                                        STEC 225 Quality and Statistical Process Control . . . . . . . . . . 5
                             & Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5     EASL 086 ESL Energy Technology Applications II . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    ETEC 121 Biomass and Bio-fuel Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5     EASL 087 ESL Energy Technology Applications III . . . . . . . . . 3
                    ETEC 123 Introduction to Photovoltaic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 4              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
                    ETEC 124 Fundamentals of Water and Wind Power . . . . . . . . 5
                    EASL 085 ESL Energy Technology Applications I . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    EASL 086 ESL Energy Technology Applications II . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    EASL 087 ESL Energy Technology Applications III . . . . . . . . . 3
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28




          76        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2             L A K E      W A S H I N G T O N             I N S T I T U T E       O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                   C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                                Engineering Graphics
ENGINEERING	GRAPHICS	–		
MECHANICAL	DESIGN	EMPHASIS		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
103	CREDITS                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Engineering Graphics Mechanical            ENGR 111 Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Design Emphasis AAS degree prepares students for                ENGR 113 Dimensioning with Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
careers with mechanical engineering firms (e.g.:                ENGR 121 Graphic Problem Solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
aeronautics, aerospace, medical, industrial manufacturing,      ENGR 123 Applied Dimensioning & Tolerancing . . . . . . . . . . . 4




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
etc.). Technicians are needed to translate the rough            ENGT 101 Engineering Introduction and Orientation . . . . . . 4
sketches, layouts, 3D design models, CAD designs, and           ENGT 225 SolidWorks for Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
written specifications of the engineer or designer into         ENGT 226 SolidWorks for Engineering II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
drawings and CAD databases showing the complete                 ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                ENGT 132 AutoCAD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
details and specifications for the finished product.
                                                                ENGT 133 AutoCAD III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Graduates are trained in engineering graphics with              ENGT 141 Applied Materials Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
a design emphasis to work for companies which                   ENGT 202 Specialized Technical Employment Preparation . . 2
manufacture machinery, electrical equipment, computers          ENGT 211 Applied Industrial Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
and fabricated products.                                        ENGT 251 Industrial Design Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engineering Graphics Mechanical Design Emphasis AAS             ENGT 253 Machine Design Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
degree graduates will:                                          ENGT 255 Tool Design Graphics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                ENGT 271 Engineering Graphics Problems & Analysis I . . . . . 4
 be
ƒ prepared for a range of entry level positions in             ENGT 272 Engineering Graphics Problems & Analysis II . . . . 4
 the mechanical engineering field with the ability              ENGT 291 Applied Design Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 to be independent and self-directed
                                                                MACH 108 Fundamentals of Machining for Engineering . . . . 4
 identify the elements and principles of
ƒ
 mechanical design                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 25 CREDITS
                                                                          Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 complete comprehensive design projects
ƒ                                                                        Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate industry ready skills and basic drafting
ƒ                                                                        College Algebra with Applications (MATH 111). . . 5
 fundamentals, concepts and techniques                                    Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 exhibit analytical thought, informed judgment,
ƒ                                                                        Physics (PHYS&121) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 and ethical behavior                                           TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
 produce a professional resume, cover letter, and
ƒ
                                                                See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 industry ready portfolio                                       categories listed above.
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G             77
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Engineering Graphics
                    ENGINEERING	GRAPHICS	TECHNICIAN	
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    73	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Engineering Graphics Technician certificate is a            ENGR 111 Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    one-year program designed to prepare a graphics                 ENGR 113 Dimensioning with Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    technician to work directly under the supervision of            ENGR 121 Graphic Problem Solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    an engineer or designer producing detailed drawings.            ENGR 123 Applied Dimensioning & Tolerancing . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Engineering Graphics Technicians are specialists in             ENGT 101 Engineering Introduction and Orientation . . . . . . 4
Programs of Study




                    translating the rough sketches, 3D design models, layouts       ENGT 225 SolidWorks for Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    and written specifications of engineers and designers           ENGT 226 SolidWorks for Engineering II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    into a drawing showing the complete details and                 ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    specifications for the finished product under the close         ENGT 132 AutoCAD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    direction of a supervisor.                                      ENGT 133 AutoCAD III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                    ENGT 141 Applied Materials Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Engineering Graphics Technician certificate                     ENGT 202 Specialized Technical Employment Preparation. . 2
                    graduates will:                                                 ENGT 211 Applied Industrial Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for a range of entry level positions in the         ENGT 255 Tool Design Graphics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     mechanical engineering field with limited responsi-            MACH 108 Fundamentals of Machining for Engineering . . . . 4
                     bilities and scope                                             ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     identify and explain common symbols, materials,
                    ƒ                                                                        Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     scales, and terminology used in the field                                Intro to Algebra (MATH 090) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate familiarity with the many tools and
                    ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     techniques associated with design and its application          TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
                     in the work place
                                                                                    See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     exhibit analytical thought, informed judgment, and
                    ƒ                                                              categories listed above.
                     ethical behavior
                     produce a professional resume, cover letter, and
                    ƒ
                     industry ready portfolio
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          78        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                        Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                                           2
                                                                      Engineering Graphics
TOOL	DESIGN	GRAPHICS		                                                                   AUTOCAD		
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
36	CREDITS                                                                               12	CREDITS
The Tool Design Graphics certificate is intended for                                     The AutoCAD Certificate is designed to prepare
professionals in fields such as design, engineering,                                     students for skill set upgrades in the mechanical, civil
aerospace, automotive and manufacturing. Tool                                            or architectural fields. After completing the AutoCAD
design is the process of designing and developing the                                    certificate, the student will be able to use AutoCAD in
tools, methods, and techniques necessary to improve                                      their specific engineering field successfully. It is the




                                                                                                                                                                                         Programs of Study
manufacturing efficiency and productivity. A typical                                     student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and work
part-time student would need two to four terms to finish                                 out their individual schedule with a counselor or adviser.
all course work. A student’s individual needs are taken                                  Any developmental coursework a student may be
into consideration. Students may complete deficiencies                                   required to complete may increase the program length.
concurrently with first course in program.                                               Prerequisite:
Prerequisites:                                                                           Completion of ENGR 113 or instructor approval.
Math 99 or 102 & ENGT 211 or instructor permission.                                      Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                                   PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                         ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                                                                                         ENGT 132 AutoCAD II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
required to complete may increase the program length.
                                                                                         ENGT 133 AutoCAD III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                                            TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
ENGR 123 Geometric Dimensioning & Tolerancing. . . . . . . . . 4
ENGT 141 Applied Materials Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGT 211 Industrial Graphics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGT 233 Computer Illustration Applications II. . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGT 255 Tool Design Graphics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGT 256 Tool Design Graphics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGT 257 Tool Design Graphics III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MACH 108 Fundamentals of Machining for Engineering . . . . 4
ENGT 133 Computer Aided Drafting & Design III. . . . . . . . . . . 4
-OR-
ENGT 222 CATIA V5 for Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
-OR-
ENGT 225 Parametric Solid Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                L A K E       W A S H I N G T O N               I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G             79
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Engineering Graphics
                    CATIA		                                                                             SOLIDWORKS		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                           CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    12	CREDITS                                                                          12	CREDITS
                    The CATIA certificate is designed to prepare students for                           The SolidWorks certificate is designed to prepare
                    skill set upgrades in the mechanical engineering field.                             students for skill set upgrades in the mechanical design
                    After completing the CATIA certificate, the student will                            field. After completing the SolidWorks certificate, the
                    be able to use CATIA in mechanical engineering field                                student will be able to use SolidWorks in mechanical
                    successfully. It is the student’s responsibility to discuss                         design field successfully. It is the student’s responsibility
Programs of Study




                    sequencing and work out their individual schedule with                              to discuss sequencing and work out their individual
                    a counselor or adviser. Any developmental coursework a                              schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any developmental
                    student may be required to complete may increase the                                coursework a student may be required to complete may
                    program length.                                                                     increase the program length.
                    Prerequisite:                                                                       Prerequisite:
                    Completion of ENGT 133 or instructor approval.                                      Completion of ENGT 133 or instructor approval.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                                       Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    ENGT 222 CATIA V5 for Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4     ENGT 225 SolidWorks for Engineering I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ENGT 223 CATIA V5 for Engineering II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4    ENGT 226 SolidWorks for Engineering II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    ENGT 224 CATIA V5 for Engineering III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4     ENGT 227 C3D Parametric Solid Design III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12     TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12




          80        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2             L A K E       W A S H I N G T O N             I N S T I T U T E      O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                         2
                            Environmental Horticulture
ENVIRONMENTAL	HORTICULTURE		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
102-105	CREDITS                                                 PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Environmental Horticulture AAS             HORT 111 Botany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
degree provides students with knowledge and skills              HORT 112 Tools & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
needed for jobs with nurseries, greenhouses, landscape          HORT 113 Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
firms, garden centers, and park departments.                    HORT 115 Plant ID Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                HORT 116 Fall Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Students learn plant identification, plant propagation,




                                                                                                                                                                       Programs of Study
                                                                HORT 121 Soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
sustainable landscape practices, soil science, practical        HORT 122 Pruning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
pruning and botanical concepts. Through time spent              HORT 123 Pest Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
in practical hands-on training, students will learn to          HORT 125 Plant ID Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
propagate, seed, transplant, design landscape plans, and        HORT 127 Winter Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
maintain a variety of plants. Students will participate in      HORT 131 Landscape Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
an industry based training experience.                          HORT 132 Landscape Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
The classroom setting includes individual and small             HORT 134 Horticulture Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
group instruction with a hands-on focus of horticultural        HORT 135 Plant ID Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
practices. The program emphasizes a sustainable                 HORT 137 Spring Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
approach to horticultural principles. A diverse population      HORT 211 Landscape Design II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
of students enjoys working in a 1200 sq. ft. state-of-the-      HORT 212 Turfgrass Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
art growing facility.                                           HORT 225 Career Exploration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                HORT 215 Plant ID Summer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Environmental Horticulture AAS degree graduates will:           HORT 216 Greenhouse Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain various positions in the field            HORT 217 Summer Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 of horticulture                                                IFAD     First Aid Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 be
ƒ prepared for Washington State Nursery and                             Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-15
 Landscape Association Certified Professional                   ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
 Horticulturists exams                                                    Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate professional knowledge of
ƒ                                                                        Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 horticultural skills                                                     Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-105
 technical and information literacy skills
                                                                See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                              categories listed above.
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes                                     * FIRST AID ELECTIVE – 1 CREDIT
                                                                First Aid Elective may be taken from any IFAD courses(s)
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or          TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 12-15 CREDITS
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be          ACCT 210 Financial Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
required to complete may increase the program length.           SOC& 101 Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                CHEM& 121 Intro to Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                                                                CWEX 197 Cooperative Work Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
                                                                BAS 101 Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                                                                ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                HORT 299 Special Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .varies*
                                                                * Student should consult a faculty adviser.
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                          C A T A L O G              81
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Environmental Horticulture
                    ENVIRONMENTAL	HORTICULTURE		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    84	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Students learn plant identification, plant propagation,         HORT 111 Botany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    sustainable landscape practices, soil science, practical        HORT 112 Tools & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    pruning and botanical concepts. Through time spent              HORT 113 Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    in practical hands-on training, students will learn to          HORT 115 Plant ID Fall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    propagate, seed, transplant, design landscape plans, and        HORT 116 Fall Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Programs of Study




                    maintain a variety of plants. Students will participate in      HORT 121 Soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    an industry based training experience. Graduates find           HORT 122 Pruning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    jobs with nurseries, greenhouses, landscape firms, garden       HORT 123 Pest Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    centers, and park departments. The classroom setting            HORT 125 Plant ID Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    includes individual and small group instruction with a          HORT 127 Winter Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    hands-on focus of horticultural practices. The program          HORT 131 Landscape Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    emphasizes a sustainable approach to horticultural              HORT 132 Landscape Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    principles. A diverse population of students enjoys             HORT 134 Horticulture Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                                                                                    HORT 135 Plant ID Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    working in a 1200 sq. ft. state-of-the-art growing facility.
                                                                                    HORT 137 Spring Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Environmental Horticulture certificate graduates will:          HORT 211 Landscape Design II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    ƒ prepared to obtain various positions in the field
                     be                                                             HORT 212 Turfgrass Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     of horticulture                                                HORT 225 Career Exploration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    ƒ prepared for Washington State Nursery and
                     be                                                             HORT 215 Plant ID Summer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     Landscape Association Certified Professional                   HORT 216 Greenhouse Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     Horticulturists exams                                          HORT 217 Summer Horticulture Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     demonstrate professional knowledge of
                    ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     horticultural skills                                                     Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                                        Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                           Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     technical and information literacy skills                      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     their field                                                    categories listed above.
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          82        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                          C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                     2
      Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
FITNESS	SPECIALIST/PERSONAL	TRAINER		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
96	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer         BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
AAS degree prepares students for entrepreneurial                 FTNS 112 Principles of Sport & Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
pursuit or employment as fitness instructors or personal         FTNS 118 Health Promotions & Wellness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
trainers in entry-level to mid-management positions in           FTNS 121 Kinesiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
health and fitness clubs, athletic clubs, strength training      FTNS 124 Functional Assessment & Corrective Exercise . . . . 4




                                                                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
gyms, retirement centers, corporate fitness centers, and         FTNS 137 Professional Skills in Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
nonprofit and recreation organizations.                          FTNS 152 Exercise Physiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                 FTNS 153 Clinical Fitness Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
The curriculum is designed to help students prepare              FTNS 154 Exercise for Special Populations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
for the American College of Sports Medicine Health/              FTNS 191 Fitness Internship I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fitness Instructor, American Council on Exercise Personal        FTNS 210 Fitness Internship II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trainer, the National Academy of Sports Medicine                 FTNS 215 Business & Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Certified Personal Trainer, and the National Strength            FTNS 218 Human Performance I Cardio &
and Conditioning Association Certified Personal Trainer                    Respiratory Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
certification exams. One hundred fifty-four hours                FTNS 219 Human Performance II Strength Training . . . . . . . 4
of industry-based internship or cooperative work                 FTNS 220 Human Performance III Adv Training Strategies. . 4
experience is required for program completion.                   FTNS 230 Fitness Externship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer AAS degree                   NUTR& 101 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
graduates will:                                                  ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                           Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level to
                                                                           Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 mid-management position in their field
                                                                           Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate ability to instruct a variety of clientele on
ƒ                                                                         Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 proper exercise form and technique.
                                                                 TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 5 CREDITS
 demonstrate proficiency at basic fitness assessment
ƒ                                                               (See faculty adviser/instructor for pre-approval)
 and program design                                              FTNS 120 Responding to Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 demonstrate ability to communicate appropriately
ƒ                                                               FTNS 126 Sport & Exercise Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 with and develop programming for special populations            FTNS 128 Intro to Athletic Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 assess and program for advanced athletes
ƒ                                                               FTNS 142 Certification Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                               FTNS 144 Nutrition for Sports Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                  FTNS 170 Group Exercise Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 technical and information literacy skills                       FTNS 199 Special Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                               FTNS 299 Special Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                       TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
 distribution area outcomes
                                                                 See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and     categories listed above.
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                       C A T A L O G             83
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
                    FITNESS	SPECIALIST/PERSONAL	TRAINER		
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE		
                    TRANSFER	DEGREE
                    103	CREDITS                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer AAS-T degree            BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    program prepares students for entrepreneurial pursuit           BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    or employment as fitness instructors or personal trainers       ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    in entry-level to mid-management positions in health            FTNS 112 Principles of Sport & Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Programs of Study




                    and fitness clubs, athletic clubs, strength training            FTNS 118 Health Promotions & Wellness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    gyms, retirement centers, corporate fitness centers, and        FTNS 121 Kinesiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    nonprofit and recreation organizations. In addition, it         FTNS 124 Functional Assessment & Corrective Exercise . . . . 4
                    prepares students interested in pursuing a degree at the        FTNS 137 Professional Skills in Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                    FTNS 152 Exercise Physiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    baccalaureate level.
                                                                                    FTNS 153 Clinical Fitness Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    The curriculum is designed to help students prepare             FTNS 154 Exercise for Special Populations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    for the American College of Sports Medicine Health/             FTNS 191 Fitness Internship I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    Fitness Instructor, American Council on Exercise Personal       FTNS 210 Fitness Internship II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    Trainer, the National Academy of Sports Medicine                FTNS 215 Business & Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Certified Personal Trainer, and the National Strength           FTNS 218 Human Performance I Cardio &
                    and Conditioning Association Certified Personal Trainer                   Respiratory Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    certification exams. One hundred fifty-four hours               FTNS 219 Human Performance II Strength Training. . . . . . . . 4
                    of industry-based internship or cooperative work                FTNS 220 Human Performance III Adv Training Strategies. . 4
                    experience is required for program completion.                  FTNS 230 Fitness Externship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                                                                                    NUTR& 101 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer AAS-T degree
                                                                                    PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    graduates will:
                                                                                    ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     their field                                                              Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate proficiency at fitness assessment and
                    ƒ                                                              ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     program design                                                 PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                              TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 5 CREDITS*
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 (See faculty adviser/instructor for pre-approval)
                     technical and information literacy skills                      FTNS 120 Responding to Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ                                                              FTNS 126 Sport & Exercise Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                      FTNS 128 Intro to Athletic Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     distribution area outcomes                                     FTNS 142 Certification Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                                                                                    FTNS 144 Nutrition for Sports Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                                                                                    FTNS 170 Group Exercise Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                                                                                    FTNS 199 Special Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                                                                                    FTNS 299 Special Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                                                                                    * May also include a transferable academic class
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                                                                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

                                                                                    See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                    categories listed above.




          84        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                       2
      Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
FITNESS	SPECIALIST/PERSONAL	TRAINER		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
56	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer certificate prepares        BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
students for employment as fitness instructors or personal      FTNS 112 Principles of Sport & Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
trainers in entry-level positions in health and fitness         FTNS 121 Kinesiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
clubs, athletic clubs, strength training gyms, retirement       FTNS 137 Professional Skills in Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
communities, and nonprofit and recreation organizations.        FTNS 152 Exercise Physiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                                     Programs of Study
                                                                FTNS 153 Clinical Fitness Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
The curriculum is designed to help students prepare for         FTNS 191 Fitness Internship I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
the basic certified personal trainer certifications offered     FTNS 210 Fitness Internship II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
through the American Council on Exercise Personal               FTNS 218 Human Performance I Cardio
Trainer and the National Strength and Conditioning                       & Respiratory Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Association. Eighty-eight hours of industry-based               FTNS 219 Human Performance II Strength Training. . . . . . . . 4
internship or cooperative work experience is required for
                                                                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS–15 CREDITS
program completion.                                                  Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer certificate                      Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
graduates will:                                                      Social Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
    be                                                          TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
    their field                                                 See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
ƒ  demonstrate ability to instruct clientele on basic,         categories listed above.
    proper exercise form and technique
ƒ  demonstrate proficiency at basic fitness assessment
    and program design
ƒ  demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
    communication, intercultural appreciation, and
    technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E          O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G              85
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Funeral Service Education
                    FUNERAL	SERVICE	EDUCATION	
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    94	CREDITS
                    Program Mission: The Funeral Service Education                    identify the laws, rules, regulations and management
                                                                                     ƒ
                    AAS degree prepares students to achieve entry-level               practices affecting funeral service and adhere to
                    proficiency as an embalmers and funeral directors.                a standard of ethical behavior in personal and
                                                                                      professional conduct
                    Funeral service professionals provide counsel, service,
                                                                                      be
                                                                                     ƒ prepared to succeed on the National Board Exam
                    and emotional support for those who have experienced
Programs of Study




                                                                                      and the state board exam
                    the death of a loved one. Students also learn how to
                    manage a successful business in the high-tech global              demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                                                                                     ƒ
                    economy. The program is designed to be completed in 7             communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                                                                                      technical and information literacy skills
                    quarters of full-time study.
                                                                                      meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                                                     ƒ
                    Funeral Service Education AAS degree graduates will:              Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                    ƒ prepared for entry level positions as a funeral
                     be                                                               distribution area outcomes
                     director and embalmer                                           The FSE program has as its central aim the recognition of
                     recognize the historical roots of contemporary funeral
                    ƒ                                                               the importance of funeral service personnel as:
                     service practices
                                                                                      members of a human services profession,
                                                                                     ƒ
                     use
                    ƒ appropriate terminology to facilitate
                     communication with members of allied professions,                members of the community in which they serve,
                                                                                     ƒ
                     the public, and the funeral service industry                     participants in the intimate relationship between
                                                                                     ƒ
                     differentiate among the representative chemicals in
                    ƒ                                                                bereaved families and those engaged in the funeral
                     embalming fluid (arterial, cavity, and accessory) and            service profession,
                     describe their respective functions and chemical principles      professionals sensitive to and knowledgeable of the
                                                                                     ƒ
                     discuss and demonstrate safe environmental work
                    ƒ                                                                responsibility for public health, safety, and welfare in
                     practices through proper disposal of contaminated                caring for human remains.
                     materials, and proper methods of disposal of                    The program has the following purposes:
                     blood and body fluids during and following the                   to
                                                                                     ƒ enlarge the background and knowledge of students
                     embalming process                                                about the funeral service profession.
                     explain and demonstrate the preparation of the infant,
                    ƒ                                                                to
                                                                                     ƒ educate students in every phase of funeral service,
                     autopsy and non-autopsy embalming techniques                     and to help enable them to develop the proficiency
                     and procedures while demonstrating and describing                and skills necessary to become functional members of
                     the use of embalming instruments, equipment and                  the profession.
                     sundries, and embalming techniques and procedures
                                                                                      to
                                                                                     ƒ educate student concerning the responsibilities of
                     comply with OSHA’s hazard communication
                    ƒ                                                                the funeral service profession to the community.
                     standard, formaldehyde standard, and bloodborne
                     pathogens standard                                               to
                                                                                     ƒ emphasize high standards of ethical conduct.
                     identify the purpose of the Federal Trade Commission
                    ƒ                                                                to
                                                                                     ƒ provide a comprehensive curriculum at the post
                     (FTC), describe its effect on funeral service and who            secondary level of instruction.
                     must comply with the FTC Funeral Industry Practices              to
                                                                                     ƒ encourage research in the field of funeral service.
                     Rule, explain how to comply and follow the FTC Rule                                                 continues on next page…
                     identify the pathological conditions and etiological
                    ƒ
                     factors which require special procedures in the
                     removal, handling, preparation, and disposition of
                     human remains.



          86        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                           Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                            2
                     Funeral Service Education continued

PREREQUISITES
High school completion or GED or satisfactory
completion of nine post-secondary credits, exclusive of
developmental courses.
BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                          Programs of Study
CHEM& 121 Intro to Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission Dates: summer, winter

PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
ACCT 111 Introduction to Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BAS 101 Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
BUSA 180 Small Business Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BUS& 201 Business Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FSE  101 Introduction and History of Funeral Service . . . . . 3
FSE  130 Funeral Service Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  140 Funeral Directing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FSE  141 Funeral Service Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  148 Funeral Service Law & Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  250 Funeral Service Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FSE  251 Embalming I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FSE  255 Embalming Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  256 Funeral Service Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  258 Introduction to Restorative Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  261 Embalming II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FSE  262 Funeral Service Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  264 Funeral Home Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FSE  268 Restorative Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  271 Embalming III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  274 Funeral Service Pathology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  275 Funeral Service Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FSE  296 Funeral Service Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CMST& 220 Introduction to Public Speaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SOC 260 Sociology of Death & Dying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

CAUTION: Students enrolling in the Funeral Service Education
program should contact their respective state board of funeral
service regarding that state board’s approval of this particular
program of instruction.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                 L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N                 I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   87
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Human Resources Generalist
                    HUMAN	RESOURCES	GENERALIST		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    44	CREDITS                                                       PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Human Resources Generalist certificate is designed           BUHR 210 HR’s Role in Organizations &
                    for the working professional wishing to enter the                         Program Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    Human Resource (HR) field, professionals wanting                 BUHR 215 HR Ethics & Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    to enhance their HR and personnel knowledge, HR                  BUHR 220 Employee Benefits & Risk Management . . . . . . . . . 4
                    professionals wishing to advance in their field, certified       BUHR 230 Staffing: Recruitment, Selection, & Placement . . . 4
Programs of Study




                                                                                     BUHR 235 Total Rewards (Compensation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    HR professionals seeking re-certification hours, and
                                                                                     BUHR 240 Employee & Labor Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    managers wanting to get a better understanding of HR.
                                                                                     BUHR 245 Training, Workforce Planning,
                    Certified HR professionals may qualify for re-certification
                                                                                              Perf & Talent Mgt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    hours toward their Professional in Human Resources               BUHR 250 HR Information Systems &
                    (PHR), Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR)                      Measuring HR Outcomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    and Global Professional in Human Resources (GPHR)                BUHR 255 Employment Law I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    certifications from the HR Certification Institute (HRCI).       BUHR 260 Employment Law II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Lake Washington Institute of Technology is a HR                  BUHR 270 Global HR & Mergers & Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Certification Institute (HRCI®) Approved Provider. As a          BUHR 275 Strategic HR Mgt & Organizational Strategy . . . . . 4
                    HRCI® Approved Provider, many of our classes qualify for         TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
                    PHR®/SPHR®/GPHR®/PHR-CA®/SPHR-CA® recertification
                    credits. Individuals may want to take one class, several
                    classes or complete the certificate.
                    Depending on background and education level, a
                    student will be able to find jobs in entry to mid-level
                    positions as a generalist or in the areas of human
                    resource management, employment and recruitment,
                    total rewards/compensation, benefits, employee and
                    labor relations, risk management/safety and security, and
                    training and development.
                    LWIT has an active SHRM Student Chapter, which is a
                    SHRM Superior Merit Award winner.
                    This program is focused on evening courses, thus
                    allowing people who are employed to upgrade their skills
                    and receive a certificate. It is the student’s responsibility
                    to discuss sequencing and work out their individual
                    schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any developmental
                    coursework a student may be required to complete may
                    increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




          88        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E        O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                    C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                   Machine Technology
MACHINE	TECHNOLOGY		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
115	CREDITS                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Machine Technology AAS                     ENGT 131 AutoCAD I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
degree prepares students to be well positioned to               ENGT 233 Presentation Graphics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
begin a career in the machine trades by gaining basic           MACH 110 Fundamentals of Machining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
machining competencies.                                         MACH 112 Machining Practice C-Clamp & Paper Punch . . . . . 8
                                                                MACH 120 Materials – Measuring & CNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Graduates will be well positioned to begin a career




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                MACH 122 Mach Practice Tools –
in the machine trades by gaining basic machining                         Tap Handle, Clamp & Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
competencies through their work on projects along with          MACH 124 CNC and MasterCam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
a thorough grounding in shop theory, applied math, and          MACH 130 Blueprints, Trigonometry & CNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
a special emphasis on CAD/CAM programming and                   MACH 132 Mach Pract – Threading Project,
CNC machining.                                                           Precision Grinding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                                                                MACH 134 CNC Manual Practice, Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Machine Technology AAS degree graduates will:
                                                                MACH 222 Capstone Project – Machining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
 be
ƒ prepared with skills to perform entry-level CNC                       Technical Electives* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
 machining and manual machining
                                                                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
 gain
ƒ a thorough grounding in shop theory and                                Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 applied math                                                             Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 perform CAD/CAM programming and manual
ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 programming                                                              Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 combine manual and CNC skills to produce a capstone
ƒ
                                                                TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
 project of complex parts
 demonstrate math and communication skills
ƒ                                                              See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                categories listed above.
 set
ƒ up and operate machine tools with a minimum
 of supervision                                                 TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 12 CREDITS
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork, intercultural
ƒ                                                              * See faculty adviser/instructor for approved courses.
 appreciation, information and technical literacy,
 and communication
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            89
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Machine Technology
                    MACHINE	TECHNOLOGY		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    80	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Machine Technology certificate students will be well            MACH 110 Fundamentals of Machining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    positioned to begin a career in the machine trades by           MACH 112 Machining Practice C-Clamp & Paper Punch . . . . . 8
                    gaining basic machining competencies through their              MACH 122 Mach Practice Tools –
                    work on projects along with a thorough grounding in                      Tap Handle, Clamp & Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                                                                                    MACH 124 CNC and MasterCam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    shop theory, applied math, and a special emphasis on
Programs of Study




                                                                                    MACH 120 Materials, Measuring & CNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    CAD/CAM programming and CNC machining.
                                                                                    MACH 132 Mach Pract – Threading Project,
                    Machine Technology certificate graduates will:                           Precision Grinding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    ƒ prepared with skills to perform entry-level CNC
                     be                                                             MACH 130 Blueprints, Trigonometry & CNC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                     machining and manual machining                                 MACH 134 CNC Manual Practice, Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                                                                                             Technical Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                     gain
                    ƒ a thorough grounding in shop theory and
                     applied math                                                   ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     perform CAD/CAM programming and manual
                    ƒ                                                                        Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     programming                                                              Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                              Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     set
                    ƒ up and operate machine tools with a minimum
                     of supervision                                                 TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork, intercultural
                    ƒ                                                              See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     appreciation, communication and technical and                  categories listed above.
                     information literacy skills
                                                                                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 1 CREDIT
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and    * See faculty adviser/instructor for approved courses.
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring




          90        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                   Massage Practitioner
MASSAGE	PRACTITIONER		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
92	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Massage Practitioner AAS degree             demonstrate collaboration skills and communicate
                                                                ƒ
prepares students for the National Certification Board for       effectively with other health care professionals
Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork (NCBTMB) exam and                 apply knowledge to create a network of
                                                                ƒ
the Washington State licensing exam and to enter the job         complementary providers within the field and provide
market as licensed massage practitioners.                        excellent client care




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
The program will provide high-quality training in the            exhibit ethical behavior and analytical thought
                                                                ƒ
profession of Massage Therapy and assist graduates in            demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                                                                ƒ
finding employment, as desired, within the profession.           communication, intercultural appreciation, and
The program also aims to enhance the understanding of            technical and information literacy skills
massage practitioner as a viable method of treatment for         meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                                ƒ
a variety of pathological conditions within the medical          Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
and private sectors/communities.                                 distribution area outcomes
The American Massage Therapy Association defines                It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
Massage Therapy as “a profession in which the                   work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
practitioner applies manual techniques and may apply            adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
adjunct therapies with the intention of positively              required to complete may increase the program length.
affecting the health and well-being of the client”.             Admission Dates: fall
Massage is often used to aid in recovery from injury,
                                                                Prerequisite: HIV/AIDS/CPR
to promote health and well-being, and as a treatment
for illness or pain. LWIT students will have a Swedish          PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
massage foundation with exposure to treatment                   MAST 105 Fundamentals of Massage Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
and other massage modalities. Graduates will find               MAST 115 Fundamentals of Massage Therapy II . . . . . . . . . . . 6
employment in institutions such as clinics, spas, hospitals,    MAST 125 Fundamentals of Massage Therapy III . . . . . . . . . . . 6
as well as private practice.                                    MAST 135 Hydrotherapy & Injury Management . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                MAST 145 Pathologies for Massage Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
The program has been developed in accordance with the
                                                                MAST 155 Treatment Massage I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
standards and guidelines outlined by the Washington
                                                                MAST 165 Massage Clinic I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
State Board of Massage and the Commission on Massage
                                                                MAST 175 Complimentary Massage Modalities I . . . . . . . . . . 5
Therapy Accreditation (COMTA) and will adhere to
                                                                MAST 185 Massage Curriculum Review & Exam Prep . . . . . . . 2
the requirements outlined by the Washington State
                                                                MAST 205 Spa Massage Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Department of Health, Health Professions Quality
                                                                MAST 215 Business Development & Professional Relations . . 5
Assurance Board of Massage for curriculum components
                                                                MAST 255 Treatment Massage II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
and clinical sites, in order to ensure that students will
                                                                MAST 265 Massage Clinic II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
be eligible to sit for the Washington State Massage             MAST 275 Complimentary Massage Modalities II . . . . . . . . . . 5
Practitioners License exam (RCW 18.108.070) upon
completion.                                                     ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                          Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Massage Practitioner AAS degree graduates will:                           Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ prepared for an entry level position in the field of
 be                                                                       Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 massage with the skills to be independently employed                     Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared for NCTMB and state certification exams             TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
 demonstrate industry ready skills in business planning,
ƒ                                                              See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 billing, and record keeping                                    categories listed above.


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            91
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Massage Practitioner
                    MASSAGE	PRACTITIONER		                                                                         MASSAGE	PRACTITIONER		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY                                                                     CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    62	CREDITS                                                                                     19	CREDITS
                    Massage Practitioner certificate prepares students to                                          The Massage Practitioner certificate exposes the student
                    become a professionally licensed massage practitioner.                                         to advanced massage techniques. The student will also
                    Students will develop a strong Swedish massage                                                 acquire the skills necessary to treat an increased variety
                    foundation with exposure to treatment and other                                                of functions. They will also obtain the business skills
                    massage techniques. Graduates will be prepared for                                             necessary to operate a successful massage practice.
Programs of Study




                    employment in settings such as clinics, spas, hospitals, as                                    Prerequisite:
                    well as private practice.
                                                                                                                    Completed the 62-credit certificate program or
                                                                                                                   ƒ
                    Massage Practitioner certificate graduates will:                                                licensed massage therapist or instructor permission.
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                                                HIV/AIDS/CPR
                                                                                                                   ƒ
                     their field
                                                                                                                   Admission Dates: summer
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to pass the NCTMB and state
                     licensing exam                                                                                PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                                                             MAST 205 Spa Massage Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                                                MAST 215 Business Development & Professional Relations . 5
                     technical and information literacy skills                                                     MAST 255 Treatment Massage II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                                                                                                                   MAST 275 Complimentary Massage Modalities II . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                                         TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter
                    Prerequisites: HIV/AIDS/CPR

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    MAST 105 Fundamentals of Massage Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    MAST 115 Fundamentals of Massage Therapy II . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    MAST 125 Fundamentals of Massage Therapy III . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    MAST 135 Hydrotherapy & Injury Management . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    MAST 145 Pathologies for Massage Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    MAST 155 Treatment Massage I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    MAST 165 Massage Clinic I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    MAST 175 Complimentary Massage Modalities I . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    MAST 185 Massage Curriculum Review & Exam Prep . . . . . . . 2
                    ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                              Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                              Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

                    See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                    categories listed above.




          92        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                  L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                 I N S T I T U T E       O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                  C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                                               Medical Assisting
MEDICAL	ASSISTING		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
90	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Medical Assisting AAS degree                It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
prepares students for high demand medical office                 work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
positions including front and back-office positions.             adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
Graduates of the program are eligible to take the                required to complete may increase the program length.
Certified Medical Assistant examination offered by               Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
the American Association of Medical Assistants. The
program will provide students with a knowledge base              PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                 BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
that includes anatomy, physiology, medical terminology,
                                                                 MEDA 115 Law & Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
pharmacology, medical billing and coding, medical
                                                                 MEDA 116 Medical Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
office assessments and procedures, patient care and
                                                                 MEDA 118 Exam room & Patient Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
education. Medical Assistants are highly versatile
                                                                 MEDA 121 Medical Office Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
professionals in both clinical and administrative realms.        MEDA 125 Phlebotomy & Bloodborne Pathogens . . . . . . . . . . 5
Medical Assistants need to effectively communicate               MEDA 129 Pharmacology & Medical Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
with a wide variety of people including doctors, nurses,         MEDA 136 Coding/Billing/Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
clients, medical billing staff, insurance representatives,       MEDA 139 Assist with Exam & Administer Medication . . . . . . 5
and pharmacists. The program will culminate the                  MEDA 211 Medical Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
theory, clinical and lab skills in an intern experience in a     MEDA 212 Diagnostic Testing in Medical Office . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
physician’s office.                                              MEDA 214 Disease Conditions & Community Health . . . . . . . 5
The Lake Washington Institute of Technology Medical              MEDA 293 Externship Seminar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Assistant program is accredited by the Commission                MEDA 294 Medical Assisting Externship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs                      Technical Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(www.caahep.org) upon recommendation of the                      ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
Curriculum Review Board of the America Association                         Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
of Medical Assistants Endowment (AAMAE).                                   Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                 PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education
                                                                           Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs 1361 Park Street Clearwater, FL 33756
(727)210-2350                                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Medical Assisting AAS degree graduates will:                     * 5 credits of any college level course(s)

ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
 be                                                              See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 their field                                                     categories listed above.
 be
ƒ prepared to work in ambulatory settings performing
 administrative and clinical duties.
 meet CAAHEP Standards in the areas of cognitive and
ƒ
 psychomotor skills
 be
ƒ prepared to pass the CMA (AAMA) exam
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
 distribution area outcomes

2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            93
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Medical Assisting
                    MEDICAL	ASSISTING	
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    85	CREDITS
                    The Medical Assisting certificate prepares the students          Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                    for high demand medical office positions including front
                    and back office positions. Graduates of the program              PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                     BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    are eligible to take the Certified Medical Assistant
                                                                                     MEDA 115 Law & Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    examination offered by the American Association of
Programs of Study




                                                                                     MEDA 116 Medical Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Medical Assistants. The program will provide students
                                                                                     MEDA 118 Exam room & Patient Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    with a knowledge base that includes anatomy,
                                                                                     MEDA 121 Medical Office Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    physiology, medical terminology, pharmacology,                   MEDA 125 Phlebotomy & Bloodborne Pathogens . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    medical billing and coding, medical office assessments           MEDA 129 Pharmacology & Medical Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    and procedures, patient care and education. Medical              MEDA 136 Coding/Billing/Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Assistants are highly versatile professionals in both            MEDA 139 Assist with Exam & Administer Medication . . . . . . 5
                    clinical and administrative realms. Medical Assistants           MEDA 211 Medical Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    need to effectively communicate with a wide variety of           MEDA 212 Diagnostic Testing in Medical Office . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    people including doctors, nurses, clients, medical billing       MEDA 214 Disease Conditions & Community Health . . . . . . . 5
                    staff, insurance representatives, and pharmacists. The           MEDA 293 Internship Externship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    program will culminate the theory, clinical and lab skills       MEDA 294 Medical Assisting Externship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    in an intern experience in a physician’s office.                          Technical Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    The Lake Washington Institute of Technology Medical              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                    Assisting program is accredited by the Commission on                       Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.                    Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    caahep.org) upon recommendation of the Curriculum                PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Review Board of the America Association of Medical               TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
                    Assistants Endowment (AAMAE).
                                                                                     * 5 credits of any college level course(s)
                    Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education
                                                                                     See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                    Programs 1361 Park Street Clearwater, FL 33756
                                                                                     categories listed above.
                    (727)210-2350
                    Medical Assisting certificate of proficiency graduates will:
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
                     their field
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to work in ambulatory settings performing
                     administrative and clinical duties.
                     meet CAAHEP Standards in the areas of cognitive and
                    ƒ
                     psychomotor skills
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to pass the CMA (AAMA) exam
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.


          94        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E        O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                              Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                2
                                                               Medical Assisting
MEDICAL	BILLING	&	CODING	PROFESSIONAL	
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
63	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Medical Billing & Coding Professional certificate will          MEDA 115 Law & Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
prepare students with the necessary skills and knowledge        MEDA 116 Medical Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
to obtain an entry-level position in medical insurance          MEDA 121 Medical Office Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
coding and office administration within a variety of            MEDA 136 Coding/Billing/Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
healthcare settings.                                            MEDA 140 Medical Reimbursement Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                              Programs of Study
                                                                MEDA 154 Intermediate Medical Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Medical Billing & Coding Professional certificate               MEDA 211 Medical Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
graduates will:                                                 MEDA 214 Disease Conditions & Community Health . . . . . . . 5
 apply medicolegal principles when working with
ƒ                                                              MEDA 254 Advanced Medical Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 protected health information (PHI)                             ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
 accurately code diagnoses and procedures for the
ƒ                                                              (Student must take classes indicated for individual programs
 medical office                                                 of study)
 accurately prepare insurance billing forms
ƒ                                                              BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 competently use software commonly used in the
ƒ                                                              PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 medical practice                                                             Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
 their field                                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 categories listed above.
 technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E        O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            95
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Medical Assisting
                    MEDICAL	ASSISTING	OFFICE	ADMINISTRATION		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    30	CREDITS
                    The Medical Assisting Office Administration certificate
                    will prepare students with the necessary skills and
                    knowledge to obtain entry-level positions as front office
                    assistants and general clerical support in medical settings.
                    The certificate of completion will include basic medical
Programs of Study




                    office skills, medical terminology, medical law, billing &
                    insurance coding skills, and medical computer skills.
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    BAS 101 Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    MEDA 115 Law & Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    MEDA 116 Medical Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    MEDA 121 Medical Office Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    MEDA 136 Coding/Billing/Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    MEDA 211 Medical Computer App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                             Technical Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
                    * 5 credits of any college level course(s)




          96        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                  L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N                 I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                 Motorcycle, Marine & Power
               Equipment Service Technology
MOTORCYCLE,	MARINE	&	POWER	EQUIPMENT	
SERVICE	TECHNOLOGY		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
107	CREDITS                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Program Mission: The Motorcycle, Marine & Power                 TRAN 110 Computer Basics/Transport Trades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Equipment Service Technology AAS degree provides                TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
students with a broad range of entry-level technical            TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
skills by working on representative models of equipment         TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
serviced in the motorcycle, marine and power equipment          MMPE 122 Electrical System Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
industries.                                                     MMPE 123 Charging Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                                                                MMPE 124 Ignition Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Students have some options of specializing in one or            MMPE 134 Power Transmission Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
more areas after completion of basic instruction. Students      MMPE 135 Transaxles and Constant
will spend their first term of training in a transportation              Variable Transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
core curriculum. Cooperative work experience is available       MMPE 136 Marine Gearcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
with instructor permission.                                     MMPE 137 Induction/Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment Service                    MMPE 212 Fluid Power Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Technology AAS degree graduates will:                           MMPE 213 Chassis, Suspension & Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                MMPE 214 Two and Four-Cycle Gas Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 be
ƒ prepared for a wide range of entry-level positions in        MMPE 215 Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 their field                                                    MMPE 221 Advanced Electrical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 be
ƒ able to maintain, diagnose and repair the following          MMPE 223 Advanced Motorcycle, Marine &
 systems: Electrical, Engine, Power Transmission,                        Power Equip Apps I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 Chassis, Suspension, Brake, Induction/Exhaust and              MMPE 231 Advanced Motorcycle, Marine &
 Engine Management with minimal supervision                              Power Equip App II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              MMPE 232 Advanced Motorcycle, Marine &
 communication, intercultural appreciation,                              Power Equip App III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 and technical and information literacy skills                  CWEX 197 Cooperative Work Experience
                                                                         or Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ
                                                                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                                Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 distribution area outcomes                                               Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and              Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                    Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be          TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
required to complete may increase the program length.
                                                                See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                   categories listed above.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            97
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Motorcycle, Marine & Power
                    Equipment Service Technology
                    HARLEY-DAVIDSON®	OPTION		
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    113	CREDITS                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Program Mission: The Harley-Davidson® Option to                 TRAN 110 Computer Basics/Transport Trades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    the Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment Service                TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Technology AAS degree uniquely positions successful             TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    graduates to enter Harley® dealerships in a variety of          TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    capacities. The intent of the program is to provide the         MMPE 122 Electrical System Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Programs of Study




                    types of pre-employment training that is currently              MMPE 123 Charging Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    only available as incumbent worker training in a                MMPE 124 Ignition Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Harley-Davidson® dealership and better prepare them for         MMPE 134 Power Transmission Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    their initial employment.                                       MMPE 135 Transaxles and Constant
                                                                                             Variable Transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    The Harley-Davidson® Option to the Motorcycle, Marine           MMPE 136 Marine Gearcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    and Power Equipment Service Technology AAS degree               MMPE 137 Induction/Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    graduates will:                                                 MMPE 212 Fluid Power Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    ƒ prepared for a wide range of entry-level positions
                     be                                                             MMPE 213 Chassis, Suspension & Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     in their field                                                 MMPE 214 Two and Four-Cycle Gas Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    ƒ able to maintain, diagnose and repair the following
                     be                                                             MMPE 215 Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     Harley-Davidson® motorcycle systems: electrical,               MOHD 221 Harley-Davidson® Electrical Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     engine, power transmission, chassis, suspension, brake,        MOHD 223 Intro to Harley-Davidson®
                                                                                             Electronic Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     induction/exhaust and engine management.
                                                                                    MOHD 225 Harley-Davidson® Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                                                                                    MOHD 231 Advanced Harley-Davidson®
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                          Electronic Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     technical and information literacy skills                      MOHD 233 Harley-Davidson® Chassis Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ                                                              MOHD 235 Harley-Davidson® Air-Cooled Powertrains. . . . . . . 6
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                      ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                     distribution area outcomes                                               Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and              Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or                    Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be                    Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    required to complete may increase the program length.           TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                   See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                    categories listed above.




          98        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                 2
                 Motorcycle, Marine & Power
               Equipment Service Technology
MOTORCYCLE,	MARINE	&	POWER	EQUIPMENT	
SERVICE	TECHNOLOGY		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
78	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
The Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment Service                TRAN 110 Computer Basics/Transport Trades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Technology certificate provides students with a broad           TRAN 112 Shop & Business Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
range of entry-level technical skills by working on             TRAN 113 Basic Electrical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
representative models of equipment serviced in the              TRAN 125 Mechanical Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                               Programs of Study
motorcycle, marine and power equipment industries.              MMPE 122 Electrical System Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Students have some options of specializing in one               MMPE 123 Charging Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
or more areas after completion of basic instruction.            MMPE 124 Ignition Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Students will spend their first term of training in a           MMPE 134 Power Transmission Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                MMPE 135 Transaxles and Constant
transportation core curriculum.
                                                                         Variable Transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Motorcycle, Marine & Power Equipment Service                    MMPE 136 Marine Gearcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Technology certificate graduates will:                          MMPE 137 Induction/Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ prepared for a wide range of entry-level positions in
 be                                                             MMPE 212 Fluid Power Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 their field                                                    MMPE 213 Chassis, Suspension & Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                MMPE 214 Two and Four-Cycle Gas Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 be
ƒ able to maintain, diagnose and repair the following
                                                                MMPE 215 Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 systems: electrical, engine, power transmission, chassis,
 suspension, brake, induction/exhaust and engine                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
 management with supervision.                                             Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                                        Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                           Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 technical and information literacy skills                      TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and    See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or          categories listed above.
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            99
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Multimedia Design & Production
                    MULTIMEDIA	DESIGN	&	PRODUCTION	                                 Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                                                                                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    102	CREDITS                                                     ART 102 Beginning Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Program Mission: The Multimedia Design & Production             ART 121 Introduction to Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    AAS degree prepares students to plan, analyze, and              ART 252 Advanced Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    create visual solutions to produce websites, printed            MMDP 101 Digital Design Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    materials, and interactive online experiences using             MMDP 104 Color Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    industry standard software.                                     -OR-
                    Courses are delivered through face-to-face, online, and         ART 255 Beginning Painting for Art Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    hybrid methods allowing students to practice skills             MMDP 117 Typography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    necessary in industry. Students will conduct industry           MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                    MMDP 121 Vector Illustration 1 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    research to identify career pathways, learn professional
                                                                                    MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    practices including copyright, file management, portfolio
                                                                                    MMDP 123 Multimedia Authoring with Flash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    development and workplace ethics. Students culminate
                                                                                    MMDP 126 Page Layout 1 with InDesign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    their learning experience at the end of their studies with
                                                                                    MMDP 133 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    a showcase of their portfolio to industry professionals.
                                                                                    MMDP 153 Web Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Multimedia Design & Production AAS degree graduates will:       MMDP 154 Electronic Publishing with Acrobat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    ƒ prepared for entry-level jobs in print and Web
                     be                                                             MMDP 158 Prepress I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate superior technical skills in industry
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 170 Motions Graphics with After Effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     standard software                                              MMDP 190 Portfolio/Job Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                    MMDP     Technical Electives* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                     create effective print and online projects incorporating
                    ƒ
                     the elements and principles of design                          ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     apply color theory and drawing skills to both digital
                    ƒ
                     and hands-on projects                                                    Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                              Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     describe the historical significance and current design
                    ƒ
                                                                                              Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     standards for typographic design
                     demonstrate basic coding skills using HTML and CSS
                    ƒ                                                              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
                     produce and integrate a variety of vector and raster
                    ƒ                                                              See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     graphics within Web, print and interactive projects            categories listed above.
                     describe the importance of site navigation and
                    ƒ
                                                                                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 7 CREDITS
                     usability in Web design                                        * Technical Electives may be taken from ART or MMDP areas.
                     prepare print files for output demonstrating
                    ƒ
                     knowledge of prepress standards, appropriate file              RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
                                                                                    ART& 100 Art Appreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     formats and standard industry workflow practices
                                                                                    ART 203 Intermediate Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     produce a professional resume, cover letter and
                    ƒ
                                                                                    MMDP 105 Storyboard Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     industry ready portfolio
                                                                                    MMDP 128 Digital Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 139 Digital Video Editing with Final Cut Pro . . . . . . . . . 5
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 MMDP 141 Vector Illustration 2 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     technical and information literacy skills
                                                                                    MMDP 142 Image Editing 2 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 143 Actionscript with Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                      MMDP 146 InDesign II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     distribution area outcomes                                     MMDP 168 Introduction to Content Management Systems . . 4
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and    MMDP 234 XML/XSL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or          MMDP 235 PHP Scripting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be          MMDP 238 JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    required to complete may increase the program length.           MMDP 297 Multimedia Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

       100          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                     2
        Multimedia Design & Production
VIDEO	AND	WEB	PRODUCTION		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
100	CREDITS
Program Mission: The Video and Web Production AAS               meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                               ƒ
degree educates and mentors students in the tools and           Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
techniques required to produce and distribute videos in         distribution area outcomes
the digital age. We prepare students to be well versed         It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
in a variety of software so that they can produce videos       work out their individual schedule with a counselor or




                                                                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
in both small and large-scale productions companies,           adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
as well as take on projects in a wide variety of genres        required to complete may increase the program length.
including corporate video, documentary, narrative, music
videos, and commercials.                                       Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

The curriculum has been updated to reflect the growing         PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
synergy between Web design and video production as             ART 102 Beginning Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
organizations seek to add compelling video content             MMDP 101 Digital Design Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
to their websites and develop a social media presence.         MMDP 107 Digital Storytelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Students will learn digital storytelling and Web design        MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
principles, and develop strong video and Web production        MMDP 119 Video Production. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
skills through software such as Final Cut Studio, After        MMDP 120 Digital Content Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Effects, Dreamweaver and Flash. Video content distribution     MMDP 121 Vector Illustration 1 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
through different digital formats will be explored.            MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                               MMDP 123 Multimedia Authoring with Flash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Video and Web Production AAS degree graduates will:            MMDP 133 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
 be                                                            MMDP 139 Digital Video Editing with Final Cut Pro . . . . . . . . . 5
 their field                                                   MMDP 153 Web Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ video in a wide variety of genres including:
 edit                                                          MMDP 159 Advanced Production and Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 narrative, documentary, and commercials                       MMDP 160 Digital Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 conceptualize story ideas and present them before
ƒ                                                             MMDP 170 Motions Graphics with After Effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 an audience                                                   MMDP 190 Portfolio/Job Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                               MMDP 205 Film Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 think critically about the films they watch
ƒ
 properly operate a video camera and sound equipment
ƒ                                                             ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                         Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 properly compress media for different distribution
ƒ
                                                                         Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 methods
                                                                         Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 describe the importance of site navigation and
ƒ                                                                       Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 usability in Web design
 produce a professional resume, cover letter and
ƒ                                                             TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
 industry ready portfolio                                      See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 correctly write HTML code and create cascading style
ƒ                                                             categories listed above.
 sheets (CSS)
 demonstrate technical proficiency and creative skills
ƒ
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G             101
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Multimedia Design & Production
                    PRINT	DESIGN		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    72	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Print Design certificate prepares students to design        ART 102 Beginning Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    graphics, layouts and produce material for printed              ART 121 Introduction to Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    and/or electronic formats. Students begin study with            ART 152 Advanced Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    theory courses and progress to learn software tools             MMDP 099 Introduction to Windows & Mac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    associated with page layout, prepress, graphics, and print      MMDP 104 Color Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Programs of Study




                    production. Students seeking Web design, theory, and            MMDP 117 Typography I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    coding skills should pursue the MMDP degree program or          MMDP 121 Vector Illustration 1 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    the Web certificate of proficiency.                             MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                    MMDP 126 Page Layout 1 with InDesign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Print Design certificate graduates will:                        MMDP 146 InDesign II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for entry-level jobs as print designers or          MMDP 154 Electronic Publishing with Acrobat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     production artists                                             MMDP 158 Prepress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     design effective print pieces incorporating the
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 190 Portfolio/Job Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     elements and principles of design                                       Technical Electives* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     visually record a 3-D scene using 2-D tools such as
                    ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     shape, line, color, value, and perspective to express a                  Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     concept or idea                                                          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     produce and integrate a variety of vector and raster
                    ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     graphics within print and interactive projects with an         TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
                     emphasis on single and multiple page-layout projects
                     prepare print files for output demonstrating
                    ƒ                                                              See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                    categories listed above.
                     knowledge of prepress standards, appropriate file
                     formats and standard industry workflow practices               TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 4 CREDITS
                     describe the historical significance and current design
                    ƒ                                                              * Technical Electives may be taken from MMDP areas.
                     standards for typographic design                               RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
                     produce a professional resume, cover letter and
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 142 Image Editing 2 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     industry ready portfolio                                       MMDP 141 Vector Illustration 2 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 128 Digital Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




       102          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                      2
         Multimedia Design & Production
VIDEO	AND	WEB	PRODUCTION		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
85	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
The Video and Web production certificate educates and           ART 102 Beginning Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
mentor students in the tools and techniques required            MMDP 101 Digital Design Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
to produce and distribute videos in the digital age.            MMDP 107 Digital Storytelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
We prepare students to be well versed in a variety of           MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
software so that they can produce videos in both small          MMDP 119 Video Production. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5




                                                                                                                                                                    Programs of Study
and large-scale productions companies, as well as               MMDP 120 Digital Content Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
take on projects in a wide variety of genres including          MMDP 121 Vector Illustration 1 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
corporate video, documentary, narrative, music videos,          MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
and commercials.                                                MMDP 123 Multimedia Authoring with Flash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                MMDP 133 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Video and Web production certificate graduates will:            MMDP 139 Digital Video Editing with Final Cut Pro . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                MMDP 153 Web Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 their field                                                    MMDP 159 Advanced Production and Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ƒ video in a wide variety of genres, including
 edit                                                           MMDP 160 Digital Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 narrative, documentary, and commercials                        MMDP 170 Motion Graphics with After Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 conceptualize story ideas and present them before
ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
 an audience                                                              Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 properly operate a video camera and sound equipment
ƒ                                                                        Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 properly compress media for different distribution
ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 methods                                                        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
 describe the importance of site navigation and
ƒ
                                                                See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 usability in Web design                                        categories listed above.
 correctly write HTML code and create cascading style
ƒ
 sheets (CSS)
 demonstrate technical proficiency and creative skills
ƒ
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
 technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G             103
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Multimedia Design & Production
                    WEB	DESIGN		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    78	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Web Design certificate prepares students to design,             ART 102 Beginning Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    build, and maintain websites. Students begin study with         ART 121 Introduction to Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    theory courses and progress to learn tools associated           MMDP 099 Introduction to Windows & Mac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    with Web authoring, creation of digital media, and              MMDP 104 Color Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    content management systems. Students seeking print              MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    design, theory, and page layout or prepress skills              MMDP 121 Vector Illustration 1 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    should pursue the MMDP degree program or the print              MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    certificate of proficiency.                                     MMDP 123 Multimedia Authoring with Flash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                    MMDP 133 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    Web Design certificate graduates will:                          MMDP 143 Actionscript with Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for entry-level jobs as Web designers               MMDP 153 Web Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     Design effective websites incorporating the elements
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 154 Electronic Publishing with Acrobat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     and principles of design                                       MMDP 168 Introduction to Content Management Systems. . 4
                     apply color theory and drawing skills to both digital
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 190 Portfolio/Job Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     and hands-on projects                                                   Technical Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     produce and manage a variety of content such as
                    ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     vector and raster graphics, data, and text within Web                    Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     and interactive projects                                                 Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate basic coding skills using HTML, CSS
                    ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     and Actionscript with Flash                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
                     describe the importance of site navigation and
                    ƒ
                                                                                    See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     usability in Web design                                        categories listed above.
                     demonstrate an understanding of industry
                    ƒ
                     standard workflows                                             TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 4 CREDITS
                                                                                    * Technical Electives may be taken from MMDP areas.
                     produce a professional resume, cover letter and
                    ƒ
                     industry ready portfolio                                       RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                              MMDP 117 Typography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 MMDP 128 Digital Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     technical and information literacy skills                      MMDP 142 Image Editing 2 with Photoshop I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                    MMDP 152 Layout Graphic Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                                                                                    MMDP 234 XML/XSL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or          MMDP 235 PHP Scripting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be          MMDP 238 JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




       104          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                        Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                                       2
             Multimedia Design & Production
DIGITAL	AUDIO/VIDEO	EDITING		                                                                ILLUSTRATOR/PHOTOSHOP	SPECIALTY	
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
15	CREDITS                                                                                   16	CREDITS
The Digital Audio/Video Editing certificate is designed                                      The Illustrator/PhotoShop Specialty certificate is designed
to prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,                                    to prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades, and
and continuing industry education to remain current in                                       continuing industry education to remain current in their
post-production.                                                                             chosen field, multimedia design and production.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                                                Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




                                                                                                                                                                                     Programs of Study
PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                         PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
MMDP 159 Advanced Production and Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                         MMDP 121 Vector Illustration 1 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MMDP 160 Digital Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5   MMDP 122 Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MMDP 170 Motions Graphics with After Effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5                      MMDP 128 Digital Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15              MMDP 141 Vector Illustration 2 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                             -OR-
                                                                                             MMDP 142 Image Editing 2 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                                                                                             TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                 L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N                 I N S T I T U T E       O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                  C A T A L O G           105
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Multimedia Design & Production
                    PRINT	SPECIALTY		                                                                                        WEB	PAGE	DEVELOPMENT		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                                CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    17	CREDITS                                                                                               15	CREDITS
                    The Print Specialty certificate is designed to prepare                                                   The Web Page Development certificate prepares students
                    students for job transitions, skills upgrades, and                                                       to work as Web page developers. Students will acquire
                    continuing industry education to remain current in their                                                 skills to design, implement, and maintain dynamic
                    chosen field, multimedia design and production.                                                          websites that use industry standard languages for
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring                                                            scripting and data representation on the Web.
Programs of Study




                                                                                                                             Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    MMDP 126 Page Layout 1 with InDesign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4                             PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    MMDP 154 Acrobat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5         MMDP 113 Computer Programming Fundamentals. . . . . . . . . 5
                    MMDP 158 Electronic Publishing with Acrobat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4                                  MMDP 234 XML/XSL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    MMDP     Technical Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4                   MMDP 238 JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17                          TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVE – 4 CREDITS
                    * Choose Technical Elective from one of the following:
                    ART        252      Advanced Two-Dimensional Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    MMDP       117      Typography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    MMDP       121      Vector Illustration 1 with Illustrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    MMDP       122      Image Editing 1 with Photoshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4




       106          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                     L A K E          W A S H I N G T O N                       I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                                                    2
              Multimedia Design & Production
WEB	SERVER	APPLICATIONS		                                                                          WEB	SPECIALTY		
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                                                          CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
15	CREDITS                                                                                         17-18	CREDITS
The Web Server Applications certificate is designed to                                             The Web Specialty certificate is designed to prepare
prepare students to work as Web server applications                                                students for job transitions, skills upgrades, and
developers. Students will acquire skills to design,                                                continuing industry education to remain current in their
implement, and maintain websites that require                                                      chosen field, multimedia design and production.
server-side scripting such as processing user input                                                Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
from forms and storing and retrieving data from
SQL databases.                                                                                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                   MMDP 123 Multimedia Authoring with Flash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
                                                                                                   MMDP 133 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS                                                                               MMDP 153 Web Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
MMDP 113 Computer Programming Fundamentals. . . . . . . . . 5                                               Technical Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
MMDP 118 HTML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5   TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-18
MMDP 235 PHP Scripting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                    L A K E         W A S H I N G T O N                   I N S T I T U T E        O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            107
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Nursing
                    NURSING		
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    92	CREDITS                                                      PREREQUISITE RECOMMENDATION
                    Program Mission: The Nursing AAS degree prepares students       PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    who are highly educated, technically advanced, competent        PREREQUISITE REQUIREMENTS
                    and caring individuals to practice professional nursing in a    High School Chemistry, CHEM&121, or Equivalent
                    variety of settings and participate in lifelong learning.       Certified Nursing Assistant
                                                                                    BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    Graduates of the program are eligible to take the
Programs of Study




                                                                                    BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                    examination for licensure as a registered nurse (NCLEX-RN).
                                                                                    ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Minimum admission requirements: Completion of                   MATH& 146 Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    application for admission to the nursing program,               PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    minimum GPA 3.0, Entrance Test results, 2 professional
                                                                                    TOTAL	REQUIRED	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
                    recommendations, and national background check.
                    Nursing AAS degree graduates (RN) will:                         PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                    NURS 110 Introduction to Pathophysiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                NURS 111 Nursing Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     their field                                                    NURS 112 Nursing Foundations Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     be
                    ƒ competent in skills and knowledge necessary for              NURS 113 Health Assessment & Promotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     the professional nursing role                                  NURS 116 Communication Processes in Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     communicate and collaborate effectively with
                    ƒ                                                              NURS 117 Skills Lab I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     individuals from a wide variety of ethnic and cultural         NURS 121 Medical-Surgical Nursing I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     backgrounds                                                    NURS 122 Medical-Surgical Nursing I Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     use
                    ƒ effective communication for initiating teaching for          NURS 128 Skills Lab II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                     patients, families, and staff                                  NURS 129 Gerontological Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    ƒ critical thinking for decision-making across the
                     use                                                            NURS 131 Medical-Surgical Nursing II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                     entire nursing process in relationship to caring for           NURS 132 Medical-Surgical Nursing II Practicum . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     individuals and families                                       NURS 134 Introduction to Pharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     assess, analyze data, develop a nursing plan of care,
                    ƒ                                                              NURS 135 Mental Health Nursing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     implement therapeutic nursing interventions, and               NURS 139 Mental Health Nursing Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     evaluate client outcomes to assist the individuals and         NURS 221 Nursing & the Childbearing Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     families toward optimal functioning health                     NURS 222 Nursing & the Childbearing Family Practicum . . . 3
                     maintain technical and information literacy to support
                    ƒ                                                              NURS 225 Nursing of Children. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     direct care, and evidence based practice and the value         NURS 226 Nursing of Children Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     of research in nursing                                         NURS 241 Medical-Surgical Nursing III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ                                                              NURS 242 Medical-Surgical Nursing III Practicum . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 NURS 243 Leadership and Nursing Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                     technical and information literacy skills                      NURS 244 Leadership and Nursing Practice
                                                                                             Preceptorship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                      ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS**
                                                                                    BIOL& 260 Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     distribution area outcomes
                                                                                    CMST&     Oral Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and    NUTR& 101 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                                                                                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.           ** All Academic Core courses are required to be completed prior to
                                                                                       the sixth term of the Associate Degree Nursing program.
                    Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring

       108          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                   Nursing
PRACTICAL	NURSING		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
68	CREDITS                                                      PREREQUISITE RECOMMENDATIONS
The Practical Nursing certificate prepares students for         PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
employment as Practical Nurses in hospitals, clinics,           PREREQUISITE REQUIREMENTS
long-term care facilities, home healthcare agencies,            Certified Nursing Assistant
schools and doctor’s offices. Graduates of the program          BIOL& 241 Human A & P 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
are eligible to take the licensing examination to become        BIOL& 242 Human A & P 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6




                                                                                                                                                                    Programs of Study
licensed practical nurses (NCLEX-PN).                           ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                MATH 099 Intermediate Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission requirements: Completion of application
                                                                PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
for admission to the nursing program, entrance test
results, 2 professional recommendations, and national           TOTAL	REQUIRED	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
background check.
                                                                PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Practical Nursing certificate graduates will:                   NURS 110 Introduction to Pathophysiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                NURS 111 Nursing Foundations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
                                                                NURS 112 Nursing Foundations Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 their field
                                                                NURS 113 Health Assessment & Promotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 communicate and collaborate effectively with
ƒ
                                                                NURS 116 Communication Processes in Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 individuals from a wide variety of ethnic and
                                                                NURS 117 Skills Lab I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 cultural backgrounds
                                                                NURS 121 Medical-Surgical Nursing I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 use
ƒ effective communication for initiating teaching              NURS 122 Medical-Surgical Nursing I Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 for patients, families, and staff
                                                                NURS 128 Skills Lab II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 use
ƒ critical thinking for decision-making within                 NURS 129 Gerontological Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
 selected aspects of the nursing process in relationship        NURS 131 Medical-Surgical Nursing II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 to caring for individuals and families                         NURS 132 Medical-Surgical Nursing II Practicum . . . . . . . . . . 5
 gather data, contribute to the development of a
ƒ                                                              NURS 134 Introduction to Pharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 nursing plan of care, implement therapeutic nursing            NURS 135 Mental Health Nursing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 interventions, and assist with the evaluation of               NURS 139 Mental Health Nursing Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 client outcomes                                                NURS 213 Leadership and Practice for the LPN . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 maintain technical and information literacy to support
ƒ                                                              NURS 214 Nursing Practice & the Family Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 direct care                                                    NURS 215 Nursing Practice & the Family Unit Practicum . . . 2
 be
ƒ competent in skills and knowledge necessary for              NURS 219 Medical-Surgical Nursing III Preceptorship . . . . . . 3
 the practical nursing role                                     ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS**
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              CMST&     Oral Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 NUTR& 101 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 technical and information literacy skills
                                                                TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or          ** All Academic Core courses are required to be completed prior to
                                                                   completion of the third term of the Practical Nursing program.
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: fall, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                        C A T A L O G             109
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Nursing
                    NURSING	ASSISTANT		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
                    11	CREDITS
                    The Nursing Assistant certificate prepares students
                    for employment as Nursing Assistants in hospitals,
                    clinics, long-term care facilities, and home healthcare
                    agencies. Additionally, this program prepares students
                    for continuation on into practical or registered nurse
Programs of Study




                    programs. Graduates of the program are eligible to
                    take the certification examination to become Certified
                    Nursing Assistant.
                    Admission requirements:
                     COME 120 7-Hour HIV AIDS Training or equivalent
                    ƒ
                     ENGL 093 or equivalent placement score
                    ƒ
                     CPR
                    ƒ for the Health Care Provider
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    NURS 107 Nursing Assistant Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    NURS 108 Nursing Assistant Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    NURS 109 Nursing Assistant Practicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11




       110          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2             L A K E      W A S H I N G T O N             I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                          Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                          2
              Occupational Therapy Assistant
OCCUPATIONAL	THERAPY	ASSISTANT	
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
104	CREDITS
Program Mission: The mission of the OTA Associate of           Occupational Therapy Assistant AAS degree
Applied Science degree program at LWIT is to prepare           graduates will:
students with the skill base, fund of knowledge,                be
                                                               ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in
ethical base, understanding and demonstration of the            their field
behaviors required to successfully assume the roles             be
                                                               ƒ eligible to take the National Registration




                                                                                                                                                        Programs of Study
required of occupational therapy assistants in the current      Examination for Occupational Therapy Assistants
environments of OT practice.
                                                                teach patients or clients to manage basic activities of
                                                               ƒ
In congruence with the mission of the college at                daily living, such as dressing and grooming
large, the focus is on successful workforce education           teach exercise and purposeful activities to increase
                                                               ƒ
of individuals from diverse backgrounds and life                coordination, strength, and work tolerance
experiences, giving them the skills, knowledge and
attitudes to successfully gain employment and cope              assist the occupational therapist with assessments of
                                                               ƒ
successfully with ever-changing workforce requirements.         patient function
We will provide our students with an engaging                   demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                                                               ƒ
curriculum which encourages life-long learning, and high        communication, intercultural appreciation, and
standards of occupational therapy assistant practice.           technical and information literacy skills
The Occupational Therapy Assistant AAS degree prepares          meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                               ƒ
students to work in a variety of settings including             Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
hospitals, private practices, outpatient clinics, client        distribution area outcomes
homes, long term care facilities, retirement communities,      It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
assisted living facilities, school systems, and mental         work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
health centers with the direction and supervision of an        adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
occupational therapist. Occupational therapy assistants        required to complete may increase the program length.
(OTAs) provide occupational therapy services with the
                                                               Admission Dates: fall
direction and supervision of an occupational therapist.
                                                               Prerequisite: high school completion or GED
The Occupational Therapy Assistant (OTA) program is
accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational       The following courses are prerequisites for OTA 101:
Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational         BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Therapy Association (AOTA), which is located at 4720           MEDA 116 Medical Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Montgomery Lane, PO Box 31220, Bethesda, MD 20824.             PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
AOTA’s phone number is 301-652-AOTA. Graduates of the
                                                               The following course is required prior to the start of
Program will be able to sit for the national certification
                                                               2nd quarter:
examination for OTAs administered by the National
Board for Certification of Occupational Therapy (NBCOT)        IFAD      162 First Aid/CPR for Health Care Providers
                                                                             (or equivalent)
located at 800 South Frederick Avenue, Suite 200,
Gaithersburg, MD 20877. After successful completion of                                                             continues on next page…
this examination, the graduate will become a certified
occupational therapy assistant (COTA). Washington State
requires licensure to practice as a COTA.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E       O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                  C A T A L O G           111
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Occupational Therapy Assistant
                        continued



                    PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    OTA 101 Conditions in Occupational Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    OTA 110 OT in the Health Care System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    OTA 111 Applied Therapeutic Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    OTA 112 Functional Movement & Kinesiology . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    OTA 113 Adaptive Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Programs of Study




                    OTA 120 Professional Communication & Behavior . . . . . . . . 3
                    OTA 121 Principles of Occupational Therapy:
                             Physical Disabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    OTA 122 Principles & Practice of OT in Mental Health . . . . . 5
                    OTA 123 Fieldwork, Level 1 – Physical Disabilities . . . . . . . . 1
                    OTA 124 Seminar I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    OTA 210 Fundamentals of OT in Pediatrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    OTA 212 Fieldwork, Level 1 – Pediatrics/Mental Health . . . 1
                    OTA 213 Seminar II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    OTA 214 Neurocognitive Aspects of Daily Life . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    OTA 220 Fundamentals of OT: Older Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    OTA 222 Seminar III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    OTA 221 Fieldwork Level 1 – Older Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    OTA 223 Health Promotion & Wellness in OT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    OTA 224 Occupational Therapy Assistant Capstone. . . . . . . 4
                    OTA 230 Fieldwork, Level 2 Clinical Exper A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                    OTA 231 Seminar IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    OTA 240 Fieldwork, Level 2 – Clinical Exper B . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                    OTA 241 Seminar V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    * ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                               Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                               Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                               Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    	     TOTAL	CREDITS	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
                    * These must be completed by the beginning of Term VI. It is
                      recommended that these core requirements be taken before the
                      student enters the program.




       112          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2                   L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N                  I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                 Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                     2
                             Physical Therapist Assistant
PHYSICAL	THERAPIST	ASSISTANT		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
92	CREDITS
The Physical Therapist Assistant AAS degree prepares             Admission to the PTA program is selective. In order to
students to work as a PTA in a variety of settings               be considered for admission applicants must complete
including hospitals, long-term care facilities, outpatient       prerequisite courses with a GPA of 2.5 or higher and fulfill
clinics, pediatric facilities and home-health agencies.          PTA program application requirements.
PTAs provide physical therapy interventions under the            Admission Dates: summer




                                                                                                                                                                   Programs of Study
direction and supervision of a physical therapist to people
of all ages with health-related conditions which limit           PREREQUISITES
their ability to move and perform functional activities          MEDA 116 Medical Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
in their daily lives. Students are trained in procedural         BIOL 111 Survey of Anatomy & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
interventions such as exercises for mobility, strength,          PHYS& 121 General Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
balance or coordination, training for functional activities,     ENGL& 101 English Composition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                 High School Diploma or GED Certificate
therapeutic massage, and the use of modalities and
                                                                 HIV/AIDS Training Certificate (7 hr training)
physical agents. Students are trained in nonprocedural
                                                                 Completed Program Application Packet
interventions such as communication, education,
coordination of care and documentation. Clinical                 PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
affiliations occur in a variety of off-campus settings.          PTA  110 PTA Procedures I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                 PTA  120 Topics in Physical Therapy I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Lake
                                                                 PTA  130 Clinical Biomechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Washington Institute of Technology is accredited by
                                                                 PTA  141 Pathophysiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy
                                                                 PTA  121 Topics in Physical Therapy II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Education (CAPTE), 1111 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria,
                                                                 PTA  140 PTA Procedures II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Virginia 22314; telephone: 703-706-3245; e-mail:                 PTA  150 PTA Procedures III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
accreditation@apta.org; website: www.capteonline.org.            PTA  160 PTA Procedures IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Physical Therapist Assistant AAS degree graduates will:          PTA  170 PTA Procedures V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 be
ƒ prepared to obtain an entry-level position in                 PTA  220 Clinical Affiliation I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 their field                                                     PTA  230 Seminar I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                                                                 PTA  122 Topics in Physical Therapy III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
 perform safe, effective, and ethical entry-level physical
ƒ
                                                                 PTA  240 PTA Procedures VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
 therapy services under the direction and supervision of
                                                                 PTA  250 PTA Procedures VII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
 a physical therapist
                                                                 PTA  221 Clinical Affiliation II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
 be
ƒ prepared to engage in lifelong learning and career
                                                                 PTA  222 Clinical Affiliation III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
 development as a physical therapist assistant in order
                                                                 PTA  231 Seminar II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 to maintain industry competitiveness
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                               ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                 CMST&     Oral Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                                                                           Quantitative Reasoning* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 technical and information literacy skills
                                                                 PSYC& 100 General Psychology
 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
ƒ                                                               -OR-
 Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning                       PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 distribution area outcomes
                                                                 TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or           See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                 categories listed above.
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.            * Any Quantitative Reasoning course which has MATH 098 or
                                                                   MATH 099 as a prerequisite.

2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                       C A T A L O G             113
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Professional – Technical Education
                    PROFESSIONAL	–	TECHNICAL	EDUCATION	
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE		
                    TRANSFER	DEGREE
                    93	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Program Mission: The Professional-Technical Education           EDUC 201 Teaching & Facilitating Learning I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    AAS-T Degree is intended for professional educators to          EDUC 202 Developing & Reviewing Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    increase their professional knowledge around teaching           EDUC 206 Teaching & Facilitating Learning II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    and learning, assessment, classroom management,                 EDUC 211 Planning for Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Programs of Study




                    curriculum design and program development and design.           EDUC 215 Best practices in Distance Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                                                                                    EDUC 216 Assessment of Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    The degree structure–designed around the Washington             EDUC 235 Emerging Technology in Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    State Skill Standards for Professional-Technical College        IFAD 151 First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                    and Customized Trainers–will provide leadership and             EDUC 251 Teaching Practicum I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                    technical skills beyond those required for professional-        EDUC 252 Teaching Practicum II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                    technical certification. The Professional-Technical             EDUC 295 Professional-Technical Education Capstone . . . . . 5
                    Education AAS degree provides a structured degree
                                                                                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 10 CREDITS
                    pathway in education for post-secondary professional-           See faculty adviser/instructor for pre-approval.
                    technical educators, providing them with an educational         EDUC           . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                    continuum toward a baccalaureate.
                                                                                    ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 25 CREDITS
                    Professional-Technical Education AAS degree                               Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    graduates will:                                                           Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     develop course lessons appropriate for multiple modes
                    ƒ                                                                        Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                     of instruction and multiple student learning styles                      Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     develop course assessments of learning and
                    ƒ                                                              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
                     for learning
                                                                                    See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     demonstrate culturally responsive teaching
                    ƒ                                                              categories listed above.
                     develop course and program curriculum and
                    ƒ
                     learning outcomes
                     apply classroom management techniques
                    ƒ
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                     distribution area outcomes
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: fall




       114          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E            O F       T E C H N O L O G Y                             C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                     Social & Human Services
SOCIAL	&	HUMAN	SERVICES		
ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
120	CREDITS                                                      collaborate with clients and other service providers
                                                                ƒ
Program Mission: The Social & Human Services                     according to the professional code of ethics
AAS degree provides the generalist education for                 meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                                                                ƒ
employment in a wide variety of social service agencies.         Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
The student will develop the professional values, skills,        distribution area outcomes
and knowledge to assist individuals and groups with




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
personal, interpersonal, and situational problems.              It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                                                                work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
In this occupational area students will be prepared             adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
for employment as case managers in rehabilitation,              required to complete may increase the program length.
employment services, corrections, educational programs,
and community based organizations serving youth,                Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring
seniors, and individuals with disabilities.                     PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Social & Human Services AAS degree graduates will:              PSYC 099 Human Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared for a wide range of entry level positions in
                                                                PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 the social services field
                                                                PSYC& 220 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 demonstrate highly effective communication skills
ƒ                                                              SHSV 110 Intro to Social & Human Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 with clients, both verbally and in writing                     SHSV 120 Case Management & Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 apply theoretical psychological frameworks to client
ƒ                                                              SHSV 130 Therapeutic Approaches & Techniques. . . . . . . . . . 5
 thoughts and behaviors                                         SHSV 136 Issues in Aging: Boomers & Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 maintain ultimate confidentiality of all client information
ƒ                                                              SHSV 138 Field Practicum I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 employ advanced helping skills acquired from two
ƒ                                                              SHSV 140 Disability Issues & Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 community internships                                          SHSV 142 Behavioral Health & Wellness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 gather client information for social history and
ƒ                                                              SHSV 146 Leadership Development & Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 intake file                                                    SHSV 210 Group Process & Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 facilitate client groups and effectively resolve conflicts
ƒ                                                              SHSV 212 Intro to Chemical Dependency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 interact with clients and coworkers with
ƒ                                                              SHSV 218 Field Practicum II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 cultural mindfulness                                           SHSV 220 Advanced Therapeutic Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                SHSV 222 Multicultural Counseling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 remain current with a variety of documentation
ƒ
                                                                SHSV 238 Field Practicum III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 processes and software
                                                                SOC& 101 Intro to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 assist clients in developing alternative strategies and
ƒ
                                                                          Technical Electives* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
 informed choices for solving interpersonal problems
 guide clients to become aware of underlying issues
ƒ                                                              ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                                                                          Social Science (included in required courses) . . . . 5
 impacting their behavior
                                                                          Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 encourage client development of self-advocacy skills
ƒ
                                                                          Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 and techniques
                                                                          Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 identify crises, diffuse immediate situation while
ƒ
 following the protocol for referral and reporting              TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
 Interview, assess, and appropriately refer clients to
ƒ                                                              See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 community resources                                            categories listed above.
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 10 CREDITS
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 * Electives may be selected from BAS, PSYC, and HMDS areas and
 technical and information literacy skills                        must be approved by the SHSV faculty adviser.


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            115
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Social & Human Services
                    SOCIAL	&	HUMAN	SERVICES		
                    CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
                    75	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    The Social & Human Services certificate provides the            PSYC& 100 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    generalist education for employment in a wide variety           PSYC& 200 Lifespan Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    of social service agencies. The student will develop            SHSV 110 Intro to Social & Human Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    the professional values, skills, and knowledge to assist        SHSV 120 Case Management & Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    individuals and groups with personal, interpersonal, and        SHSV 130 Therapeutic Approaches/Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programs of Study




                    situational problems. In this occupational area students        SHSV 136 Issues in Aging: Boomers & Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    will be prepared for employment as case managers                SHSV 138 Field Practicum I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    in rehabilitation, employment services, corrections,            SHSV 140 Disability Issues & Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    educational programs, and community based                       SHSV 142 Behavioral Health & Wellness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    organizations serving youth, seniors, and individuals           SHSV 146 Leadership Development & Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    with disabilities.                                              SOC& 101 Intro to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                              Technical Electives* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Social & Human Services certificate graduates will:
                                                                                    ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
                     be
                    ƒ prepared for a wide range of entry level positions in                  Social Science (PSYC 099) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     the social services field                                                Written Communication (ENGL 100) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     apply historical development of social services to
                    ƒ                                                                        Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     today’s delivery system                                        TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
                     define and incorporate terminology of the
                    ƒ
                     helping professions                                            See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                                                                                    categories listed above.
                     create and maintain current network of community
                    ƒ
                     agencies and staff                                             TECHNICAL ELECTIVES – 5 CREDITS
                     initiate intake interview and assess client needs
                    ƒ                                                              * Electives may be selected from BAS, PSYC, and HMDS areas and
                                                                                      must be approved by the SHSV faculty adviser.
                     interact with clients using helping skills in an
                    ƒ
                     on-campus field practicum
                     record, collect and compile client data using
                    ƒ
                     documentation system of the agency
                     maintain ultimate confidentiality of all
                    ƒ
                     client information
                     appreciate unique needs of targeted populations e.g.
                    ƒ
                     disability, seniors, chemically dependent
                     research and peer reviewed literature to prepare
                    ƒ
                     grant proposals
                     outreach to potential clients to increase awareness of
                    ƒ
                     available services
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring


       116          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E        O F     T E C H N O L O G Y                    C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                    2
                                                  Social & Human Services
LANGUAGE	INTERPRETING	SERVICES		
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION
16	CREDITS
The Language Interpreting Services certificate prepares
students for the DSHS screening examination in medical
and social services language interpreting. Students will
learn interpreter terminology, grammatical skills and
professional ethics needed for successful employment in




                                                                                                                                                  Programs of Study
the high demand occupation of language interpreting.
Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring

PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
SHSV 110 Introduction to Social & Human Services . . . . . . . . 5
SHSV 112 Exploring Medical Interpreting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SHSV 114 Exploring Social Service Interpreting . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SHSV 222 Multicultural Counseling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2             L A K E       W A S H I N G T O N             I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   117
  2                 Programs of Study


                    Welding Fabrication &
                    Maintenance Technology
                    WELDING	FABRICATION	&		
                    MAINTENANCE	TECHNOLOGY		
                    ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                    95	CREDITS                                                        PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
                    Program Mission: The Welding Fabrication & Maintenance            WELD 101 Oxy/Acetylene Cutting & Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                    AAS degree provides students with skills to weld and              WELD 102 Shielded Metal Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    fabricate complex projects.                                       WELD 103 Flux Core Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                                                                                      WELD 104 Gas Metal Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    Students receive in-depth knowledge of the nature
Programs of Study




                                                                                      WELD 105 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                    of metals as it relates to welding, fabricating, and the          WELD 106 Carbon Arc, Plasma, & Oxy-Acetylene Cutting . . . 8
                    application of heat. Students also prepare to take the            WELD 201 Shielded Metal Arc Pipe Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                    Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO)               WELD 202 Gas Tungsten Arc Pipe Welding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    certification test.                                               WELD 203 Layout and Fabrication Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                    Welding Fabrication & Maintenance AAS degree                      WELD 204 WABO Test Prep and Weld Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    graduates will:                                                   ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 20 CREDITS
                    ƒ prepared for a range of entry-level positions as
                     be                                                                         Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     welder apprentices, welders, welder fabricators,                           Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     welding fitters                                                            Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                                                                                                Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                     be
                    ƒ prepared to succeed on the WABO certification and
                     similar industry exams                                           TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95	
                     demonstrate proficiency in most major industrial
                    ƒ                                                                See page 15 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
                     welding and cutting processes common in the                      categories listed above.
                     construction, manufacturing, maintenance,
                     shipbuilding, and aerospace industries.
                     demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
                    ƒ
                     communication, intercultural appreciation, and
                     technical and information literacy skills
                     meet Social Science, Humanities, Written
                    ƒ
                     Communication, and Quantitative Reasoning
                     distribution area outcomes
                    It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
                    work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
                    adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
                    required to complete may increase the program length.
                    Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




       118          2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                               Programs of Study
                                                                                                                                                                  2
                                     Welding Fabrication &
                                   Maintenance Technology
WELDING	FABRICATION	&		
MAINTENANCE	TECHNOLOGY		
CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY
75	CREDITS                                                      PROGRAM	REQUIREMENTS
Welding Fabrication & Maintenance Technology                    WELD 101 Oxy/Acetylene Cutting & Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
certificate students learn welding skills used in               WELD 102 Shielded Metal Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
construction projects, manufacturing, industrial plants,        WELD 103 Flux Core Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
and in maintenance industries. Using the latest welding         WELD 104 Gas Metal Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8




                                                                                                                                                                Programs of Study
processes and techniques, students learn to read                WELD 105 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
blueprints and fabricate products in a variety of shapes        WELD 106 Carbon Arc, Plasma, & Oxy-Acetylene Cutting . . . 8
and sizes. Students prepare to take the Washington              WELD 203 Layout and Fabrication Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Association of Building Officials (WABO) test.                  WELD 204 WABO Test Prep and Weld Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                                                                ACADEMIC CORE REQUIREMENTS – 15 CREDITS
Welding Fabrication & Maintenance certificate                             Written Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
graduates will:                                                           Quantitative Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 be
ƒ prepared for a range of entry-level positions as                       Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
 welder apprentices, welders, welder fabricators,               TOTAL	PROGRAM	CREDITS 	. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
 welding fitters
 demonstrate critical thinking, teamwork,
ƒ                                                              See page 16 for a list of all applicable courses for each of the
 communication, intercultural appreciation, and                 categories listed above.
 technical and information literacy skills
It is the student’s responsibility to discuss sequencing and
work out their individual schedule with a counselor or
adviser. Any developmental coursework a student may be
required to complete may increase the program length.
Admission Dates: summer, fall, winter, spring




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E         O F      T E C H N O L O G Y                      C A T A L O G            119
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                             3
                                                             Support Services




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   121
  3                Support Services


                   Support Services for Students
                   ADVISING                                                       CLEP
                   West Building, W207                                            Students working towards an AAS degree may earn
                   (425)739-8300                                                  college credits by taking a computer-based College Level
                   advising@lwtc.edu                                              Examination Program (CLEP) exam. Check with an adviser
                   www.lwtech.edu/advising                                        for CLEP eligible courses. A passing score earns credit
                   Assessing readiness for college programs is an important       only-not a grade. GPA is not impacted by CLEP scores.
                   part of student success, and advisers are available to help    GED
                   each student understand placement tests, determine
                                                                                  General Education Development (GED) testing is available
                   academic readiness in math and English, and help select
                                                                                  in English and Spanish.
                   appropriate classes. An adviser can help each student
                   determine degree and certificate requirements, a sequence      TEAS
                   of courses, and select general education courses.              The TEAS test is required as part of the admission process
                   The first appointment with an adviser is also a good time      for the Dental Hygiene, Nursing and other allied health
                   to discuss the transfer of any other college credits.          programs.
                   Quality planning will help each student select the right
                                                                                  MOS	&	MCAS
                   program and the right classes at the right time. Students
                                                                                  The college is an authorized certification testing center
                   planning to apply for the Bachelor of Technology in
                                                                                  for Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) and Microsoft
                   Applied Design (BTAD) or any Associate of Applied
                                                                                  Certified Applications Specialist (MCAS).
                   Science (AAS) degree or certificate should meet with
                   an adviser to review degree planning steps and degree          VOCATIONAL	ASSESSMENT
                   requirements, degree progress, and to complete the             Selecting a career and an appropriate training program
Support Services




                   college admissions application.                                are major life decisions. Whether it is your first time in the
                   Advisers can refer students to an array of college services    employment field or you are changing careers, you are
                   designed to support student success. It is the responsi-       making an investment with both your time and money.
                   bility of each student to plan for program completion          Make sure it is the right decision before you start training!
                   including degree requirements, certificate requirements,       To assist you in your career exploration, the Employment
                   and transfer requirements. Early meetings with an adviser      Resource Center at Lake Washington Institute of
                   will make certain that educational plans are on target.        Technology offers a free Career Choice Workshop the first
                                                                                  and third Friday of every month from 10:00 a.m. to noon.
                   ASSESSMENT                                                     Explore your interests, research current occupational
                   West Building, W204                                            information and learn about resources to assist you in
                   (425)739-8115                                                  exploring your career options. Additional interest and
                   www.lwtech.edu/assessment                                      personality assessments are available on an individual
                   A variety of assessments are offered to both students and      basis. Contact the Employment Resource Center at
                   the community.                                                 (425)739-8113 for more information.

                   PLACEMENT	TESTING
                   The COMPASS placement test is required for enrollment
                   in English, math and many technical and academic
                   classes. Students pursuing a degree or certificate must
                   take the compass test before enrolling.




       122         2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y        C A T A L O G
                                                                                                   Support Services
                                                                                                                                   3


COUNSELING                                                        supportive services such as tutoring, learning labs,
West Building, W207                                               academic counseling, educational planning, study skills
(425)739-8300                                                     workshops, transfer, career planning, financial education,
Counselors are available to assist students with                  scholarship workshops and counseling.
educational, career, or personal needs so students can            To be eligible for TRiO Projects, you must:
successfully complete their college training. Short-term
counseling services are confidential and available at               Be
                                                                  ƒ a citizen, national, or permanent resident of the
no charge to students. The counseling emphasis is on                United States.
providing support to students, teaching new coping                  Be
                                                                  ƒ enrolled or accepted for enrollment at LWIT and in a
skills, and accessing community resources.                          technical program
                                                                    Be
                                                                  ƒ a first-generation and/or low-income student OR
Counselors work with community agencies and                         be a student registered with LWIT Disability Support
organizations. When appropriate they make referrals to              Services. (A student is considered first-generation
other agencies to support the student.                              if neither parent – or the custodial parent – has a
                                                                    bachelor’s degree.)
DISABILITY	SUPPORT	SERVICES                                         Be
                                                                  ƒ able to meet the need for academic services
West Building, W207                                                 criteria as established by LWIT’s TRiO Projects.
(425)739-8300                                                     ƒComplete a TRiO application packet and
TDD: (425)739-8109                                                  entry interview.
dss@lwtc.edu
                                                                    Be
                                                                  ƒ able to meet with TRiO staff at least three times
www.lwtech.edu/dss                                                  per quarter.
The college is committed to providing support services to         Applications are available in W207N or by calling




                                                                                                                                 Support Services
students with disabilities in compliance with Section 504         (425)739-8361 or (425)739-8353.
of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990. Students who need assistance                 All services are through grants from the U.S.
should make an appointment with the Disability Support                 Department of Education. However, the contents
Services office by calling (425)739-8300, in person in                 have not been reviewed by the Department and
                                                                       no endorsement should be inferred. The Lake
room W207, or via e-mail at dss@lwtc.edu.
                                                                       Washington Institute of Technology Student Support
                                                                       Services TRiO Projects are100% federally funded
TRIO	STUDENT	SUPPORT	SERVICES	PROJECTS                                 annually at $444,522.00
West Building, 207N
(425)739-8361
TRiO Student Support Services (SSS) Project: Provides
academic support for eligible first-generation and/or
low-income students
TRiO Support Services for Students with Disabilities
(SSSD) Project: Provides academic support for eligible
students with documented disabilities
LWIT’s two Student Support Services Projects are federally
funded and established for the purpose of assisting
eligible students in achieving their postsecondary
ambitions. Students are encouraged to complete their
associate degree or certificate program and, whenever
feasible, transfer to a 4-year institution. TRiO provides


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G   123
  3                Support Services




                   WORKER	RETRAINING                                              THE	OPPORTUNITY	GRANT	PROGRAM
                   West Building, W207                                            West Building, W207
                   (425)739-8206                                                  (425)739-8100, ext. 448
                   worker.retraining@lwtc.edu                                     opportunitygrant@lwtc.edu
                   The college provides special services to people who have       OPPORTUNITY	GRANT
                   been laid off from work, are displaced homemakers, or          The Opportunity Grant is designed to help low income
                   were self-employed and are now unemployed.                     students in high demand pathways to reach their
                   Services may include free tuition, books, and educational      educational and employment goals. Students in the
                   planning, as well as the development of an individual          Opportunity Grant program may receive:
                   training plan.                                                 ƒTuition and fees for up to 45 credits or up to 3 years,
                                                                                    which ever comes first.
                   WORKFIRST	PROGRAMS                                               Up
                                                                                  ƒ to $1,000.00 per academic year for books and
                   West Building, W207                                              related supplies.
                   (425)739-8339                                                  ƒSupport services, academic advising, and career
                   WorkFirst is an innovative partnership involving the             planning from an Opportunity Grant adviser.
                   college, the Department of Social and Health Services            Free
                                                                                  ƒ tutoring as needed.
                   (DSHS), Employment Security Department (ESD), and              Eligibility guidelines for Opportunity Grant include:
                   community-based organizations, business and labor.
                                                                                     Low
                                                                                  ƒ income as determined by the FAFSA and 10-11
                   The goal of WorkFirst is to assist TANF families, through         income guidelines.
                   training and basic education, to move permanently off all      ƒ Washington resident for at least 1 year.
Support Services




                   forms of public assistance and to become self-sufficient.         Must
                                                                                  ƒ be in Business, Accounting, Healthcare or
                   There are a number of options within the WorkFirst                I-BEST programs.
                   program to help families attain this goal.
                                                                                     Job
                                                                                  ƒ search assistance and resources
                   TANF families may be eligible for:
                   ƒTuition and books
                   ƒIndividualized support to reach their goals
                   ƒEducational and career planning
                     Job
                   ƒ search assistance and resources
                   For more information contact the WorkFirst program
                   in room W207H and I or call (425)739-8339 or
                   (425)739-8131.




       124         2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                   Support Services
                                                                                                                                   3


JOB	SEARCH	ASSISTANCE	                                           BOOKSTORE
IN	THE	CLASSROOM                                                 East Building, E128
The training programs at Lake Washington Institute of            (425)739-8108
Technology are practical and reality-based, relying on           www.bkstr.com/Home/10001-10074-1?demoKey=d
strong ties between industry and faculty. Job-search             The bookstore sells course-related supplies such as
methods, including interviewing techniques, résumé               notebooks, spirals, software, art and engineering
writing, and application methods, are taught in the              supplies, class required kits, snacks and clothing.
classroom specific to the type of industry or skill that is
being learned. Instructors assist students in looking for        The store sells textbooks for all classes and rents select
work using industry-specific job-search methods.                 textbook titles. Textbooks for rental are available on
                                                                 www.efollett.com.
JOB	SEARCH	ASSISTANCE	IN	THE		
EMPLOYMENT	RESOURCE	CENTER                                       EARLY	LEARNING	CENTER
West Building, W207                                              South Portable, S2
(425)739-8113                                                    (425)739-8117 or 739-8100, ext. 565
www.lwtech.edu/erc                                               www.lwtech.edu/elc
The Employment Resource Center offers career                     Convenient, quality care is available at the campus Early
exploration and job search assistance to students,               Learning Center for children from age 12 months through
alumni, and community members. The center is staffed             six years. Children receive an active, stimulating program
by a partnership between the college, the college’s              that encourages learning through experience and
Associated Student Government, and representatives               accomplishment. Funding programs are accepted. Please
from community-based organizations.                              call to register a child.




                                                                                                                                 Support Services
Services include:
                                                                 DENTAL	CLINIC
  An
ƒ extensive list of current job postings.                       East Building, E107
ƒCareer Services Online-Search for current jobs, apply          (425)739-8130
  online and post your résumé using our online service.          www.lwtech.edu/dentalclinic
  Job
ƒ search resources and assistance.                              Students receive quality dental care at a low cost in the
ƒCareer exploration workshops and resources.                    college’s modern, fully equipped dental clinic. Licensed
ƒRésumé, interview and networking assistance.                   dentists are available by appointment to provide a wide
ƒComputer, fax, copy machine and phone are available            range of dental procedures. The clinic provides students
  to assist in job search.                                       in the dental assisting and dental hygiene programs with
                                                                 a practical experience environment. Please call to make
ƒOn-campus employer recruiting opportunities and
                                                                 an appointment.
  information on local job fairs.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y        C A T A L O G   125
  3                Support Services




                   FOOD	SERVICE                                                        LIBRARY
                   Students have several choices on campus for snacks and              Technology Center, T213
                   meals. Nutritious, quality food service is available in the         (425)739-8320
                   cafeteria, offering well-balanced entrees daily as well as          www.lwtech.edu/library
                   beverages and snacks. In addition, the college operates             The library offers comfortable, flexible learning space for
                   a training restaurant for students in the Culinary Arts             active learning, research, multi-media presentations, and
                   program. It is open to the public for full meal service.            working on collaborative projects. In addition we offer:
                   Hours of operation in the food service programs are                 ƒOnline databases, available on and off campus
                   shorter during the summer quarter. Vending machines
                   for snacks and beverages are also available on campus.              ƒComputers
                                                                                       ƒDVD’s
                   LEARNING	COMMONS                                                    ƒLocal, regional, national and international newspapers
                   The Learning Commons at Lake Washington Institute                   ƒLearning studios, conference, and study rooms
                   of Technology is designed to foster active learning
                   for students. We combine traditional library services,              TEACHING	AND	LEARNING	CENTER
                   academic support services, faculty development, and                 Technology Center, T315
                   technology services in one location.                                (425)739-8100, ext. 303
                   The Learning Commons consists of the following areas:               The TLC is dedicated to the professional development
                   ƒAcademic Skills Center (Adult Basic Education, ESL                of our faculty and staff. Our class offerings are designed
                     Math Lab, Tutoring Center, and Writing Center)                    to further develop the pedagogical and the technology
                                                                                       skills needed in today’s classroom. The TLC also prepares
                   ƒLibrary
                                                                                       faculty for professional/vocational certification, and the
Support Services




                   ƒTeaching and Learning Center (TLC)                                AAS-T degree.
                   ƒComputer Lab
                                                                                       PARKING
                   ACADEMIC	SKILLS	CENTER                                              The college provides free parking facilities for students in
                   Technology Center, T217                                             both day and evening programs. Parking is not allowed
                   (425)739-8100, ext. 656                                             along roadways and traffic lanes.
                   If you need help in keeping up with your classes or
                                                                                       Designated spaces are available for disabled persons
                   require remedial assistance before proceeding into a
                                                                                       who display a state-issued parking sticker. For a carpool
                   program, the Academic Skills Center is the place to go.
                                                                                       parking permit application form, please visit the Safety &
                   Open to all college students on a walk-in or teacher-
                                                                                       Security Office in the East Building, 1st floor, room E145.
                   referral basis, the Center offers a variety of services to
                   assist you in becoming a self-sufficient learner.
                   Services include:                                                   SAFETY	AND	SECURITY
                                                                                       Your safety and security are taken seriously at the college.
                   ƒ Adult Basic Education
                                                                                       Trained college security and commissioned Kirkland
                   ƒ English as a Second Language                                     police officers patrol the campus and are available for
                   ƒ Math Lab                                                         assistance and criminal investigations daily.
                   ƒ Tutoring Center and eTutoring
                                                                                       Information provided by law enforcement agencies
                   ƒ Writing Center                                                   concerning registered sex offenders attending the college
                   Programs are designed to meet the specific needs of                 may be obtained from the Vice President of Student
                   individuals at no fee.                                              Services office.




       126         2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                   Support Services
                                                                                                                                   3


CRIME	STATISTICS	FOR	2010*:                                       STUDENT	CONDUCT	CODE
 Murder/Non-negligent              0 cases reported               Lake Washington Institute of Technology has special
 manslaughter                                                     expectations regarding the conduct of those involved in
                                                                  the college community. Students are expected to comply
 Forcible sex offenses             0 cases reported
                                                                  with the college student conduct code, WAC 495D-121,
 (incl. forcible rape)
                                                                  and failure to do so may result in disciplinary actions, up
 Nonforcible sex offenses          0 cases reported               to and including expulsion from the college. The student
 Robbery                           0 cases reported               conduct code is available in the student handbook,
 Aggravated assault                0 cases reported               on the college website and in the college Policy and
                                                                  Procedure Manual located in the library.
 Burglary                          4 cases reported
 Motor vehicle theft               0 cases reported               HARASSMENT
 Arson                             0 cases reported               Harassment is unacceptable, against the law, and will
 Negligent manslaughter            0 cases reported               not be tolerated on campus or at any off-campus events.
                                                                  The college strictly forbids harassment based on types
 Simple assault                    1 case reported
                                                                  of unlawful discrimination such as race, national origin,
Arrests/Disciplinary	Actions/Judicial	Referrals:                  sex, marital status, sexual orientation, age, religion,
                                                                  disability, or veteran status. Sexual harassment is defined
 Liquor law violations             1 case reported
                                                                  as unwelcome verbal or physical conduct of a sexual
 Drug law violations               7 cases reported               nature that may offend the recipient, cause discomfort, or
 Illegal weapons                   1 case reported                humiliation and interfere with school or job performance.
 possessions




                                                                                                                                 Support Services
                                                                  If you believe you have been subjected to harassment
Additional information can be found on our website at             by anyone on campus or at an off-campus event, you
www.lwtech.edu/policies/safety.                                   may report it to the Vice President of Student Services
                                                                  at (425)739-8102 or the Executive Director of Human
*Data available at the time of publication.
                                                                  Resources at (425)739-8251. Your concerns will be
                                                                  promptly investigated and you will not suffer retaliation
STUDENT	DUE	PROCESS                                               for reporting your concerns.
If you believe you have been treated unfairly or wronged
in some way, you should take the                                  SMOKING
following steps:
                                                                  Those who wish to smoke may do so at the designated
    Try
ƒ to resolve the issue with the person involved                  smoking areas on the campus. In accordance with state
    Talk
ƒ to the person’s direct supervisor                              law, no smoking is allowed within 25 feet of any entrance.
ƒ  Request an appeal
                                                                  TRANSPORTATION
STUDENT	PROTECTIONS                                               The Kirkland campus is conveniently located on Metro
No one in the college community shall suffer                      bus route 238. The Redmond campus is located on Metro
recrimination or discrimination because of participation          bus route 253 and on ST Express Bus 545.
in the due process grievance procedure. Confidentiality
will be observed pending resolution. A grievance shall be
considered resolved if timelines are not maintained.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G    127
  3                Support Services


                   Student Life
                   STUDENT	PROGRAMS                                                  ASG	SPONSORED	STUDENT	ACTIVITIES
                   East Building, 214                                                To fulfill their mission of planning activities to build a
                   (425)729-8100, ext. 661                                           feeling of community, ASG plans or sponsors a variety
                   There are many ways to be involved in student life at the         of student oriented activities throughout the year. Look
                   college. Representing student issues by being a student           for advertisements on fliers or the website. Different
                   government officer, joining or starting a club, or being          activities have been: social activities, charitable events,
                   involved with an academic program are some ways                   speakers, and leadership workshops.
                   students can get involved.
                                                                                     STUDENT	CLUBS
                   Student Programs houses several components of student
                                                                                     Any student may charter a club, through the Student
                   life including ASG, student clubs, club lockers, sponsorship
                                                                                     Programs office. Clubs offer leadership and learning
                   of various campus activities and the student lounge.
                                                                                     opportunities by being involved with college business
                                                                                     and student government. Many clubs are funded through
                   ASSOCIATED	STUDENT	GOVERNMENT	                                    ASG with the services and activities fee paid through
                   www.lwtech.edu/studentlife                                        student tuition. Meetings are open to all. For more
                   “To enhance the student experience by planning activities and     information, contact the Student Programs office.
                   providing representation to build a feeling of community.”
                   An active student government at LWIT provides excellent           SERVICES	&	ACTIVITIES	FEE
                   leadership opportunities for students as well as a forum          The ASG, student senate, and college trustees annually
                   for student issues and student activities.                        approve a per credit services and activities fee. Among
                   Student government consists of two bodies: an                     other things, these fees make up the student government
                                                                                     budget which is used to fund clubs, meetings, conferences,
Support Services




                   Executive Board with a President, Vice President,
                   Records Officer, Finance Officer, and a Public Relations          lectures, work-study positions, childcare services and
                   Officer. They work with the Student Senate, a group               emergency grants for students. Please take advantage
                   made up of two students from each instructional                   of these and more opportunities by getting involved. For
                   division, with two at-large representatives. All officer          more information, contact the Student Programs office.
                   positions are open each year for selection in spring
                   quarter. All senate positions are available throughout            STUDENT	ID	CARDS
                   the year as openings occur. Check with Student                    Photo identification cards are available at no extra charge
                   Programs for those opportunities. Whether a senator or            for currently enrolled students at the Enrollment services
                   an officer, students must have a 2.0 grade point average,         office in West Building room 201, during posted hours.
                   be enrolled for 6 or more credits, and have no pending            ID cards serve as the Library card and give access to
                   student conduct issues.                                           the Academic Skills Center. To receive an ID card bring
                                                                                     picture identification, student identification number,
                   ASG	SENATE                                                        and a current class schedule copy. Cards are valid
                   The ASG Senate is one way for all students to have issues         throughout enrollment, up to 2 years. If an ID card is lost,
                   or concerns formally addressed. Any concerns may be               a replacement fee of $2 will apply.
                   presented to the student Senate, through a represen-
                   tative or ASG officer.                                            STUDENT	E-MAIL
                                                                                     Currently enrolled students may request a free e-mail
                   ASG	COMMITTEES                                                    account for academic and personal use. To sign up for
                   Throughout the year ASG looks for students to serve               an account, go to the Library circulation desk T213.
                   on various college committees, including college                  Students may access the account from any computer
                   cabinet and faculty tenure committees. Other                      with internet access, including computers in the Library
                   committees include: ASG Budget, Elections and                     and Computer Lab.
                   Activities and Marketing.
       128         2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                 Support Services
                                                                                                                                  3
                            Services to the Community
CONTINUING	EDUCATION                                            CORPORATE	EDUCATION/	
(425)739-8112                                                   CUSTOMIZED	TRAINING
ce@lwtc.edu                                                     Whether it is skill training, consultative services,
www.lwtech.edu/ce                                               credit based or non-credit based, we provide you
Wherever you’re coming from and wherever you’re going           with cost-effective workforce training solutions. We
in life, Lake Washington Institute of Technology has the        meet your needs for employee assessment, training,
classes and programs to get you there. Our role is to           design and delivery of training and training products/
make high-quality education accessible to everyone,             services on campus or at your place of business.
creating pathways for our students and contributing
to the economic development of our community. We                eLEARNING
offer a wide range of technical, cultural, educational,         (425) 739-8112
and social opportunities for adult lifelong learners in         elearning@lwtc.edu
the community. Workforce development and personal               At Lake Washington Institute of Technology, we
enrichment courses are offered on-campus or at                  understand that working professionals like you are busy
convenient locations. They can also be brought to your          and anxious to advance your education as quickly and
business or be taken online. Enroll in a course and receive     conveniently as possible. That is why we offer over 445
pragmatic, relevant instruction that will put you ahead         courses in more than 20 subjects throughout the year
both personally and professionally. Convenient start            through eLearning. LWIT is a member of Washington
dates are offered during the day, evening, and weekend.         Online (WAOL), which includes 34 participating colleges
Courses in accounting, business management, computers           that work together to provide the best online learning
and computing, health and fitness, sewing, travel, and          experiences to our students.




                                                                                                                                Support Services
more offer working adults the opportunity to stay current       eLearning programs gives you the flexibility to finish your
in their fields, get the additional education they need to      degree or certificate from any location and at your own
advance in their careers, or enrich their personal lives.       pace. The LWIT eLearning courses are taught through the
For more information visit the Continuing Education             Internet, allowing you to receive and submit assignments
website at www.lwtech.edu/ce                                    and interact with your instructors and classmates
or call (425)739-8112 or e-mail ce@lwtc.edu                     through your personal computer. You will receive
                                                                excellent support from the program staff and faculty as
                                                                well as the peer support from your classmates via online
                                                                chats, e-mails, and other interactive means.
                                                                The eLearning department at LWIT is committed to
                                                                offering online courses that meet the same quality and
                                                                outcomes standards as traditional on-campus classes.
                                                                These classes require the same time commitment to the
                                                                coursework but without the travel time. Whether you just
                                                                want to take classes for personal fulfillment or to complete
                                                                a certificate or degree, we can help you get started!




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G     129
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2   L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y   C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                             4
                                                  Enrollment Services




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   131
   4                  Enrollment Services


                      Admissions
                      West Building 201                                                 EXTENDED	LEARNING
                      (425)739-8104                                                     People interested in personal enrichment, college
                      admissions@lwtc.edu                                               workshops and customized training, non-degree or
                      Admission to Lake Washington Institute of Technology              non-certificate programs or learning assistance programs
                      (LWIT) is open to anyone who:                                     are not required to apply for admission, except as stated
                      ƒ a high school diploma, or
                         has                                                            above for accumulated credits.
                      ƒ General Education Development (GED) certificate
                      - OR -                                                            HIGH	SCHOOL	PROGRAMS
                      ƒ at least 18 years old and is able to benefit from the
                         is                                                             Students under 18 who have not graduated from high
                         college’s curriculum                                           school may enroll in classes through Lake Washington
                                                                                        Technical Academy or the Running Start program. See
                      An application for admission should be submitted to               the Lake Washington Technical Academy or Running
                      Enrollment Services by prospective students who seek              Start adviser for details and information in this catalog
                      a degree or certificate, or enroll in 15 or more credits          on page 139.
                      in a given quarter, or have a total of 25 cumulative
                      college-level credits at LWIT. The application is available       DEGREE-	OR	CERTIFICATE-	SEEKING	STUDENTS
                      online at our website, www.lwtech.edu. Additionally,
                                                                                        Lake Washington Institute of Technology requires that
                      applications may be found in our Enrollment Services
                                                                                        persons seeking admission to a degree or certificate
                      Office, by calling the college at (425)739-8104, or by
                                                                                        program of study demonstrate their ability to perform
                      e-mailing admissions@lwtc.edu.
                                                                                        entry-level reading, writing and math skills before enrolling
                      To assure the highest quality education and training, the         in a technical training program by completing a placement
                      number of students who may enroll in a program may                assessment. Additional testing in math, reading, writing,
                      be limited. Admission to the college does not guarantee           and listening skills for Adult Basic Education and English
                      that all classes or all programs can accept new students.         as a Second Language (ESL) placement is administered
                      Because of the demand for programs, those interested in           by the basic skills program using a different assessment
                      attending the college are encouraged to apply early.              tool. The purpose of these placement tests is to assess
                                                                                        each student’s academic strengths and weaknesses, help
                      Some programs, such as Dental Hygiene, Nursing, and               determine proper course placement and to determine
                      Physical Therapist Assistant have additional procedures           possible learning needs before enrollment. Test results are
                      and requirements that must be met before enrollment.              used by students and advisers to select appropriate basic
                      Enrollment Services will inform students if this is the case.     skill, academic and technical courses.
                                                                                        An official college transcript indicating satisfactory
                                                                                        completion with a 2.0 or better in English and/or math
                                                                                        from an accredited college may be accepted in lieu of
Enrollment Services




                                                                                        the placement tests. An evaluation of official transcripts
                                                                                        from an accredited college may also result in transfer
                                                                                        of other college credits to Lake Washington Institute
                                                                                        of Technology. Students must submit official copies
                                                                                        of transcripts from all former colleges to Enrollment
                                                                                        Services for an official evaluation.




        132           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                             Enrollment Services
                                                                                                                                    4


The college requires a minimum placement score in                TRANSFERRING	COURSES	TO	LWIT	FROM	
English and/or math for enrollment in many technical             DOMESTIC	INSTITUTIONS
courses and programs. Placement score requirements               If you have completed classes at other colleges or
for English, math and technical programs are available           universities, transferring credit to LWIT may help you
in student services, and the student assessment center           complete requirements here. The easiest way to transfer
where tests are administered.                                    your credits is to contact the transcript office of your
Exceptions to the published requisite scores for                 previous college(s), and have your official (sealed)
enrollment into specific courses and, in extraordinary           transcripts sent to:
cases, programs of study are made by the Dean(s) of the          Lake Washington Institute of Technology
area of study or designee.                                       Enrollment Services
Students who place into Adult Basic Education (ABE)              11605 132nd Avenue NE
or English as Second Language (ESL) classes must                 Kirkland WA 98034
satisfactorily complete those courses at an appropriate          Note: If you would like to go over your transcripts with an
level before enrolling in a technical program or college         adviser, bring the sealed transcripts or an unofficial copy
level course that has basic skill minimum requirements.          to room W207. An adviser will unofficially evaluate your
Students who have not completed courses or placement             credits. Based on this unofficial evaluation, the adviser
tests in all subject areas (math, English) need to be tested     can help you choose your classes.
or have placement scores in those areas for appropriate
placement into courses.                                          TRANSFERRING	COURSES	TO	LWIT	FROM	
Placement assessment tests are administered regularly at         INTERNATIONAL	INSTITUTIONS
no charge. Drop in and scheduled times are posted at the         Students who wish to transfer courses from institutions
assessment center or on the assessment center Web page.          outside of the United States will need to have a
                                                                 course-by-course evaluation of their transcripts
                                                                 performed by an international credential evaluation
                                                                 agency. A list of agencies is available online.
                                                                 Once the agency evaluation is complete, submit the
                                                                 officially sealed evaluation along with an English
                                                                 translation of your international transcript to Enrollment
                                                                 Services W201 (see address above). A copy of your
                                                                 transcript will be made and the original will be returned to
                                                                 you. In order to match courses with specific LWIT courses,
                                                                 students may be required to obtain course descriptions in
                                                                 addition to submitting the agency evaluation.                   Enrollment Services




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G     133
   4                  Enrollment Services


                      Admissions continued
                      TRANSFER	CREDIT	PROCESS                                            COLLEGE-LEVEL	EXAMINATION		
                      Enrollment Services Staff will evaluate your transcript            PROGRAM	(CLEP)
                      based on your current program of study, specifically               CLEP provides students the opportunity to earn college
                      looking for courses that satisfy LWIT Academic Core                credit for knowledge obtained in non-traditional settings
                      requirements (see the note below for the types of courses          (self study, job training, internships, personal interest,
                      that can transfer to satisfy Academic Core requirements)           etc.) Additional information about CLEP exams can be
                      and/or prerequisite requirements for one of our Selective          found at the College Board. Information about taking
                      Admissions Programs (BTAD, Dental Hygiene, Physical                CLEP exams at LWIT and transfer credit award can be
                      Therapist Assistant, and Nursing.)                                 found online: www.lwtc.edu/assessment
                      Due to high demand for evaluation services students
                      are encouraged to submit official transcripts at the time          ADVANCED	PLACEMENT
                      they apply to LWIT. Evaluation results will be available           Students who complete college-level work in high
                      2-4 weeks after the receipt of official transcripts. The total     school may receive credit at LWIT based on scores on the
                      number of credits transferred in and the institution from          Advanced Placement examination administered by the
                      which the credits were transferred from will be posted to          College Board. In most subject areas credit is awarded
                      your LWIT transcript. The results of the evaluation can be         for scores of 3 or higher. Information on transfer credit
                      viewed by running a degree audit (SID and PIN required)            awarded for AP exams can be found online.
                      for your current program of study.
                                                                                         PRIOR	LEARNING	ASSESSMENT
                      If you would like to go over your transcripts with an
                                                                                         The college recognizes that students may come to the
                      adviser, bring the sealed transcripts or an unofficial
                                                                                         college with skills and knowledge acquired through
                      copy to Student Development (W207). An adviser will
                                                                                         work experience, some of which could meet regular
                      unofficially evaluate your credits and help you with
                                                                                         credit course requirements. Identifying credit for prior
                      course selection. For additional information about
                                                                                         learning caqn be accomplished by an assessment process
                      advising, course selection, and creating an academic plan
                                                                                         conducted by qualified faculty and may result in a course
                      please visit our Advising page.
                                                                                         or several courses being posted to the transcript.
                                                                                         Credit for Prior Learning assessment and Credit by
                                                                                         Examination are two processes students may follow to
                                                                                         gain non-traditional credit. Forms are available in the
                                                                                         appropriate dean’s office.

                                                                                         INTERNATIONAL	BACCALAUREATE
                                                                                         Lake Washington Institute of Technology recognizes the
                                                                                         International Baccalaureate (IB) program as a challenging
Enrollment Services




                                                                                         course of study and responds individually to each
                                                                                         participant’s request for award of college credit. Students
                                                                                         may be awarded credit for completing individual areas of
                                                                                         study within the IB program. IB students should submit
                                                                                         official IB transcripts to the Enrollment Services office
                                                                                         (W201) where the program of study will be reviewed
                                                                                         with the appropriate division dean for acceptance of
                                                                                         examination scores.




        134           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                             Enrollment Services
                                                                                                                                  4


TRANSFERRING	COURSES	FROM	LWIT
General education and technical courses may transfer
to other community and technical colleges or four-year
universities. The receiving institution should be consulted
to determine which courses will be accepted.
Antioch University Seattle, Argosy University, Bastyr
University, City University, DeVry University, ITT Technical
Institute, Les Roches School of Hotel Management,
University of Phoenix, Seattle Pacific University, Strayer
University and the University of Washington–Bothell
accept Associate of Applied Science degrees into specific
baccalaureate programs. For more information, please
refer to the transfer website at www.lwtech.edu/transfer.

TRANSFER	TO	THE	EVERGREEN	STATE	COLLEGE
Many of LWIT’s Associate of Applied Science degrees
transfer to The Evergreen State College’s Upside Down
Bachelor’s Degree program. For a complete list, please
see the transfer website at www.lwtech.edu/transfer.
The following AAS degrees are eligible for transfer to
The Evergreen State College, provided students take
one of the following academic courses as one of their
required electives:
 Computer	Security	and	Network	Technician	
ƒ
 Technical electives accepted by Evergreen as
 academic credit:
 ITAD 111, 121, 123, 128, 133, 135, 142, 152, 271; MMDP
 115, 135, 157, 201, or 202.
 Dental	Assisting	
ƒ
 Electives accepted by Evergreen as academic credit:
 (Note: students must take a 5-credit course to total 25
 credits of general education):
 BIOL 111; BIOL& 100, 241, 242, 260; CHEM&121, 131;                                                                            Enrollment Services
 ENGL& 102; MATH& 107, 141, 146; PSYC& 100, 200;
 SOC& 101; SPAN& 121; CMST& 210, 220 or 230.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   135
   4                  Enrollment Services


                      Transfer Rights & Responsibilities
                      STUDENT	RIGHTS	AND	RESPONSIBILITIES                            COLLEGE	AND	UNIVERSITY	RIGHTS		
                      1. Students have the right to clear, accurate, and             AND	RESPONSIBILITIES
                         current information about their transfer admission          1. Colleges and universities have the right and
                         requirements, transfer admission deadlines, degree             authority to determine program requirements
                         requirements, and transfer policies that include               and course offerings in accordance with their
                         course equivalencies.                                          institutional missions.
                      2. Transfer and freshman-entry students have the right         2. Colleges and universities have the responsibility
                         to expect comparable standards for regular admission           to communicate and publish their requirements
                         to programs and comparable program requirements.               and course offerings to students and the public,
                      3. Students have the right to seek clarification regarding        including information about student transfer
                         their transfer evaluation and may request the                  rights and responsibilities.
                         reconsideration of any aspect of that evaluation.
                                                                                     3. Colleges and universities have the responsibility to
                         In response, the college will follow established
                                                                                        communicate their admission and transfer related
                         practices and processes for reviewing its transfer
                                                                                        decisions to students in writing (electronic or paper).
                         credit decisions.
                      4. Students who encounter other transfer difficulties
                         have the right to seek resolution. Each institution will
                         have a defined process for resolution that is published
                         and readily available to students.
                      5. Students have the responsibility to complete all
                         materials required for admission and to submit the
                         application on or before the published deadlines.
                      6. Students have the responsibility to plan their courses
                         of study by referring to the specific published degree
                         requirements of the college or academic program in
                         which they intend to earn a bachelor’s degree.
                      7. When a student changes a major or degree program,
                         the student assumes full responsibility for meeting the
                         new requirements.
Enrollment Services




        136           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                               Enrollment Services
                                                                                                                                      4
                                                                                    Registration
West Building 201                                                CHANGE	OF	REGISTRATION	(ADD/DROP)
(425)739-8104                                                    Students must add or drop courses on the Web, or at
registration@lwtc.edu                                            Enrollment Services to make the change official.
Registration is the process of enrolling in classes. Dates
                                                                 A refund will occur only when a student officially
for classes are announced in both the printed and online
                                                                 withdraws or drops within the refund period. See page 147
quarterly Class Schedules. Course updates are distributed
                                                                 for refund policy.
frequently to campus staff.

HOW	TO	REGISTER                                                  LATE	ADDS
New students seeking a degree or certificate make an             Courses added after the third day of the quarter require
appointment with staff advisers to complete registration         instructors’ approval. Adding after the 10th day of the
forms and learn about online registration. Continuing            quarter (or of a class) may require special petitions.
students register online or complete registration forms
with the assistance of a faculty adviser or counselor.           PAYMENTS
There are a number of ways to register for classes. See the      The quarterly Class Schedule lists fee payment
current Class Schedule for all options.                          requirements. Tuition and fees are due by the first day of
                                                                 the quarter. Students who have not paid tuition and fees
Also see the Programs of Study section for information
                                                                 or enrolled in the Student Payment Plan will be dropped
about program start dates. These are subject to change.
                                                                 from their classes after the fifth day of the quarter.
                                                                 Students who owe tuition and fees will not be able to
FULL-TIME	STATUS                                                 register for future quarters, receive official transcripts, or
The college considers students to be full-time if they are       graduate until their account has been paid.
registered in 12 or more credits.
                                                                 WAITING	LISTS
CURRENTLY	ENROLLED	DEGREE-	AND		                                 If a class is full, students have the option to be put on
CERTIFICATE-SEEKING	STUDENTS                                     a waiting list. This list automatically adds students to
1. Meet with a faculty adviser to review courses for             openings as they appear prior to the first day of each
   next quarter.                                                 quarter. Students should check online, with Enrollment
2. Register for courses (students may register for most          Services, or with the course instructor during the first
   courses by Web, mail, or in person). See the Class            week of classes to see if they are enrolled in the class.
   Schedule or Enrollment Services for methods of                Students should remove themselves from the waiting list
   registration.                                                 if they decide not to enroll in the class. See details in the
3. Students pay tuition and fees via the Web, at the             Class Schedule.
   Cashier’s Office, or other modes offered by the college.                                                                        Enrollment Services
Textbook and supply costs are in addition to tuition.
To register via the Internet, go to
www.lwtech.edu/studenttoolbox. A Student Identifi-
cation Number (SID) and a personal identification
number (PIN) are required. For registration, this number is
the student’s date of birth until the PIN is changed by the
student. Online registration may not be available for all
students or classes. See Enrollment Services for details.
To register in person, go to Enrollment Services during
business hours which are published in each quarter’s
Class Schedule.

2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y         C A T A L O G    137
   4                  Enrollment Services


                      Registration continued
                      COMPLETE	WITHDRAWAL	(DROP	ALL	COURSES)                             STUDENT	RECORDS
                      A student may withdraw from all courses through the                In accordance with the Family Educational Rights
                      eighth week of the quarter, or the equivalent proportion           and Privacy Act (FERPA), Lake Washington Institute of
                      for shorter courses or courses with irregular start and end        Technology enforces guidelines concerning information
                      dates. The refund rate, if any, would be determined by             about the student’s educational record, and governs the
                      the longest course being dropped. That rate would then             conditions of disclosure. Except as otherwise indicated,
                      be applied to the other courses dropped at that time. It           the college will not provide information contained in
                      is the student’s responsibility to drop all classes. Further       student records unless the expressed written consent of
                      information is available in the Class Schedule.                    the student has been given. Students may declare their
                                                                                         entire record confidential, in which case no information
                      Official withdrawals occurring after the tenth instructional
                                                                                         can be released, and the college will not normally
                      day of the quarter are posted with a W on the student’s
                                                                                         acknowledge the student’s presence at the college.
                      transcript. A grade of W does not count in GPA calculations.
                                                                                         Exceptions may be made if knowledge of the information
                      Not attending a class does not withdraw a student or make
                                                                                         is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student
                      one eligible for a refund.
                                                                                         or other individuals. Contact Enrollment Services or the
                      After the eighth week, an unofficial withdrawal from               Class Schedule for further information.
                      the college will result in each instructor assigning the
                                                                                         In compliance with state law, the college does not use the
                      appropriate grade. Depending on the start date and
                                                                                         social security number as a student ID number, though it
                      length of the class, an early withdrawal during the first
                                                                                         is required and collected for other purposes authorized
                      two weeks will not be recorded on the transcript.
                                                                                         by law.
                      ADMINISTRATIVE	WITHDRAWALS
                                                                                         GAINFUL	EMPLOYMENT	DISCLOSURE
                      Many courses at Lake Washington Institute of Technology
                                                                                         For more information about our graduation rates,
                      require completion of prerequisites prior to registration.
                                                                                         the median debt of our students who completed the
                      Prerequisites are listed as a component of each course
                                                                                         program, and other important information, please visit
                      description and are in place to assist students achieve
                                                                                         our website at http://www.lwtech.edu/GEdisclosure.
                      success. If a student does not meet the requirements
                      of a course either by grade, transfer course work, or
                      test placement score, he or she will be administratively
                      withdrawn from a course. Additionally, students may be
                      administratively withdrawn for non-attendance or as a
                      result of a conduct sanction.
Enrollment Services




        138           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N       I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                               Enrollment Services
                                                                                                                                    4
                                             High School Programs
LAKE	WASHINGTON	TECHNICAL	ACADEMY                                 RUNNING	START
West Building, W210                                               Running Start is a program designed for high school
(425)739-8107                                                     juniors and seniors, who are ready for college-level work,
Lake Washington Technical Academy offers eligible                 want to take college-level courses, and want to receive
high school junior and senior students, ages 16 to 21,            both college and high school credit while completing
the opportunity to train for a career and work toward a           high school. Admission to Lake Washington Institute
high school diploma. Students must be 16 years old or             of Technology for Running Start students requires the
younger than 21 years old before September 1 to enter             approval of the high school that the student attends, a
that academic year. Lake Washington Technical Academy             2.5 GPA in high school, and minimum COMPASS scores of
is accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools             70 writing (English 100/101), and 39 pre-algebra (math
and Colleges and is a full-time high school program on            80 or meet the higher math requisite for the technical
the campus of Lake Washington Institute of Technology.            program). A reading score of 85 is recommended and is
Eligible students must enroll full-time in a technical            used for advising & placement.
training program and general education classes to                 Some Running Start tuition is paid by the student’s local
complete the high school diploma.                                 school district. Students are generally responsible for the
To be eligible for Lake Washington Technical Academy,             balance and for course fees, textbooks and additional
students must:                                                    required course supplies. For information, contact the
ƒ a GPA at or above 2.0
  Have                                                            Running Start coordinator in the West Building, W210, or
                                                                  call (425)739-8107.
ƒRegister and attend a HOP (High school Options)
  session
                                                                  GENERAL	EDUCATION	DEVELOPMENT
ƒObtain a copy of high school transcript and bring to
                                                                  General Education Development (GED) is a series of five
  the HOP session
                                                                  tests developed by the American Council on Education
ƒMeet all other eligibility requirements (these will be          to enable persons to obtain the equivalency of a high
  covered at HOP session)
                                                                  school diploma. Earning a GED provides students with
Register for an information session by visiting the High          greater access to employment, advancement and higher
School Programs website at www.lwtech.edu/academy                 education opportunities.
or call (425)739-8107 for further information.
                                                                  The Academic Skills Center offers GED preparation classes
                                                                  and pre-tests.
                                                                  All students under the age of 19 will need to obtain a
                                                                  release from their school district to test for the GED. Two
                                                                  pieces of ID are required at the time of testing.
                                                                  The college is a designated testing center for GED exams.
                                                                                                                                 Enrollment Services
                                                                  Testing appointments must be scheduled in advance
                                                                  either by visiting the Assessment Center, West Building,
                                                                  W204, or by calling (425)739-8115. For more GED
                                                                  information, please visit www.lwtech.edu/assessment.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G   139
   4                  Enrollment Services


                      High School Programs continued
                      HIGH	SCHOOL	COMPLETION                                           GATEWAY	TO	COLLEGE
                      This is a program which allows students 18 years of age          Lake Washington Institute of Technology has been
                      or older to take college-level classes to meet Washington        selected to join a national network of community and
                      state high school diploma requirements. The student              technical colleges to offer Gateway to College, a national
                      must meet Washington State minimum graduation                    dropout recovery program originally developed by
                      requirements. A five-credit college course equals one            Portland Community College in Oregon.
                      high school credit. Prospective students must submit an
                                                                                       The Gateway to College program is for 16-20 year olds
                      official high school transcript for evaluation, complete an
                                                                                       who have either dropped out of high school or on the
                      admissions application and take a minimum of 5 credits
                                                                                       verge of dropping out and are interested in returning
                      at LWIT to qualify. This option is only recommended
                                                                                       to school and completing their high school diploma.
                      for students who need 1-3 classes to meet diploma
                                                                                       Students simultaneously accumulate high school and
                      requirements. Upon completion of all requirements, the
                                                                                       college credits, earning their high school diploma while
                      student will be awarded an Adult High School completion
                                                                                       progressing toward a certificate, diploma, or associate
                      diploma by Lake Washington Institute of Technology.
                                                                                       degree. Students selected to participate in the Gateway
                      Students who earn an associate degree from LWIT can be
                                                                                       to College program will receive a scholarship for tuition
                      awarded the high school diploma without any additional
                                                                                       and books. Enrollment is limited
                      requirements but must request the diploma in writing.
                                                                                       Lake Washington Institute of Technology plans to
                      For further information call (425)739-8107 or visit our
                                                                                       serve a total of 310 youth through this innovative
                      website at www.lwtech.edu/academy
                                                                                       program through the 2010-2011 school year. For more
                                                                                       information please call the High School Programs office
                      INTERNATIONAL	HIGH	SCHOOL		                                      at (425)739-8107.
                      COMPLETION	PROGRAM
                      See page 143 for information on this program.

                      TECH	PREP
                      Tech Prep is a partnership between Lake Washington
                      Institute of Technology, the Northeast Tech Prep
                      Consortium, and 27 high schools. This partnership allows
                      students taking classes in a high school with courses
                      that are articulated with Lake Washington Institute of
                      Technology to receive college credit while attending their
                      home high school.
                      Northeast Tech Prep Consortium staff visit the high
Enrollment Services




                      schools to enroll and register students in selected college
                      courses. College credit is awarded to students who
                      receive a B grade or higher in their high school courses.
                      Students who have received Tech Prep credit and
                      complete high school will be eligible to register as a
                      continuing student at the college. For more information
                      please see our website at www.lwtech.edu/techprep.




        140           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                         International Programs
                                                                                                                                      4
                                              International Students
INTERNATIONAL	PROGRAMS                                                the first quarter of attendance. The amount required for
East Building, E126                                                   this document is subject to changes in tuition and fees.
(425)739-8145                                                    4.   Official transcripts from all previous colleges attended.
international.students@lwtc.edu                                  5.   Results of the TOEFL exam taken during the past year
Lake Washington Institute of Technology is committed                  with a score of 480 (Paper Based Test), 157 (Computer
                                                                      Based Test), or 54 (Internet Based Test) for admissions
to providing an excellent educational experience
                                                                      to professional-technical programs. Lower test scores
for international students. We value the diversity
                                                                      or students without TOEFL scores will be considered
of perspectives and experiences that international
                                                                      for acceptance to the Intensive English Program.
students bring to the college, and are dedicated to
making the international student experience rewarding            6.   Evidence of enrollment in an approved health
and memorable. International Programs provides                        insurance plan. Health plan options are available
                                                                      through the college at time of enrollment.
international student orientation, workshops and
seminars, highly personalized individual attention, and          7.   Other information as required.
immigration and visa support. No TOEFL score is required.
                                                                 MAINTAINING	IMMIGRATION	STATUS
International students are welcome to enter the more             The international program office will issue a Form I-20
than 100 degree and certificate programs at LWIT.                form to the student, following acceptance to the college.
International students can participate in and complete           Additionally, international students must:
requirements for the Bachelor of Technology in Applied           1. Meet all general admission requirements.
Design (BTAD) degree, Associate of Applied Science
                                                                 2. Agree to comply with all college regulations.
degrees, Certificates of Completion, or Certificates of
Proficiency. (Additional application may be necessary            3. Agree to attend all quarters on a full-time basis
for competitive admission programs after acceptance                 as prescribed by Lake Washington Institute of
to LWIT.)                                                           Technology and U.S. Immigration and Customs
                                                                    Enforcement. Credit loads may vary depending on
LWIT provides many opportunities for international                  program requirements.
student involvement in campus activities. Leadership skills      4. Maintain grade point average and credit completion
may be gained by participation in student government.               requirements necessary for graduation and to remain
We have a large and active International Club to enable             in status.
students to connect with each other and the campus.              5. Agree to file a yearly tax return with the United States
The application and visa procurement process for                    Internal Revenue Service.
international students may take as long as a quarter,
so students should apply early. The priority application         PROGRAM	ADMISSION	REQUIREMENTS
deadline is one quarter prior to the quarter of enrollment.      Certain professional-technical programs have specific
Late applications are accepted and processed on a rolling        admissions requirements, such as minimum test scores,             International Programs
basis. Every attempt is made to process application              satisfactory performance in prerequisite courses, and
materials as quickly as possible. International students         other screening criteria. Enrollment Services and the
applying for an F1 or M1 visa must submit the following          instructional divisions have current program admissions
to the international program office:                             requirements. Applicants pursuing transfer to a bachelor’s
                                                                 program or full-time English Language training must
1. An international student application and
    application fee.                                             apply for an F1 visa.
2. Copy of Passport information pages (visa and
    I-94 upon approval)
3. Proof of financial independence. Financial aid in the
    form of scholarships, loans, and grants is generally not
    available to international students, especially during

2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E    O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G     141
   4                     International Programs


                         International Students continued
                         TUITION	COSTS	FOR		                                                  HOUSING
                         INTERNATIONAL	STUDENTS                                               Our International Program Office can recommend
                         The following visa holders are eligible for resident                 local organizations that will assist international
                         tuition: A, E, G, I, K, E3, H1, and those who hold a lawful          students with housing.
                         non-immigrant status such as a spouse or child of a
                                                                                              Contact Information:
                         person with an E3, H1 or L visa.
                                                                                                 International Programs
                         Non-resident tuition is charged to the following visa                   Lake Washington Institute of Technology
                         holders: B, C, F, H, J, and M. Documentation of visa status             11605 132nd Avenue NE
                         is established by Enrollment Services. Refer to the current             Kirkland, WA 98034
                         tuition schedule for costs. The college may enter into
                                                                                              Telephone: (425)739-8145
                         contract training with other organizations and establish a
                                                                                              Fax: (425)739-8148
                         different rate of tuition or fees in some cases.
                                                                                              international.students@lwtc.edu
                                                                                              www.lwtech.edu/international
                         ESTIMATED	COSTS	FOR		
                         INTERNATIONAL	STUDENTS	INCLUDE		                                     International students are required to inform the
                         (2011–2012	ESTIMATES	IN	USD):                                        International Program Office of change of address
                         For one quarter (3	months):                                          immediately to stay in status. A Change of Address
                                                                                              Form must be completed and submitted online to the
                             Tuition (15 credits)         $3,055.00
                                                                                              U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).
                             Cost of living               $2,750.00                           Lake Washington Institute of Technology’s International
                             Other (books, etc)             $200.00                           Program Office can assist with any questions you
                             Mandatory medical insurance    $225.00                           may have.
                         	 Total		                        $6,230.00
                         For three quarters (9	months):
                             Tuition (15 credits)         $9,165.00
                             Cost of living               $8,250.00
                             Other (books, etc)             $600.00
                             Mandatory medical insurance    $675.00
                         	 Total		                       $18,690.00
International Programs




          142            2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                      International Programs
                                                                                                                                 4


INTERNATIONAL	HIGH	SCHOOL		
COMPLETION	PROGRAM
Complete high school and college requirements at the
same time! To be eligible for the International High
School Completion program, students must be:
   16
ƒ years old
- OR -
   a
ƒjunior or senior in high school, but have
   not graduated.
To earn the Washington State High School Diploma
students will be required to complete the state
graduation requirements. College classes will count
towards high school graduation requirements, and most
will count towards both an associate degree AND the
high school requirements.
Students with TOEFL scores 54 (Internet Based), 157
(Computer Based) or 480 (Paper Based) will be admitted
directly into academic level classes. Students without
TOEFL scores will take placement tests at LWIT. Some
intensive English classes may be required before
admission into academic classes.
Students in the International High School Completion
Program will:
ƒSubmit official transcripts of high school classes (in
  English) with the application.
  Take
ƒ all required classes and tests for the state high
  school requirements.
  Live
ƒ with a relative or host family until the age of 18.
  Take
ƒ a minimum of 15 credits each quarter.
Non-resident tuition rates will apply. Other fees, including
medical insurance and books are not included.
For more information please contact:
                                                                                                                              International Programs
International Programs Office
East Building, E126
(425)739-8145
international.students@lwtc.edu
www.lwtc.edu/ihsc




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   143
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                             5
                                        Tuition & Financial Aid




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   145
   5                      Tuition & Financial Aid


                          Tuition
Tuition & Financial Aid




                          TUITION	AND	FEES                                               AGENCY	OR	EMPLOYER	PAYMENTS
                          When you register for courses at LWIT, you are obligated       Students whose tuition and/or books will be paid by
                          to pay the associated tuition and related fees for those       a third party, such as Labor & Industries, Department
                          classes unless you drop your classes by the fifth day of       of Vocational Rehabilitation, WIA, or the student’s
                          the quarter. Students are encouraged to pay at the time        employer, need to contact the Student Accounts Office,
                          of registration or to enroll in the Student Payment Plan.      W201E at (425)739-8184, fax (425)739-8182, e-mail
                          www.lwtech.edu/pplan.                                          studentaccounts@lwtc.edu.
                           All	tuition	and	fees	are	due	by	the	first	day	of	the	
                          ƒ
                           quarter unless previously arranged by a college office,       GUARANTEED	EDUCATION	TUITION	(GET)	
                           such as Financial Aid, Worker Retraining, or Student          PROGRAM	PAYMENTS
                           Accounts (includes Student Payment Plan).                     Contact the Student Accounts Office, West Building
                           Students with tuition and fees that have not been
                          ƒ                                                             W201E, at (425)739-8184 or studentaccounts@lwtc.
                           received by the end of the fifth day of the quarter are       edu if your GET payments may arrive after the start of
                           subject to being dropped from classes.                        the quarter or for questions regarding coordination of
                          ƒ students enrolling after the fifth day of the quarter,
                           For                                                           Guaranteed Education Tuition (GET) payments.
                           tuition and fees are due at the time of registration.
                           Students who have paid or who are enrolled in the
                          ƒ                                                             PAYMENT	OPTIONS
                           Student Payment Plan will need to withdraw by                 Please use your student ID number for all payments so
                           the scheduled refund dates to receive the level of            that we can apply your payment to the correct account.
                           reimbursements outlined in the college’s refund policy.       Payments may be made:
                                                                                         1. On-line at www.lwtech.edu under Paying for College,
                          STUDENT	PAYMENT	PLAN	                                             and Payment Options, using your student ID and PIN.
                          The Student Payment Plan allows students to pay tuition           This method does not allow partial payments.
                          and fees on an installment basis. The Student Payment          2. At the Cashier’s Office, West Building W201F. Pay
                          Plan covers your tuition and course fees for every quarter        by cash, check, debit, Visa, MasterCard or American
                          you enroll in the program. Payments are made in monthly           Express credit cards.
                          installments each academic quarter.                            3. Call the Cashier’s Office at (425)739-8403 to pay by
                          For more information, see www.lwtech.edu/pplan.                   Visa, MasterCard or American Express credit cards.
                                                                                         4. Mail a check to: LWIT, 11605 132nd Ave. NE, Kirkland,
                                                                                            WA 98034.
                                                                                         5. Cashier’s drop box outside Cashier’s Office after hours.
                                                                                            Envelopes are available.




          146             2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                             Tuition & Financial Aid
                                                                                                                                                      5




                                                                                                                                                   Tuition & Financial Aid
REFUND	POLICY	                                                                       EXCEPTIONS
If you withdraw early in the quarter, you might receive                               Refunds for state-supported classes that start after the
                                                                                     ƒ
a full or partial refund. Not attending a class does not                              first week of the quarter or short courses that end early
make you eligible for a refund. A refund will occur only                              will be made using the same refund percentages as
when you officially drop within the refund period by                                  above. The refund schedule will be adjusted based on a
completing an Add/Drop form. Refunds cannot normally                                  ratio of the number of classes that have occurred at the
be arranged by telephone. Students forfeit all claims to                              time of withdrawal to the total number of class sessions.
refund of tuition and fees if they fail to withdraw from a                            Washington On-Line courses use Washington On-Line
                                                                                     ƒ
course, or are suspended or terminated for misconduct.                                quarter dates for refund percentages.
                                                                                      If
                                                                                     ƒ a student is withdrawing from all courses, the college
Refunds are distributed depending on how you pay.                                     will use the longest course to calculate the refund
If you pay with a credit card, the refund will go to that                             percentage for all courses.
credit card account; if you pay by cash or check, the
refund check will be mailed to you. Refunds of online                                OFFICIAL	WITHDRAWAL	DEFINITION
Student Payment Plan payments will be made by check                                  Official withdrawal occurs when a student drops all
from the college. Refunds of less than $5 will not be                                classes. Refund requests must be made in person, in
mailed. Allow up to six weeks for processing. For federal-                           writing, or via the Web. At the time of withdrawal, the
or state-funded students, financial aid will be returned                             longest course sets the refund rate for all courses being
to aid programs on a pro-rata basis consistent with                                  dropped at that time.
applicable federal and state rules.
                                                                                     PASS-THROUGH	FEES	REFUND
NOTE: Refund percentages are based on prior full payment                             Fees such as insurance that are passed through to
of tuition and fees. If you have not paid in full, you may still                     another agency may be refunded at 100 percent through
owe a balance if you withdraw from a class during a partial                          the first week of the quarter only. No refund will be made
or non-refund period.                                                                if any insurance claim has been filed.
REFUND	SCHEDULE
Cancellation of a course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100%     ESTIMATED	2011–2012	DEGREE	&		
                                                                                     CERTIFICATE	PROGRAM	COSTS
STATE-SUPPORTED	CREDIT	COURSES                                                       Please visit www.lwtech.edu/programcost for estimated
First five business days of the quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . .100%                2011–2012 degree and certificate program costs.
After the fifth business day of the quarter and through                              Projected estimated costs are subject to change.
the twentieth business day of the quarter . . . . . . . . . . 50%                    Estimated program costs do not apply to
SELF-SUPPORTED	COURSES                                                               international students. For International Student
Class meets 2 or more times; refund request must be                                  estimated costs, see page 142.
received by registration prior to second class meeting.
Class meets just once; refund request must be received
prior to class meeting.




   2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2            L A K E       W A S H I N G T O N             I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y     C A T A L O G     147
   5                      Tuition & Financial Aid


                          Tuition Rates
Tuition & Financial Aid




                          Lake Washington Institute of Technology has adopted Washington State community college tuition rates effective
                          Fall 2011 as authorized by the legislature and the State Board for Community and Technical Colleges (SBCTC).

                          NOTE: Tuition and fees are subject to change without prior notice.


                                                                       2011–2012 TUITION RATES
                                     COST PER CREDIT INCLUDES STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE, COMPREHENSIVE FEE, FACILITY FEE, SAFETY & SECURITY & BUILDING FEE

                                            FALL/WINTER/SPRING 11-12     FALL/WINTER/SPRING 11-12     FALL/WINTER/SPRING 11-12     FALL/WINTER/SPRING 11-12
                                                    RESIDENT                  NON-RESIDENT                  RESIDENT                   NON-RESIDENT
                                                AAS & CERTIFICATE            AAS & CERTIFICATE        APPLIED BACCALAUREATE        APPLIED BACCALAUREATE
                                             1-10 CREDITS @ $105.00       1-10 CREDITS @ $277.00       1-10 CREDITS @ $227.95       1-10 CREDITS @ $604.95
                                             11-18 CREDITS @ $51.99       11-18 CREDITS @ $56.99       11-18 CREDITS @ $16.67       11-18 CREDITS @ $17.36
                            # OF CREDITS    OVER 18 CREDITS @ $95.46     OVER 18 CREDITS @ $267.46    OVER 18 CREDITS @ $218.41    OVER 18 CREDITS @ $595.41
                                 1                   $105.00                      $277.00                      $227.95                      $604.95
                                 2                   $210.00                      $554.00                      $455.90                     $1,209.90
                                 3                   $315.00                      $831.00                      $683.85                     $1,814.85
                                 4                   $420.00                     $1,108.00                     $911.80                     $2,419.80
                                 5                   $525.00                     $1,385.00                    $1,139.75                    $3,024.75
                                 6                   $630.00                     $1,662.00                    $1,367.70                    $3,629.70
                                 7                   $735.00                     $1,939.00                    $1,595.65                    $4,234.65
                                 8                   $840.00                     $2,216.00                    $1,823.60                    $4,839.60
                                 9                   $945.00                     $2,493.00                    $2,051.55                    $5,444.55
                                10                  $1,050.00                    $2,770.00                    $2,279.50                    $6,049.50
                                11                  $1,101.99                    $2,826.99                    $2,296.17                    $6,066.86
                                12                  $1,153.98                    $2,883.98                    $2,312.84                    $6,084.22
                                13                  $1,205.97                    $2,940.97                    $2,329.51                    $6,101.58
                                14                  $1,257.96                    $2,997.96                    $2,346.18                    $6,118.94
                                15                  $1,309.95                    $3,054.95                    $2,362.85                    $6,136.30
                                16                  $1,361.94                    $3,111.94                    $2,379.52                    $6,153.66
                                17                  $1,413.93                    $3,168.93                    $2,396.19                    $6,171.02
                                18                  $1,465.92                    $3,225.92                    $2,412.86                    $6,188.38
                                19                  $1,561.38                    $3,493.38                    $2,631.27                    $6,783.79
                                20                  $1,656.84                    $3,760.84                    $2,849.68                    $7,379.20
                                21                  $1,752.30                    $4,028.30                    $3,067.09                    $7,974.61
                                22                  $1,847.76                    $4,295.76                    $3,286.50                    $8,570.02
                                23                  $1,943.22                    $4,563.22                    $3,504.91                    $9,165.43
                                24                  $2,038.68                    $4,830.68                    $3,723.32                   $9,760.84
                                25                  $2,134.14                    $5,098.14                    $3,941.73                   $10,356.25




          148             2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2        L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E    O F   T E C H N O L O G Y         C A T A L O G
                                                                                             Tuition & Financial Aid
                                                                                                                                       5




                                                                                                                                    Tuition & Financial Aid
Please note that all tuition and fee rates are set by                TUITION	WAIVERS
the Washington State Legislature, the State Board for                Lake Washington Institute of Technology offers tuition
Community and Technical Colleges and the Board of                    waivers in accordance with State of Washington law and
Trustees and are subject to change. LWIT reserves the                policies authorized by the State Board for Community
right to change, without notice, any fees to comply with             and Technical Colleges for several categories of students
the state or college policies.                                       including but not limited to the following:
The college may charge other fees to cover costs such                 Non-resident students who are U.S. citizens will receive
                                                                     ƒ
as registration, late fees, insurance, supply, lab fees and           a waiver resulting in resident tuition rates plus required
parking fees.                                                         non-resident building fees.
For the most current tuition and fee information please               Children and Spouses of Totally Disabled or POW/
                                                                     ƒ
visit the website at www.lwtech.edu/tuition.                          MIA or deceased eligible veterans or national guard
A list of estimated degree and certificate costs                      members.
by program can be found at www.lwtech.edu/                            Children of Deceased or disabled law enforcement
                                                                     ƒ
programcost.                                                          officers or firefighters.
                                                                      Adult Basic Education, English as a second language,
                                                                     ƒ
                                                                      and GED preparation.
                                                                      Eligible veterans or national guard members.
                                                                     ƒ
                                                                      High
                                                                     ƒ School Completion.
                                                                      Senior Citizens.
                                                                     ƒ
                                                                      State Employees.
                                                                     ƒ
                                                                      Apprentice students.
                                                                     ƒ
                                                                      Running Start students.
                                                                     ƒ
                                                                      Some students with program requirements exceeding
                                                                     ƒ
                                                                      18 quarterly credits.
                                                                     Please check with enrollment services to determine
                                                                     eligibility and current waiver policy.




  2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2     L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N         I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y    C A T A L O G       149
   5                      Tuition & Financial Aid


                          Financial Aid
Tuition & Financial Aid




                          FINANCIAL	AID                                                     FINANCIAL	AID	APPLICATION	PROCEDURE
                          West Building, W209                                                Complete and submit the Free Application for
                                                                                            ƒ
                          (425)739-8106                                                      Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to the federal processor.
                                                                                             This application collects financial data and other
                          To help finance your education, we encourage you to
                                                                                             information used to calculate the Expected Family
                          inform yourself about financial aid through our website
                                                                                             Contribution (EFC) that determines a student’s
                          www.lwtech.edu/financialaid, by reading the available              eligibility for aid. Students may complete their FAFSA
                          literature, or by contacting the Financial Aid Office. Lake        on-line at www.fafsa.ed.gov, and many of the forms
                          Washington Institute of Technology believes people                 needed may be downloaded from the Financial Aid
                          should have the opportunity to achieve their educational           website at www.lwtech.edu/financialaid.
                          goals and the Financial Aid Office is here to help support
                                                                                             Stay
                                                                                            ƒ in touch with the Financial Aid Office to be certain
                          you in your educational efforts.                                   that all information has been received to complete
                          Financial aid is available for eligible students who enroll        your file.
                          either to earn a certificate or a degree. Students and their       Students must reapply for financial aid each year after
                                                                                            ƒ
                          families need not be low-income to qualify for some                January 1 for the new award year beginning with
                          kinds of financial aid. By applying for financial aid as early     summer quarter. The financial aid year begins with
                          as possible and meeting the institutional priority date,           summer quarter and ends with spring quarter.
                          students have the best chance of being reviewed before
                          the beginning of each quarter, and the best chance of             ELIGIBILITY	REQUIREMENTS
                          maximum funds eligibility each financial aid year.                 Students are eligible for financial aid if they are:
                                                                                            ƒ
                                                                                             For
                                                                                            ƒ most aid programs, attending for the purpose of
                          Financial aid is intended to add to but not replace a              obtaining a degree or certificate at the college. (Some
                          person’s financial resources. If combined resources are            certificate programs may not be eligible for certain
                          not sufficient to cover expenses, you may be eligible              types of aid. Check with the Financial Aid Office to
                          for financial aid in the form of grants, scholarships,             verify program eligibility.)
                          low-interest loans and student employment. You must                A
                                                                                            ƒ U.S. citizen or an eligible non-citizen.
                          demonstrate a financial need to be eligible for most
                                                                                             Making satisfactory academic progress in a program
                                                                                            ƒ
                          types of assistance. Financial need is calculated as the
                                                                                             of study as defined by the institution’s satisfactory
                          difference between the cost of attending school and
                                                                                             progress criteria.
                          what you and your family can afford to pay.
                                                                                             Not
                                                                                            ƒ in default on any previous student loans or owing
                          SAMPLE	CALCULATION:                                                a refund on any grants.
                            Cost of Attendance                                               Registered for the draft with Selective Service (if male),
                                                                                            ƒ
                            - Expected Family Contribution                                   as required by law.
                            = Financial Need                                                 A
                                                                                            ƒ high school graduate, have a GED or passing scores
                                                                                             on an approved ability-to-benefit test.
                          The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) is
                                                                                             Aid
                                                                                            ƒ may only be offered for classes required for the
                          the basic form to apply for assistance and is your passport
                                                                                             student’s program.
                          to financial aid. Information on this form determines
                          your eligibility for grants, scholarships, work study and         Students who have the equivalent of a bachelor’s degree
                          low-interest loans.                                               (including degrees earned in a foreign country) are
                                                                                            limited to applying for loans and work-study assistance.
                                                                                            Students will be notified of their financial aid award by
                                                                                            mail. Awarding begins in May.




          150             2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                         Tuition & Financial Aid
                                                                                                                                     5




                                                                                                                                  Tuition & Financial Aid
FEDERAL	FINANCIAL	AID	REFUND	POLICY                             To apply for benefits under Chapter 30, 33, 35, 1606 and
Students that receive federal financial aid are subject         1607, you will need the following documents:
to the federal Return to Title IV Funds regulations.
                                                                1. Completed “Application for VA Benefits” or “Request for
These regulations state that aid eligibility for a student
                                                                   Change of Program or Place of Training”, whichever one
receiving federal aid must be recalculated under most              is applicable.
circumstances if the student withdraws from classes early
                                                                2. Copy of your DD-214 (unless you are applying for
or ceases to attend during the quarter. Some students
                                                                   Chapter 1606-reservist, or Chapter 35-dependent on
may owe a repayment to the federal aid programs. These
                                                                   survivor’s benefits.) Please do not submit original copies.
regulations and any resulting amounts owed are separate
from and may be in addition to the college’s own tuition        3. You will need to submit official transcripts, by
refund policy. For a copy of the Return to Title IV Funds          your third quarter of attendance, for both military
refund policy, please contact the Financial Aid Office.            experience and colleges that you had after high school
                                                                   to determine if credits will go toward your program of
WORKER	RETRAINING,	OPPORTUNITY	GRANT		                             study. You may request that these be sent directly to
AND	WORKFIRST	PROGRAMS                                             the Admission’s office. You must also request that the
See the Support Services for Students section of this              Admission’s office evaluate the transcript and have the
catalog. To determine your eligibility, check with the             transcript forwarded to the Veterans Adviser.
Worker Retraining, WorkFirst or Opportunity Grant               Please note that it may take at least 40 days after the
programs in West 207, Monday-Friday, 7:30 a.m.                  start of the quarter to receive your first check. If you have
to 4:30 p.m.                                                    any questions regarding check disbursements or the
                                                                application process, log onto the website
Other forms of financial aid are available through
                                                                www.gibill.va.gov (opens new window) or contact the
non-profit agencies and community-based organizations.
                                                                Department of Veterans Affairs at 1(888)442-4551.
VETERANS	BENEFITS                                               Veterans who have received an honorable discharge or
Lake Washington Institute of Technology has been                are members of the National Guard or Reservists called
authorized by the Department of Veterans Affairs to             to active duty may also be available for a 25% waiver
certify veterans for educational benefits. In order to be       of tuition costs. Veterans may apply for this waiver at
eligible for educational benefits, you must be enrolled in      the Enrollment Services office. For more information
a certificate- or degree-granting program that has been         regarding the Veterans Waivers, please contact
pre-approved by the Department of Veterans Affairs.             Enrollment Services.
Most programs that are two quarters or more in length at
Lake Washington Institute of Technology are eligible, but       Children or spouse of a Disabled/Deceased/MIA/POW
some are not.                                                   veteran may be eligible to receive a waiver of all tuition
                                                                and fees. Contact the Financial Aid office in W209 or
For more information please log onto our website                Enrollment Services office in W201 for more information.
at www.lwtech.edu/financialaid. You may contact
the Veterans Adviser at (425)739-8100, ext. 475, for
additional information. The Veterans Adviser is located in
the Financial Aid office in the West Building, W209.
If you are applying for Vocational Rehabilitation benefits
(Chapter 31), you will need to contact a VA case manager
at the Seattle regional office at (206)220-6128 for further
requirements regarding benefits.




  2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2    L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G        151
   5                      Tuition & Financial Aid


                          Financial Aid Programs
Tuition & Financial Aid




                          FEDERAL	PELL	GRANT                                               STAFFORD	AND	PLUS	STUDENT	LOANS
                          The federal Pell Grant is aid that is free monetary              The federal Stafford loan is a student loan guaranteed
                          assistance for educational expenses. Students who have           by the federal government; students do not need to
                          earned a baccalaureate degree are no longer eligible.            have established credit to qualify. Student repayment
                          Like other grants, the Pell Grant is adjusted for less than      begins up to 6 months after you leave school or drop
                          full-time enrollment.                                            below half-time. The Parent PLUS Loan is available for
                                                                                           dependent students, and parents may borrow up to the
                          FEDERAL	SEOG	GRANT                                               cost of the student’s budget, minus any other aid, with
                          (Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant) This grant          this loan if approved.
                          is awarded to high need students who apply early in the
                          year (funds are limited). Students must be eligible for the      VETERANS	BENEFITS
                          Pell Grant to receive this assistance.                           Veterans benefits are available for qualifying veterans,
                                                                                           including chapters 30, 31, 33, 35, 1606 and 1607.
                          WASHINGTON	STATE	NEED	GRANT                                      Students must be in a program approved for these
                          This grant is available for Washington residents only.           benefits by the Department of Veterans Affairs (most
                          The State Need Grant is adjusted for less than full time         programs at LWIT are approved). For more information on
                          enrollment and may not exceed the amount of allowable            veterans benefits, see page 151
                          tuition and fees each quarter. Although this is a state
                          grant, eligibility is determined by FAFSA.                       LAKE	WASHINGTON	COLLEGE	FOUNDATION
                                                                                           The Foundation offers scholarships and also provides
                          SCHOLARSHIPS                                                     emergency financial assistance to students with pressing
                          Scholarships, like grants, offer free monetary assistance        needs through the Student Emergency Fund which is
                          for educational needs. Scholarships are offered by               administered by the Financial Aid Director. The Lake
                          organizations associated with the college and by outside         Washington College Foundation currently manages
                          agencies. For a current list of resources, please visit our      a variety of accounts and endowments on behalf of
                          website at www.lwtc.ctc.edu/financialaid                         generous donors and the college departments for the
                                                                                           benefit of students and programs.
                          STUDENT	WORK	STUDY
                          Work Study is part time employment funded by federal             For more information on Foundation scholarships and/or
                          or state financial aid funds. Students apply by marking          the Student Emergency Fund, please call (425)739-8134
                          they are interested in work study on their FAFSA. Funds          or e-mail foundation@lwtc.edu
                          are limited and are awarded to students on the basis of
                          need who apply early. Students may work up to a max.
                          of 19 hours a week. Students must be enrolled at least
                          half-time. For more information, please visit our website.




          152             2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                         Tuition & Financial Aid
                                                                                                                                   5
                                                Maintaining Eligibility




                                                                                                                                Tuition & Financial Aid
                                                     for Financial Aid
SATISFACTORY	ACADEMIC	PROGRESS	REQUIREMENTS	                     REINSTATEMENT
FOR	FINANCIAL	AID	RECIPIENTS                                     Financial aid may be re-instated after students have
To continue to receive financial aid, students must meet         completed, at their own expense, a quarter at the
Satisfactory	Academic	Process (SAP) requirements.                minimum level they were enrolled in (full-time, half-time,
Satisfactory Academic Progress includes qualitative and          etc.), during the quarter for which their aid was cancelled
quantitative measures, as well as maximum time frame             (this does not apply to students who have reached
requirements. The information below is a summary of              the maximum time frame limitation). The classes must
key requirements.                                                be at LWIT and the student must meet all applicable
                                                                 satisfactory academic progress requirements while
QUALITATIVE	MEASURE
                                                                 completing the required credits. Awarding of financial aid
All students on or applying for financial aid must
                                                                 for reinstated students is on a funds-available basis only.
complete a minimum number of credits, with a quarterly
and cumulative G.P.A. of at least 2.0.                           APPEAL	PROCESS
                                                                 In some cases there may be extraordinary circumstances
QUANTITATIVE	MEASURE
                                                                 (beyond the student’s control), which may be considered
Full-time students need to complete at least 12 credits
                                                                 for students whose aid has been suspended. A written
per quarter, three -quarter time students at least 9, and
                                                                 petition, along with supporting documentation, may
half-time students at least 6. Less than half-time students
                                                                 be submitted for consideration. Students whose aid is
must complete all credits attempted.
                                                                 reinstated through the appeal process will be placed
Students who fail to meet the quarterly or cumulative            on probation status in their next quarter of attendance.
G.P.A. requirements or who fail to complete the minimum          Awarding of financial aid for reinstated students is on
number of credits for their enrollment status for one            a funds-available basis only. The Financial Aid Office
quarter may be placed on warning	status for the                  reserves the right to determine continued eligibility.
next quarter and may receive aid; however, certain
                                                                 Other	conditions	to	maintain	satisfactory		
limitations apply. Students who fail SAP requirements for
                                                                 academic	progress	for	financial	aid	may	apply.		
2 consecutive quarters, or fail to complete at least 50%
                                                                 To	view	or	print	the	complete	policy,	visit:		
of credits (or all credits for less than half-time students),
                                                                 www.lwtech.edu/fa_forms/
for the minimum enrollment level attempted in any one
particular quarter will be placed on suspended	status
and will be ineligible for further aid.

MAXIMUM	TIME	FRAME	AND	PROGRAM	LIMITATIONS
Students must complete the program they are pursuing
in 125 % of the length of the program measured in
attempted credits. For example, if a student is pursuing an
AAS degree which requires 100 credits to complete, the
maximum timeframe would be 125 attempted credits,
regardless of whether the credits were funded by financial
aid or not. Students must also meet pace	of	progression
standards, indicating they will complete their program
within the maximum time frame allowed (please see
the complete policy for details). Students may receive
financial aid at LWIT for a maximum of 2 programs.




  2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2     L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y    C A T A L O G       153
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                             6
                                       Academic Information




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   155
   6                   Academic Information


                       Academic Information
                       DEGREES	AND	CERTIFICATES                                        DTA/MRP	ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE
                       GENERAL	REQUIREMENTS	FOR		                                      REQUIREMENTS
                       DEGREES	AND	CERTIFICATES                                        The DTA/MRP Associate of Applied Science degree
                       Lake Washington Institute of Technology awards a                is a transfer degree for students wishing to pursue a
                       Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design (BTAD) for             bachelor’s degree at a four year institution. Completing
                       completion of at least 90 credits of appropriate 300            this degree prepares students to transfer with junior
                       and 400 level coursework. Lake Washington Institute             status to a participating college or university. Degrees
Academic Information




                       of Technology awards an Associate of Applied Science            available are in Pre-Nursing and in Technology.
                       degree (AAS) for completion of a technical program of
                       study. Certificates of Proficiency and Completion are           The AAS degree must contain a minimum of 20 credits of
                       awarded for completion of a program of specialized              academic core courses, including instruction in written
                       technical training. Academic Core requirements for              communication (5 cr.); quantitative reasoning (5 cr.);
                       degrees and certificates can be found on the Programs of        social science (5 cr.); and humanities (5 cr.).
                       Study/Academic Core page.                                       To submit an application for a DTA/MRP degree, a
                                                                                       minimum of the last 30% of the technical credits must
                       BACHELOR	OF	TECHNOLOGY	IN	APPLIED	DESIGN                        be earned in residence, and the final quarter must be in
                       REQUIREMENTS                                                    residence at Lake Washington Institute of Technology.
                       The Bachelor of Technology in Applied Design (BTAD)             A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher)
                       degree is awarded for completion of at least 90                 in each course that receives a numeric grade, and a
                       credits of appropriate 300 and 400 level coursework.            cumulative average of 2.0 in all courses, is required for
                       An applied associate degree (AAS or equivalent) in a            the DTA/MRP degree.
                       design-related field with the required distribution of
                       academic core coursework in written communication,              Students can choose to graduate under the catalog
                       quantitative reasoning, social science, and humanities          currently in effect or the catalog in effect when they
                       is a prerequisite for program admission. Other program          started the program
                       admission requirements can be found on the website,
                       www.lwtech.edu/btad.                                            ASSOCIATE	OF	APPLIED	SCIENCE	DEGREE
                       To submit an application for a BTAD degree, a minimum           REQUIREMENTS
                       of the last 30% of upper division credits must be earned        An AAS degree must contain a minimum of 90 credits.
                       in residence, and the final quarter must be in residence at     The number required varies with each program.
                       Lake Washington Institute of Technology.                        The AAS degree must contain a minimum of 20 credits of
                       A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher) in each         academic core courses, including instruction in written
                       upper division course that receives a numeric grade, and        communication (5 cr.); quantitative reasoning (5 cr.);
                       a cumulative average of 2.0 in all upper division courses,      social science (5 cr.); and humanities (5 cr.).
                       is required for the BTAD degree.                                To submit an application for an AAS degree, a minimum
                       Students can choose to graduate under the catalog               of the last 30% of the technical credits must be earned in
                       currently in effect or the catalog in effect when they          residence, and the final quarter must be in residence at
                       started in the program, as long as that catalog is no more      Lake Washington Institute of Technology.
                       than seven years old.                                           A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher) in each
                                                                                       course that receives a numeric grade, and a cumulative
                                                                                       average of 2.0 in all courses, is required for the AAS degree.
                                                                                       Students can choose to graduate under the catalog
                                                                                       currently in effect or the catalog in effect when they
                                                                                       started in the program.

         156           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y        C A T A L O G
                                                                                          Academic Information
                                                                                                                                   6


CERTIFICATE	OF	PROFICIENCY                                        COOPERATIVE	EDUCATION
REQUIREMENTS                                                      Cooperative education is a process that draws upon
A Certificate of Proficiency is issued to students                community resources to expand students’ learning
completing a program of specialized occupational                  outside the classroom. It offers students the opportunity
training of 45 credits or longer. The number of credits           to blend classroom theory with planned, supervised field
varies with each program.                                         experience in areas relating to their career choices. They
                                                                  work with a cooperative education coordinator, faculty




                                                                                                                                Academic Information
At least fifteen (15) credits of academic core, including         member and employer to identify and develop specific
instruction in written expression (5 cr.); quantitative           skills and learning goals to be gained through
reasoning (5 cr.); and social science (5 cr.) are required        the encounter.
along with the technical requirements listed in the catalog.
                                                                  Students work on paid, or in some cases, unpaid training
To submit an application for a Certificate of Proficiency, a      assignments while integrating specific periods of
student must have completed a minimum of the last 30%             on-campus study with employment.
of the technical credits at Lake Washington Institute of
Technology, and the final quarter must be in residence.           Students may be able to apply their current job
                                                                  experience, if related to a career choice, toward a
A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher) in each           certificate or degree. Cooperative education experience
course that receives a numeric grade, and a cumulative            may substitute for some coursework to meet personal
average of 2.0 in all courses, is required for the Certificate    needs. For more information on Cooperative Education,
of Proficiency.                                                   students should contact their faculty adviser.
Students can choose to graduate under the catalog
currently in effect or the catalog in effect when they            DEVELOPMENTAL	EDUCATION	SERVICES
started in the program.                                           Students come to Lake Washington Institute of
                                                                  Technology with skills at varying levels, yet they want to
CERTIFICATE	OF	COMPLETION                                         become more successful in everyday life or in training
                                                                  programs. The college offers developmental education to
REQUIREMENTS
                                                                  many students who:
A Certificate of Completion is issued by Enrollment
Services to students who satisfactorily complete the               Have
                                                                  ƒ been out of school a long time and wish to
competencies and requirements for programs of less than            brush up on basic or study skills
one academic year, less than 45 credit hours in length,            Need to improve basic reading, writing and
                                                                  ƒ
which does not necessarily include related instruction.            mathematics skills before enrolling in other
                                                                   college courses
To submit an application for Certificate of Completion,
a student must have completed all technical credits in             Are
                                                                  ƒ from non-English speaking countries and wish
                                                                   to improve their English abilities
residence at Lake Washington Institute of Technology.
                                                                   May
                                                                  ƒ already have adequate skills but wish to improve
A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher) in each            them further
course that receives a numeric grade, and a cumulative             Wish
                                                                  ƒ to finish their high school education or obtain
average of 2.0 in all courses is required for a Certificate        the General Education Development (GED) certificate
of Completion.
Students can choose to graduate under the catalog                 ADULT	BASIC	EDUCATION
currently in effect or the catalog in effect when they            Adult Basic Education (ABE) class instructors offer
started in the program.                                           assistance in developing basic skills in reading, writing,
                                                                  speaking, spelling, vocabulary, grammar, problem
                                                                  solving and math. Emphasis is on developing useful
                                                                  knowledge and applied skills such as financial and health


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   157
   6                   Academic Information




                       management, parenting and raising a family, and finding           CREDITS	AND	CREDIT	LOAD
                       and keeping a job. The ABE program welcomes all adults            The academic year is divided into three quarters of
                       who want to improve their skills. Each student discovers          approximately eleven weeks each, while also running
                       where his or her learning level is, and a personal program        an eight-week summer quarter (the length of individual
                       is developed. All learning levels, from the very basic            courses may differ). In order to complete certificate
                       to GED, can be accommodated. For more information,                or degree requirements in the prescribed number of
                       please call the college at (425)739-8100, ext. 656.               quarters, a suggested course load per quarter will be
Academic Information




                                                                                         approximately 15 to 20 credits. A lecture class which
                       GENERAL	EDUCATION	DEVELOPMENT                                     meets five hours per week for one quarter will yield five
                       General Education Development (GED) is a series of five           quarter credits. Lab courses require ten hours of class
                       tests developed by the American Council on Education              time per week for five credits. Special permission is
                       to enable persons to obtain the equivalency of a high             needed to carry more than 25 credits.
                       school diploma. Earning a GED provides students with
                       greater access to employment, advancement and higher              FULL-	AND	PART-TIME	STUDENT	STATUS
                       education opportunities. To support students in passing           Students enrolled in 12 or more credits are considered
                       the GED examination, the Adult Basic Education program            full-time. Some programs may require higher quarterly
                       offers GED preparation classes and pre-tests. All students        credit loads to complete requirements in a specified time
                       under the age of 19 need to obtain a release from their           period. Some external agencies may use different credit
                       school district in order to take the test. Two pieces of          values to calculate full-time status.
                       ID are required at the time of testing. The college is
                       a designated testing center for GED exams. Testing                Students registered for fewer than full-time credits as
                       appointments must be scheduled in advance either at               defined above are considered part-time.
                       the Assessment Center, West Building, 2nd floor, or by            NOTE: For financial aid purposes, the financial aid office
                       calling (425)739-8115. For more information, go to                should be consulted for definitions of three-quarter
                       www.lwtech.edu/assessment.                                        time, half-time, and less than half-time since the level of
                                                                                         enrollment affects aid eligibility.
                       ENGLISH	AS	A	SECOND	LANGUAGE
                       The college serves a highly diverse population of                 GRADUATION
                       students from around the world, many with limited                 The student is responsible for working with his or her
                       English-speaking skills. For residents who want to improve        adviser to meet all degree or certificate requirements.
                       their proficiency in English for personal, employment, or         Automated degree checks are available for various
                       educational reasons, the college offers English as a Second       academic programs and time periods through online
                       Language (ESL) classes. For more information about                services on the campus website.
                       English as a Second Language classes, please call the ESL
                       instructional assistant at (425)739-8359.                         To receive a preliminary evaluation before the final
                                                                                         quarter starts, students must apply to graduate by the
                                                                                         second week of the preceding quarter. Students should
                       HIGH	SCHOOL	PROGRAMS
                                                                                         apply to graduate by the fourth week of the preceding
                       Lake Washington Institute of Technology offers a number
                                                                                         quarter. Applications received after that may be deferred
                       of options for high school age students (see pages 139-140. As
                                                                                         to a future quarter.
                       requirements for entry and completion are subject to
                       change, please visit High School Programs on the Web at           Commencement is held yearly in June. Students who
                       www.lwtech.edu/academy for current information.                   complete a program during the preceding fall, winter
                                                                                         and spring quarters, or the following summer, are invited
                                                                                         to participate.




         158           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y         C A T A L O G
                                                                                            Academic Information
                                                                                                                                      6


Graduation is recorded on student transcripts two-to-four          When an I (Incomplete) grade is given by an instructor,
weeks after the end of the student’s final quarter.                a contract is filed with Enrollment Services stating the
Diplomas are sent to students four to six weeks after the          work necessary to remove the Incomplete, a date for
end of the final quarter.                                          completion, and the grade earned if not completed.
                                                                   Incomplete coursework must be completed by the
Some programs offer other special awards that are not
                                                                   required date as established by the instructor (this
posted to the transcript.
                                                                   date may be no later than the end of the subsequent




                                                                                                                                   Academic Information
In accordance with state law, students are expected to             quarter of enrollment). At the time of graduation, the
complete their degree and certificate programs within              Incomplete will be changed to a 0.0 or to the grade
a suitable length of time or number of credits. See                assigned on the contract.
Enrollment Services or the student handbook for details.
                                                                   NG	–	NO	GRADE
                                                                   NG means the course is “not graded” for any student
GRADING
                                                                   taking the course. This applies, for example, to some
Lake Washington Institute of Technology uses a numeric
                                                                   non-credit courses. It would not appear on graded, credit
grading system for most courses. Instructors may report
                                                                   courses. NG does not affect the GPA and does not earn
grades from 4.0 to 0.7 in 0.1 increments and the grade of
                                                                   credits. It does not indicate whether a student attended,
0.0. Grades in the range of 0.6 to 0.1 are not assigned. A
                                                                   just that the student enrolled.
grade of 0.7 earns credits; however, a minimum grade of
2.0 is required for a number of purposes including technical       N	–	AUDIT
courses, academic core requirements, progression in a              Audit means the student registered on a space-available
sequence of classes, to satisfy a prerequisite, and graduation     basis to attend the class and to listen, but not do graded
requirements. Numerical grades may be considered                   work. The N grade does not earn credit and does not
equivalent to letter grades as follows:                            affect the GPA. The audit grade option must be approved
Points	     Letter	                                                by the instructor and submitted to Enrollment Services
4.0         A       Excellent performance                          by the eighth week of the quarter.
3.9-3.7     A-                                                     R	–	REPEATING	A	COURSE
3.6-3.3     B+                                                     The qualifier R on a transcript means a course has been
3.2-3.0     B       Above-average performance                      repeated, and is excluded from credits and grade point
2.9-2.7     B-                                                     average. A student may repeat any course taken at LWIT
2.6-2.3     C+                                                     in which a grade of less than 2.0 or a U was earned.
2.2-2.0     C       Average performance                            All grades will still appear on the transcript whether
1.9-1.7     C-                                                     repeated or not. If the most recent grade is lower than
1.6-1.3     D+                                                     the earlier grade, the student may request the registrar to
1.2-1.0     D       Minimum performance                            count just the higher grade in the GPA.
0.9-0.7     D-
                                                                   S/U	–	SATISFACTORY/UNSATISFACTORY
0.0-0.6     F       Unsatisfactory performance
                                                                   S/U grading is used for work experience, clinical, and skill
I	–	INCOMPLETE                                                     development courses. The S indicates a satisfactory level
An incomplete grade may be given if the student is doing           of performance by the student. By assigning an S grade,
passing work, is unable to complete the requirements               the instructor certifies a performance level of at least a
of the course during the quarter and can complete the              2.0 or higher. Credit is earned but the S does not affect
requirements within a contracted period of time. The student       the GPA calculation. A U grade is assigned when the level
does not reregister for the course in a later quarter to remove    of performance is below 2.0. A U grade does not earn
the Incomplete within the contracted period of time.               credit and does not affect the GPA.



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2       L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G    159
   6                   Academic Information




                       Z	–	UNOFFICIAL	WITHDRAWAL                                       2. Only quarters including credits graded below a 2.0
                       Students who attend briefly, rarely, or not at all, and who        may be forgiven.
                       fail to withdraw from a course with a W grade, may be           3. Grade forgiveness can include one or several quarters
                       assigned a grade of Z if appropriate in the judgment of an         from a prior census point back, as requested by
                       administrator. The Z grade does not earn credit and does           the student.
                       not count in the GPA calculation.                               4. The student must demonstrate a 2.0 GPA in all decimal
                                                                                          graded courses taken after the last date of the period
                       W	–	WITHDRAWAL
Academic Information




                                                                                          for which a student is requesting forgiveness.
                       A student may officially withdraw from any course
                                                                                       All courses in a given quarter are removed from the
                       through the eighth week of the quarter (or the equivalent
                                                                                       GPA but remain on the student’s transcript. This appeal
                       for a short course or courses with irregular start or end
                                                                                       can be requested by turning in a letter of appeal to the
                       dates) by completing a withdrawal form and submitting
                                                                                       registrar in Enrollment Services. A determination will
                       it to Enrollment Services. Official withdrawals occurring
                                                                                       be made whether grade forgiveness is appropriate on a
                       after the tenth instructional day of the quarter are
                                                                                       case-by-case basis.
                       posted with a W on the student’s permanent transcript.
                       Withdrawals do not count in the GPA calculations and            NOTE: Grade forgiveness can only be granted once.
                       cannot be assigned by faculty in the grading process.
                                                                                       Grades previously forgiven will not be reinstated. Also if
                       Y	–	IN	PROGRESS                                                 a student is transferring to another college, that college
                       A Y grade is given to students who are doing passing            may not recognize the grade forgiveness previously
                       coursework in basic skill classes (ABE, ESL, etc.) but need     granted at Lake Washington Institute of Technology.
                       additional instruction and time to complete course
                       requirements. Students are required to re-register for the      GRADE	APPEAL	PROCESS
                       course and pay all tuition and any other charges. The Y         Students are responsible for maintaining standards of
                       remains on the transcript for the quarter assigned, while       academic progress and following course procedures
                       the final grade will be posted to the quarter in which the      established by their instructors. The purpose of the grade
                       student re-enrolled in the course. The Y grade earns no         appeal is to protect students from prejudiced, arbitrary or
                       credit and does not affect the GPA.                             capricious academic evaluation.

                       *	(ASTERISK)                                                    A grade appeal only applies to the final course grade. The
                                                                                       assignment of a grade is the right and responsibility of
                       This symbol (asterisk) means the grade has not been
                                                                                       the instructor. Students have the right to appeal a grade
                       assigned yet. The student should consult with his or her
                                                                                       deemed arbitrary or capricious. In a grade appeal, the
                       instructor. This grade does not affect the GPA and does not
                                                                                       appropriate instructional division dean will meet only
                       earn credits. Note however that a * grade could prevent
                                                                                       with the student and instructor. No other advocate may
                       a student from receiving honors, impede financial aid
                                                                                       be present. The student is responsible for knowing and
                       eligibility, block graduation, or result in a student being
                                                                                       initiating the grade appeal process. The student must
                       considered in academic difficulty. It is important that all
                                                                                       file grade appeals within the first three weeks of the
                       enrolled courses be assigned valid grades.
                                                                                       academic quarter following the quarter in which the
                       ACADEMIC	GRADE	FORGIVENESS	POLICY                               grade was received.
                       In order to compensate for the effects of circumstances         The student must first meet with the instructor who
                       in a student’s past that may have negatively affected his       assigned the grade. The instructor will explain the rationale
                       or her GPA, LWIT offers a grade forgiveness policy. This        for awarding the grade. The student is responsible for
                       procedure can be accomplished through an appeal filed           demonstrating grade error or that arbitrary or capricious
                       with the registrar. The following criteria must be met to       assignment of the final course grade occurred. If the
                       be eligible for such an appeal:                                 result of the student’s meeting with the instructor does
                       1. Grades must be three or more years old.                      not produce a satisfactory resolution of the student


         160           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N    I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                         Academic Information
                                                                                                                                  6


appeal, the student may appeal to the appropriate                GRADE	REPORTS
division dean. The dean will meet with the student,              After the end of each quarter, grades can be accessed
review the course materials and grade assigned, and              through the college’s online services. Grades are not
render a decision to deny, approve, or modify the appeal         mailed out. Official transcripts are available through
within ten working days. The decision of the dean is final.      Enrollment Services and unofficial transcripts are
                                                                 available on the Web. It is important that students check
GRADE	POINT	AVERAGE	(GPA)                                        grades at the end of each quarter and address questions




                                                                                                                               Academic Information
The grade point average indicates the general                    promptly. See grade changes above.
achievement of the student. The quarterly GPA includes
only classes for that specific quarter; the cumulative           HONORS
GPA includes all classes which comprise the student’s
academic history at LWIT. GPA is calculated by dividing          HONOR	ROLL
the grade points by the number of credits of the courses         ƒPresident’s List requires a 4.0 quarterly grade-point
for which the student was awarded a decimal grade.                 average with a minimum of 12 college-level credits
Grade points are calculated by multiplying the number              earned cumulatively and 12 credits earned for the
of credits by the numeric value of the grade for each              quarter.
course. The calculation does not include courses for             ƒDean’s List requires a 3.7 quarterly grade-point average
which the student was awarded Z, Y, N, W, I, S, U, or other        with a minimum of 12 college-level credits earned
non-decimal grades.                                                cumulatively and 12 credits earned for the quarter.
                                                                   Both
                                                                 ƒ lists require a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 in
Example:                                                           all coursework.
Course	          Credits	 Grade                                  Honors are awarded at graduation for students who
ENGL 100            5         3.7                                achieve the following cumulative grade point averages:
ABED 040            5         S
                                                                   Cum
                                                                 ƒ Laude = 3.5 – 3.69
PSYC& 100           5         4.0
5 credits x 3.7 = 18.5 grade points.                             ƒMagna Cum Laude = 3.7 – 3.99
5 credits x 4.0 = 20 grade points.                               ƒSumma Cum Laude = 4.00
Total grade points: 18.5 + 20 = 38.5.                            Each candidate for graduation is assessed at the time
Total credits taken for a decimal grade: 5 + 5 = 10.             graduation is finally approved. Please contact Enrollment
GPA: 38.5 grade points divided by 10 credits = 3.85.             Services for further information.

The GPA is calculated for each quarter and also for all          PROGRAM	CLOSURE
quarters combined, which is referred to as a cumulative
                                                                 If a program is closed, the college will provide a method
GPA. Contact Enrollment Services if you have questions
                                                                 for current students to finish the degree or certificate.
about your GPA.
                                                                 Students must fulfill the requirements within six years
GRADE	CHANGES                                                    of the date of initial enrollment in the closed program.
Grades may be changed by instructors only in cases of            Substitutions for discontinued courses will be permitted
clerical errors or subsequent completion of coursework.          upon approval of the Dean of the closed program.
It is the student’s responsibility to initiate a grade
change with the instructor. A grade change form must
be completed, signed by the instructor, and submitted
to Enrollment Services before a grade change becomes
official. Students have 60 days from the end of the
quarter to request a grade change (deadlines for
Incomplete grades differ).



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N     I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G   161
2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y      C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                     7
                                             Course Descriptions




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2   L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F   T E C H N O L O G Y   C A T A L O G   163
   7                  Course Descriptions


                      Key to Course Prefixes
                      PREFIX	         COURSE	NAME                                    PREFIX	            COURSE	NAME
                      ABED        Adult Basic Education                              ENGL, ENGL&        English
                      ACBT        Auto Collision Body Technician                     ENGR               Engineering Graphics
                      ACCT        Accounting                                         ENGT               Engineering Graphics
                      ACPT        Auto Collision Paint Technician                    ETEC               Energy and Science Technician
                      ACRT        Auto Collision Repair Technician                   FSE                Funeral Service Education
                      APDZ        Applied Design                                     FTNS               Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
                      APPR        Apprenticeship                                     GEOG               Cartography
                      ARCH        Architectural Graphics                             GISA               Geographic Info Systems
                      ARGT        Architectural Graphics                             HMDS               College Strategies
                      ARST        Auto Restoration                                   HORT               Environmental Horticulture
                      ART, ART&   Art                                                HUM                Humanities
                      ASL&        American Sign Language                             IFAD               First Aid/CPR
                      AUTO        Automotive Repair Technician                       INTL               International
                      BAKE        Baking                                             KREA&              Korean
                      BAS         Business Administration Support                    MACH               Machine Technology
                      BIOL, BIOL& Biology                                            MAST               Massage Therapy
                      BUHR        Human Resources                                    MATH, MATH&        Mathematics
Course Descriptions




                      BUSA, BUSA& Business                                           MEDA               Medical Assisting
                      CEGT        Civil Engineering Graphics                         MMDP               Multimedia Design & Production
                      CFOR        Information Assurance &                            MMPE               Motorcycle, Marine &
                                  Computer Forensics                                                    Power Equipment Technology
                      CHEM, CHEM& Chemistry                                          MOHD               Motorcycle, Harley-Davidson®
                      CIVE        Civil Engineering Graphics                         NURS               Nursing
                      CJ&         Criminal Justice                                   NUTR&              Nutrition
                      CMST, CMST& Oral Communication                                 OTA                Occupational Therapy Assistant
                      CSNT        Computer Security &                                PHIL&              Philosophy
                                  Network Technician                                 PHYS, PHYS&        Physics
                      CULA        Culinary Arts                                      PSYC, PSYC&        Psychology
                      CWEX        Cooperative Work Experience                        PTA                Physical Therapist Assistant
                      DENT        Dental Assistant                                   SHSV               Social & Human Services
                      DHET        Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician                SOC, SOC&          Sociology
                      DHYG        Dental Hygiene                                     SPAN&              Spanish
                      EASL        English as a Second Language                       STAT               Statistics
                      ECEM        Child Care Manager                                 STEC               Energy & Science Technician
                      ECON&       Economics                                          TRAN               Transportation Core
                      EDUC        Education, Professional Technical                  WELD               Welding Fabrication &
                      ELEC        Electronics                                                           Maintenance Technology



        164           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2      L A K E   W A S H I N G T O N   I N S T I T U T E   O F    T E C H N O L O G Y       C A T A L O G
                                                                                                                   Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                              7
                                                                       Course Descriptions

                                   Course Title           Course Credits          ABED	040	 ADULT	BASIC	EDUCATION	MATH	II	                         5CR
Course prefix                                                                     This course covers fractions, decimals, percents, and ratios through
  & number       KEY                                                              the use of the four basic mathematical operations (add, subtract,
                                                                                  multiply, divide) in both numeric and story problems. Content
 Description     ACBT	121	 BASIC	BODY	REPAIR	                    10CR             includes numeric, symbol, and word representations of number
Courses that     Provides an understanding of product and repair…                 and the US measurement system. Prerequisite: ABED 030, equiva-
     must be     Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, CISA 101            lent placement score, or instructor permission.
  taken prior    or instructor permission.
 to this class                                                                    ABED	043	 GED	MATH	REVIEW	                                      5CR
                                                                                  This course reviews math topics on the GED exam. Both lecture and
                                                                                  individualized work are offered. Prerequisite: Appropriate place-
                                                                                  ment test score.
       ABED	010	 ABE	ORIENTATION	                                      1CR
       This course is for students who plan to enroll in the ABE program          ABED	045	 READING	IMPROVEMENT	                                   5CR
       at Lake Washington Institute of Technology. Topics covered include         An introductory Adult Basic Education reading skills class where
       LWIT campus resources, programs, and courses, and educational              students will focus on the sentence, including basic sentence types,
       and professional goal-setting. CASAS placement test and WABERS             usage, and punctuation. Students will practice writing sentences
       demographic form, or instructor permission.                                that relate to the same topic, which will be used to lead the student
                                                                                  into the development of paragraphs that are unified under a topic
       ABED	024	 WRITING	FUNDAMENTALS	                                     6CR    and a thesis sentence. Prerequisite: Equivalent placement score or
       This course is exclusively for students with sufficient reading,           instructor permission.
       listening, and speaking skills and developing writing skills. It is
       intended to prepare students for entry into the ABED 046 and               ABED	046	 WRITING	                                               5CR
       developmental English sequence. Prerequisites: Appropriate CASAS           An introductory Adult Basic Education writing skills class where
       and writing scores and instructor’s permission.                            students will focus on the sentence, including basic sentence types,
                                                                                  usage, and punctuation. Students will practice writing sentences




                                                                                                                                                           Course Descriptions
       ABED	030	 ADULT	BASIC	EDUCATION	MATH	I	                        2CR         that relate to the same topic, which will be used to lead the student
       Students gain mastery of whole number concepts and methods                 into the development of paragraphs that are unified under a topic
       through the use of the four basic mathematical operations (add,            and a thesis sentence. Prerequisite: Equivalent placement score or
       subtract, multiply, divide) in both numeric and story problems.            instructor permission.
       Students also study numeral and word representations of number,
       and the US standard measurement system. Prerequisite: Instructor           ABED	047	 JOB	SKILLS	TRAINING	                            1-15CR
       permission.                                                                Students strengthen worker readiness skills through learning
                                                                                  modules, group discussion and reading. General content includes
       ABED	035	 BASIC	SKILLS	LEVEL	I	                              1-5CR         effective communication, motivation, time management, financial
       Improve writing, reading, spelling, arithmetic, and English                management, workplace values and worker portfolio development.
       language speaking skills in an individualized self-paced learning          Prerequisite: Placement in class is by Workfirst staff.
       environment. Prerequisites: Instructor permission and equivalent
       placement test scores.                                                     ABED	048	 SELF-PACED	GED	                                     1-5CR
                                                                                  Set up an individual study plan to guide you through self-paced
       ABED	036	 BASIC	SKILLS	LEVEL	II	                             1-5CR         lessons; tutoring available when necessary. Prerequisite: Instructor
       Improve writing, reading, spelling, arithmetic, and English                permission.
       language speaking skills in an individualized self-paced learning
       environment. LRC instructor permission required; go to E214 to             ABED	049	 STRUCTURED	GED	PREPARATION	                             5CR
       register. Open entry/exit; placement through ASSET.                        This class is designed to prepare students to take all five parts of
                                                                                  the GED EXAM. This is a non-graded, continuous enrollment class.
       ABED	037	 BASIC	SKILLS	LEVEL	III	                            1-5CR         The class offers a combination of lecture and lab work. Prerequisite:
       Improve writing, reading, spelling, arithmetic, and English                Minimum CASAS Reading score of 221 and instructor permission.
       language speaking skills in an individualized self-paced learning
       environment. Prerequisite: Instructor permission and equivalent            ABED	053	 HEALTHCARE	BRIDGE	II	                                   6CR
       placement test scores.                                                     Students will practice and improve their reading, writing, and study
                                                                                  skills in the context of Health/Healthcare to prepare for entry into
                                                                                  LWIT Allied Health programs. Prerequisite: Completion of ESL level
                                                                                  5 or equivalent placement scores.




        2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E        W A S H I N G T O N      I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y           C A T A L O G       165
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      ABED	054	 ONLINE	GRAMMAR	&	WRITING		                                       ACBT	221	 PANEL	REPLACE	&	ADJUST	II	                            8CR
                                      FOR	ADVANCED	ESL	                                3CR       Includes various straightening, replacement and alignment
                      This writing class delivered on-line builds grammar skills in areas        techniques commonly used on structural panels. Student applies
                      (such as verb tenses and clauses) that remain a barrier to non-            classroom instruction in shop setting. Prerequisites: TRAN 110,
                      native English speakers’ success in ABED and English 093 classes.          TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
                      Prerequisite: EASL 050 or equivalent placement.
                                                                                                 ACBT	222	 UNIBODY	&	FRAME	ALIGNMENT	                         7CR
                      ABED	055	 ONLINE	GED	WRITING	PREPARATION	                         3CR      Course covers the setup, measurement and repair of various
                      Builds skills related to successfully passing the LA: Writing portion      types of unibody and frame damage. Consists of lecture sessions
                      of the GED test. Students improve sentence skills (grammar, usage,         followed by group and individual hands-on lab applications.
                      and mechanics) and develop five-paragraph essays. Prerequisite:            Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
                      Appropriate placement test score or instructor permission.
                                                                                                 ACBT	231	       MECHANICAL	AND		
                      ACBT	121	 BASIC	BODY	REPAIR/REFINISH	                         10CR                         ELECTRICAL	SYSTEMS	                              5CR
                      Provides an understanding of product and repair skills. Tool safety        Course examines drive train and wiring diagrams, flowcharts, and
                      and safe handling of both auto body and auto paint products will           various diagnostic procedures. Consists of lecture sessions followed
                      be emphasized, and products commonly used in the collision                 by shop application of sequential techniques taught in the lectures.
                      industry will be covered. Hands-on training will be provided. Pre-         Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
                      requisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor
                      permission.                                                                ACBT	232	 GLASS	REPLACEMENT	                                 5CR
                                                                                                 Course examines various types of automotive movable and sta-
                      ACBT	122	       COLLISION	ESTIMATING/	                                     tionary glass replacement, alignment, seal and hardware problems.
                                      ELECTRONIC	DISARM	PROCEDURE	                   6CR         Includes guided group and individual hands-on application.
                      Course covers collision estimating with lecture and hands-on               Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 125.
                      written estimating. The use of Collision Estimating Guides and how
                      to select parts and labor amounts will be taught. Safe handling of         ACBT	233	 ADVANCED	SHOP	PROCEDURES	                               5CR
                      electrical components will also be taught. Prerequisites: TRAN 110,        Course covers restoration and fabrication, including advanced
                      TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.                    characteristics and techniques of metal, plastic body filler and fiber-
                                                                                                 glass. Incorporates lecture material in shop application. Prerequi-
                      ACBT	131	 METAL	STRAIGHTENING	TECHNIQUES	 6CR                              sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 125.
                      Course covers the application of common metal straightening
                      techniques and outer body panel cosmetic repairs. Combines brief           ACCT	105	 QUICKBOOKS	                                          3CR
                      lecture sessions with intensive hands-on labs. Prerequisites: TRAN         QuickBooks is a popular accounting program designed for both
                      110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.                                         business and personal use. Instruction includes how to create
                                                                                                 and use a variety of accounts and forms pertaining to customers,
Course Descriptions




                      ACBT	132	 SURFACE	PREPARATION	                                    5CR      vendors, banks, inventory, check printing, reports and charts.
                      Course combines steps of surface defect causes and cures. Instruc-         Prerequisites: ACCT 111, BAS 105, BAS 120, or instructor permission.
                      tion will be provided on how to use plastic filler materials and tools.
                      Students will determine and apply plan to prepare surface for refin-       ACCT	111	 INTRODUCTION	TO	ACCOUNTING	I	                          5CR
                      ishing. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.             This is an introductory course emphasizing double-entry book-
                                                                                                 keeping for a sole proprietor. Students learn how to record business
                      ACBT	133	 MEASURING	SYSTEMS	                                 5CR           transactions, detect and correct errors, and prepare financial state-
                      Provides fundamentals of vehicle construction, measuring prin-             ments. A practice set provides the opportunity to maintain records
                      ciples and systems, including interpreting body dimension specifi-         for a business.. Prerequisites: MATH 070, ENGL 093, or equivalent
                      cation charts. Students will demonstrate classroom techniques in           placement score.
                      lab. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
                                                                                                 ACCT	112	 BUSINESS	CALCULATOR	APPLICATIONS	 3CR
                      ACBT	211	 AUTO	BODY	WELDING	                                  4CR          Students learn to use the desktop calculator by touch with a profi-
                      Integrates the operation, maintenance, safe practices and vehicle          ciency in speed and accuracy. Students use the desktop calculator
                      protection when MIG welding, brazing, and using a plasma arc               to solve a variety of business-related problems. Prerequisite: MATH
                      cutter. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.             070 or equivalent placement score.

                      ACBT	212	       DAMAGE	IDENTIFICATION		                                    ACCT	210	 INTRODUCTION	TO	ACCOUNTING	II	                       5CR
                                      AND	ANALYSIS	                                   5CR        Course covers basic accounting concepts, principles, and financial
                      Course offers estimating and measuring principles used in damage           statement preparation for a sole proprietorship. The course empha-
                      analysis. The course combines classroom lecture and demonstra-             sizes merchandising operations, inventory costing methods, bank
                      tion with group and individual practice via shop setting. Prerequi-        reconciliations, and depreciation. Prerequisites: ACCT 111, BUSA
                      sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.                             100 or MATH 080, or equivalent placement score, or instructor
                                                                                                 permission.
                      ACBT	213	 PANEL	REPLACE	&	ADJUST	I	                           6CR
                      Course combines replacement and alignment of outer body panels             ACCT	255	 INCOME	TAX	I	                                         5CR
                      with the alignment hinges, latches, bolted-on panels and common            Introduction to federal income tax laws for individuals. Course
                      hands-on tasks. Includes hands-on practice. Prerequisites: TRAN            covers gross income, deductions, and tax credits with emphasis
                      110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.                                         on in-depth preparation of individual tax returns. This course
                                                                                                 also covers items related to sole proprietorship business income
                                                                                                 (schedule C). Prerequisite: ACCT 210.


        166           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2          L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N         I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                        Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                   7
ACCT	256	 INCOME	TAX	II	                                         5CR    ACRT	121	 BASIC	BODY	REPAIR	                                  4CR
Beyond the basics of ACCT 255 individual income taxes. Course           This course focuses on the diagnosing, repair procedures, and
covers business expenses, cost recovery (tax depreciation), capital     product knowledge needed to accomplish basic body repair. Pre-
gains and losses, disposition of business assets, partnership           requisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor
taxation, and standard corporate income tax including subchapter        permission. Corequisites: ACRT 122, ACRT 123, ACRT 124.
S corporations. In addition the course will cover payroll and with-
holding tax procedures, general tax planning, and IRS procedures        ACRT	122	 BASIC	BODY	REFINISHING	                             4CR
and penalties. Prerequisite: ACCT 255.                                  This course focuses on the diagnosing, repair procedures, and
                                                                        product knowledge needed to accomplish basic body refinishing.
ACCT	275	 ETHICS	IN	BUSINESS	                                   5CR     Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or
This course introduces ethical decision making processes used in        instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 121, ACRT 123, ACRT 124.
business. Through group interaction and case scenarios, students
learn moral philosophies and social responsibilities as they pertain    ACRT	123	      VEHICLE/DAMAGE	IDENTIFICATION		
to working in business. Prerequisites: BUSA 103 or ENGL& 101,                          &	ANALYSIS	                                    4CR
ACCT 210.                                                               This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge, tool
                                                                        skills, and computer skills to complete estimates and complete
ACCT	280	 ACCOUNTING	PROJECTS	                                3CR       simple collision repairs. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN
A capstone simulation a student develops with the instructor to         113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 121,
give the student more depth or breadth in application or theory in      ACRT 122, and ACRT 124.
accounting. Prerequisite: Term V or Term VI accounting student or
instructor permission.                                                  ACRT	124	 BASIC	DETAILING	                                    4CR
                                                                        This course focuses on the diagnosing, repair procedures, and
ACCT&	201	 PRINCIPLES	OF	ACCOUNTING	I	                          5CR     product knowledge needed to properly detail vehicles. Prereq-
The first course in the accounting transfer sequence. This course       uisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor
introduces basic principles, concepts, theories and procedures of       permission. Corequisites: ACRT 121 ACRT 122, ACRT 123.
recording, analyzing, and interpreting financial data. Prerequisite:
ACCT 210 recommended.                                                   ACRT	131	 METAL	STRAIGHTENING	TECHNIQUES	 4CR
                                                                        This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
ACCT&	202	 PRINCIPLES	OF	ACCOUNTING	II	                        5CR      tool skills needed to straighten metal and do basic surface prepara-
The second course in the accounting transfer sequence. This             tions. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or
course is an introduction to the fundamentals of accounting with        instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 132, ACRT 133, and
application to sole proprietorship and corporate forms of business      ACRT 134.
organization. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor permission.
                                                                        ACRT	132	 AUTO	BODY	WELDING	                                    4CR
	ACCT&	203	 PRINCIPLES	OF	ACCOUNTING	III	                     5CR       This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and




                                                                                                                                                Course Descriptions
The third course in the accounting transfer sequence. Students          tool skills needed to properly complete welding tasks needed in
learn presentation and interpretation of financial data for             the collision repair shop. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN
managerial use. Applications of accounting output to managerial         113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 131,
control and planning are emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT& 202 or         ACRT 133, ACRT 134.
instructor permission.
                                                                        ACRT	133	 REFINISH	&	SURFACE	PREPARATION	                        4CR
ACPT	211	 INTRODUCTION	TO	CUSTOM	PAINTING	 4CR                          This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
Study and application of knowledge of various finishes including        tool skills needed to properly prepare finishes for painting. Pre-
set-up, primer, sealer, single stage, and base coat-clear coat          requisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor
systems. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.         permission. Corequisites: ACRT 131, ACRT 132, ACRT 134.

ACPT	212	      CUSTOM	PAINTING	PRODUCT/	                                ACRT	134	 AUTO	FINISHES/PAINT	APPLICATION	I	 4CR
               DATA	RESEARCH	                                4CR        This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
Course allows the student to apply knowledge of paint mixing            tool skills needed to properly paint vehicles. Prerequisites: TRAN
formulas and procedures learned in previous courses. Prerequisites:     110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.
TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.                                 Corequisites: ACRT 131, ACRT 132, ACRT 133.

ACPT	213	 CUSTOM	PAINTING	DESIGN	&	LAYOUT	 4CR                          ACRT	211	      BODY	PANEL	REPLACEMENT	&		
Study and application of knowledge of color movement and tint                          ADJUSTMENT	I	                                  4CR
color to obtain blendable match along with a solid and metallic         This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and tool
color characteristics. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,     skills needed to adjust body and panels, bumper, and doors. Pre-
TRAN 125.                                                               requisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor
                                                                        permission. Corequisites: ACRT 212, ACRT 213, ACRT 214.
ACPT	214	 CUSTOM	PAINT	APPLICATIONS	                           4CR
This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and tool       ACRT	212	      MINOR	UNIBODY	AND		
skills to complete beginning custom painting tasks. Prerequisites:                     FRAME	ALIGNMENT	                               4CR
TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.       This course focuses on the diagnosing, repair procedures, and
Corequisites: ACPT 211, ACPT 212, ACPT 213.                             product knowledge needed to use frame and measuring equip-
                                                                        ment to properly straighten unibody and frame vehicles. Prereq-
                                                                        uisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor
                                                                        permission. Corequisites: ACRT 211, ACRT 213, ACRT 214.


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F   T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G      167
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      ACRT	213	       AUTOMOTIVE	FINISHES/	                                   ACRT	234	 PAINT	PROBLEMS	                                         4CR
                                      PAINT	APPLICATION	II	                         4CR       This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
                      This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and            tool skills to identify and fix paint problems. Prerequisites: TRAN
                      tool skills needed to complete advance painting procedures. Pre-        110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.
                      requisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor       Corequisites: ACRT 231, ACRT 232, ACRT 233.
                      permission. Corequisites: ACRT 211, ACRT 212, ACRT 214.
                                                                                              APDZ	311	 INTRO	TO	APPLIED	DESIGN	                               5CR
                      ACRT	214	 PAINT	TINTING	&	MATCHING	I	                         4CR       A survey course of concepts and issues in applied design. Design
                      This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and tool       terminology will be reviewed and contemporary design-related
                      skills needed to a properly complete paint mixing and matching          concepts such as human factors, interaction design, usability, and
                      procedures. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN           heuristics will be examined. Through these lenses students will
                      125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 211, ACRT 212,        gain an overview of the Applied Design program. They will assess
                      ACRT 213.                                                               their technical, design, and academic skills and identify areas for
                                                                                              improvement, and undertake a research project related to their
                      ACRT	221	       BODY	PANEL	REPLACEMENT	&		                              area of interest and specialization. Students will consider and begin
                                      ADJUSTMENT	II	                                 4CR      refining their personal design aesthetic. Prerequisite: Admission to
                      This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and            BTAD program or instructor permission.
                      tool skills needed to a remove, replace and adjust body panels. Pre-
                      requisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor       APDZ	321	 THE	BUSINESS	OF	DESIGN	                             5CR
                      permission. Corequisites: ACRT 222, ACRT 223, ACRT 224.                 This course provides an overview of business vocabulary, functions,
                                                                                              processes, and the design segment for students in the BTAD
                      ACRT	222	       MECHANICAL	AND		                                        program. It also addresses aspects of management and leadership,
                                      ELECTRICAL	SYSTEMS	                             4CR     law, contracts, and human resources. Case studies of design busi-
                      This course focuses on the diagnosing, repair procedures, and           nesses are included. Prerequisite: Admission to the BTAD Program.
                      product knowledge needed to accomplish mechanical and
                      electrical system repairs. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN      APDZ	331	 MANAGING	CREATIVITY	&	INNOVATION	 5CR
                      113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 221,        The unique role of the manager who is responsible for creation and
                      ACRT 223, ACRT 224.                                                     design is examined. Particular attention is paid to the skills needed
                                                                                              to lead a team of creative professionals. Prerequisite: Admission to
                      ACRT	223	       AUTO	FINISHES/	                                         the BTAD Program
                                      PAINT	APPLICATION	III	                        4CR
                      This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and            APDZ	332	 ENTREPRENEURSHIP	&	DESIGN	                              5CR
                      tool skills needed to complete advance auto finish and paint            A practical study of how design innovations lead to new opportuni-
                      application procedures. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN         ties. Issues of copyright, patent, license, marketing, securing capital
                      113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 221,        and freelancing will be discussed. Students will create a business
Course Descriptions




                      ACRT 222, ACRT 224.                                                     plan for an entrepreneurial design venture. Prerequisite: Admission
                                                                                              to BTAD program or instructor permission.
                      ACRT	224	 PAINT	TINTING	&	MATCHING	II	                        4CR
                      This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and tool       APDZ	333	 APPLIED	DESIGN	TECHNOLOGY	                           5CR
                      skills needed to complete advanced paint tinting and matching           Course designed for BTAD students to learn a new or updated
                      procedures. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN           technology software taught in a lower-division course while
                      125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 221, ACRT 222,        working directly with an upper-division faculty adviser to ensure
                      ACRT 223.                                                               lower-division technology outcomes and upper-division com-
                                                                                              munication, problem solving and project design outcomes are met.
                      ACRT	231	      MAJOR	UNIBODY	&		                                        Prerequisite: Admission to the BTAD Program
                                     FRAME	ALIGNMENT	                                4CR
                      This course focuses on the diagnosing, repair procedures, and           APDZ	334	 APPLIED	DESIGN	THEORY	                                 5CR
                      product knowledge needed to accomplish advance measuring and            Course designed for BTAD student to learn or enhance a skill,
                      frame straitening tasks. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN        technique or theoretical understanding taught in a lower-division
                      113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 232,        course while working directly with an upper-division faculty
                      ACRT 233, ACRT 234.                                                     adviser to ensure lower-division course skills outcomes and
                                                                                              upper-division, critical thinking, analytical and project design
                      ACRT	232	        ADVANCED	COLLISION		                                   outcomes are met. Prerequisite: Admission to the BTAD Program
                                       REPAIR	PROCEDURES	                             4CR     and instructor permission
                      This course focuses on the diagnosing, repair procedures, and
                      product knowledge needed to complete estimates. Students will           APDZ	381	 THEORY	OF	INTERACTIVITY	                               5CR
                      also perform general collision shop procedures such as welding,         This course provides a survey of the field of interaction design from
                      filling and finishing metal. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN    historical, cultural and industry practice perspectives. Students
                      113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ACRT 231,        will study the basics of human perception, explore the rules that
                      ACRT 233, ACRT 234.                                                     govern interaction design, and examine principles of human-com-
                                                                                              puter interaction. Prerequisite: Admission to the BTAD Program.
                      ACRT	233	 SPECIALIZED	PAINT	FINISHES	                            4CR
                      This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and tool
                      skills needed to complete specialized finish tasks. Prerequisites:
                      TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.
                      Corequisites: ACRT 231, ACRT 232, ACRT 234.


        168           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                          Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                     7
APDZ	382	 BRAND	COMMUNICATION	&	MARKETING	5CR                            ARGT	121	 ARCHITECTURAL	GRAPHICS	                                 4CR
This course provides a survey of the field of Brand Communica-           Fundamentals of architectural graphics including: terminology,
tion design and marketing from historical, cultural and industry         media, line conventions, architectural lettering, scaling, sketching,
practice perspectives. Students will study the principles of brand       floor plans, sections, elevations, and dimensioning techniques.
communication and contemporary marketing theory. Prerequisite:           Emphasis is placed on architectural standards and conventions.
Admission to the BTAD Program.                                           Prerequisite: ENGT 101 or instructor permission

APDZ	441	 PROJECT	MANAGEMENT	                                     5CR    ARGT	131	 REVIT	ARCHITECTURE	I	                                 4CR
Examines essential strategies and methods for managing projects.         This is a basic course in Autodesk Revit Architecture. Students will
Students apply a step-by-step methodology to develop plans,              learn how to produce an architectural project utilizing Revit soft-
apply project management concepts, demonstrate presentation              ware in 3D. Revit is an architectural program and uses architectural
skills and perform a post project review for projects specific to the    elements and terminology. Prerequisite: ENGT 132 or instructor
design field. Prerequisite: Admission to BTAD program                    permission.

APDZ	451	 DESIGN	TEAM	PRACTICUM	                               5CR       ARGT	132	 REVIT	ARCHITECTURE	II	                                 4CR
Under the direction of their instructor, students will work in           A more advanced course in Revit Architecture. Students will learn
teams to perform design tasks in partnership with real-world             content creation, advanced design and documentation tools and
design projects. Some on-site work at a partner organization may         how to manage their Revit files and projects. As well course will
be required. Prerequisite: Admission to the BTAD Program and             introduce advanced presentation and coordination techniques, file
instructor permission.                                                   linking, site and MEP toolsets. Prerequisite: ARGT 131 or instructor
                                                                         permission.
APDZ	461	 SENIOR	CAPSTONE	PROJECT	                               5CR
Students will complete a culminating project integrating all of their    ARGT	211	 ARCHITECTURAL	PRINT	READING	II	                     2CR
coursework and resulting in an employment portfolio piece that           Advanced print reading and interpretation of architectural
involves all steps in the design process from ideation to proof of       construction documents are covered in this course. Students will
concept, showcasing their abilities. Prerequisites: Admission to the     demonstrate their knowledge of layout, terminology, materials,
BTAD program and instructor permission.                                  construction methods, dimensions, symbols, building codes, and
                                                                         notes through professional presentations. Prerequisite: ARGT 222.
APDZ	497	 DESIGN	PRACTICE	INTERNSHIP	                        1-5CR
Professional practice design internship designed to expand               ARGT	212	 RESIDENTIAL	CONSTRUCTION	
student learning in the workplace. Students work with a faculty                         TECHNIQUES	                                      4CR
member and internship site supervisor to formalize the academic          This course researches different construction methods and tech-
component of the experience through development of learning              niques, terminology, materials, and building systems. It includes
objectives, professional projects, timesheets, work samples and          research of new and innovative construction materials, technolo-
written reviews. Prerequisites: Admission to the BTAD Program and        gies, and applications. Prerequisite: ARGT 112.




                                                                                                                                                  Course Descriptions
instructor permission
                                                                         ARGT	215	 CONSTRUCTION	MATERIALS	                              4CR
ARCH	201	 HISTORY	OF	AMERICAN	ARCHITECTURE	 3CR                          Study of construction materials for residential and commercial
History of architecture in America from the 17th century colonial        architecture including wood, steel, plastics, composites, masonry
beginnings through the 20th century. Topics of study include:            and concrete. Prerequisite: ARGT 112 or instructor permission.
European influence, vernacular styles, architectural terminology
and an introduction to the architects who influenced design and          ARGT	221	 RESIDENTIAL	DESIGN	DRAWINGS	                        4CR
construction in America.                                                 This course covers residential design beginning at a conceptual
                                                                         stage through the design development phase of a project. Design
ARCH	205	 THEORY	OF	ARCHITECTURE	                                3CR     drawings are produced utilizing common architectural graphic
This course investigates and studies architectural theories of           media techniques. Prerequisites: ARGT 211, ARCH 201, or instructor
importance. Lecture and research assignments will expand aware-          permission.
ness of architectural values and principles, including influential
theorist and theories throughout history. Prerequisite: ENGT 101 or      ARGT	222	 RESIDENTIAL	CONSTRUCTION		
instructor permission.                                                                   DOCUMENTS	                                       4CR
                                                                         This is a continuation of ARGT 221 and the course covers residential
ARGT	111	 ARCHITECTURAL	PRINT	READING	I	                      2CR        architectural graphics standards, floor plans, sections, elevations,
This course is an overview and introduction to print reading             stairs, roofs and foundations. Primary focus is on developing and
and interpretation, layout, terminology, dimensions, symbols,            refining production of construction documents. Various archi-
building codes. Actual professional construction documents will          tectural graphics media and software applications are utilized.
be reviewed and studied. Prerequisite: ENGT 101 or instructor            Prerequisite: ARGT 221.
permission.
                                                                         ARGT	223	 RESIDENTIAL	PROJECT	–	ADVANCED	                       4CR
ARGT	112	 CONSTRUCTION	TECHNIQUES	                              4CR      This is an advanced class for students to create an additional
This course covers residential construction methods and tech-            residential project: Students will develop a complete set of design
niques, terminology, materials, codes, permits, and costs. Includes      and/or working drawings applying local building codes. Various
study of wood framing systems, foundation systems, stair design,         architectural graphics media and software applications are utilized.
and roof systems. Prerequisite: ARGT 111                                 Prerequisite: ARGT 222.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y           C A T A L O G       169
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      ARGT	225	 CONSTRUCTION	MANAGEMENT		                                     ARST	211	 INTRO	TO	AUTOMOTIVE	RESTORATION	 2CR
                                      AND	ESTIMATING	                               4CR       This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and tool
                      This course covers construction units of measure, estimating            skills to expose students to the principles of automotive restora-
                      techniques, methods of preparing construction estimates, and            tion. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or
                      management of a construction project. Office practices and con-         instructor permission. Corequisites: ARST 212, ARST 213, ARST 214,
                      struction scheduling are covered. Prerequisites: MATH 090, ARGT         ARST 215, ARST 216.
                      212, or instructor permission.
                                                                                              ARST	212	 AUTOMOTIVE	RESTORATION	RESEARCH	 2CR
                      ARGT	228	 CONSTRUCTION	SPECIFICATIONS	                           4CR    This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
                      This course is a study of the construction contract process,            computer skills needed to research information to complete
                      methods, materials, contractual relationships, specifications, con-     automotive restoration tasks. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
                      struction document organization, and the Construction Specifica-        TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisites: ARST
                      tions Institute (CSI) – Masterformat 2004. Prerequisite: ARGT 222 or    211, ARST 213, ARST 214, ARST 215, ARST 216.
                      instructor permission.
                                                                                              ARST	213	 RESTORATION	SKILLS	I	                                  2CR
                      ARGT	231	 REVIT	ARCHITECTURE	I	                                 4CR     This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
                      This course is a study of commercial construction techniques:           tool skills to complete beginning restoration tasks. Prerequisites:
                      materials, standards, codes, permits, and costs. Various concrete       TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.
                      construction systems and steel frame systems are investigated and       Corequisites: ARST 211, ARST 212, ARST 214, ARST 215, ARST 216.
                      presented. Prerequisite: ARGT 112.
                                                                                              ARST	214	      INTRODUCTION	TO	AUTOMOTIVE		
                      ARGT	232	 REVIT	ARCHITECTURE	II	                             4CR                       INTERIOR	RESTORATION	                              2CR
                      This course covers commercial design beginning at a conceptual          This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and tool
                      stage through the design development phase of a project. A set          skills to complete simple interior restoration tasks. Prerequisites:
                      of design drawings are produced utilizing common architectural          TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.
                      graphic media techniques. Prerequisites: ENGT 131, ARGT 221.            Corequisites: ARST 211, ARST 212, ARST 213, ARST 215, ARST 216.

                      ARGT	233	 COMMERCIAL	CONSTRUCTION		                                     ARST	215	        WOOD	&	METAL		
                                       DOCUMENTS	                                      4CR                     SURFACE	PREPARATION	                         4CR
                      This course is a continuation of ARGT 232 covering commercial           This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
                      architectural graphics standards, floor plans, sections, elevations,    tool skills to complete basic wood and metal preparation tasks. Pre-
                      stairs, roofs, and foundations. Primary focus is on production of       requisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor
                      construction documents. Various architectural graphics media and        permission. Corequisites: ARST 211, ARST 212, ARST 213, ARST 214,
                      software applications are utilized. Prerequisite: ARGT 232.             ARST 216.
Course Descriptions




                      ARGT	241	 ARCHITECTURAL	ILLUSTRATION	                         4CR       ARST	216	        PAINT	FUNDAMENTALS		
                      This course covers architectural illustration techniques and                             PROPERTIES	AND	APPLICATIONS	                      4CR
                      includes: orthographic, axonometric and oblique projection; and         This course focuses on the procedures, product knowledge and
                      2- point perspectives. Lettering and rendering techniques with          tool skills to complete basic refinishing tasks. Prerequisites: TRAN
                      emphasis on a variety of media and software are covered. Prerequi-      110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.
                      sites: ARGT 131 or ENGT 131.                                            Corequisites: ARST 211, ARST 212, ARST 213, ARST 214, ARST 215.

                      ARGT	245	 ARCHITECTURAL	MODEL	BUILDING	                        3CR      ART&	100	 ART	APPRECIATION	                                     5CR
                      This is a basic course in architectural model making. Emphasis is       Art Appreciation is an introduction to the diverse foundations
                      placed on current model making techniques used by architectural         of visual art. Course objectives primarily focus on students’
                      and engineering firms for marketing their professional services and     recognition of and conversation about the basic concepts, styles,
                      proposals. Prerequisite: ARGT 221.                                      techniques, terminology and principles of visual art and art history.

                      ARGT	261	 ARCHITECTURAL	PROBLEMS	I	                              4CR    ART	102	        BEGINNING		
                      Students develop and define a project while coordinating with                           TWO-DIMENSIONAL	DESIGN	                           5CR
                      faculty. The architectural project begins at a conceptual stage and     This course covers exploration of the two-dimensional design pro-
                      will develop through the design phase of a project. Students work       cess including problem identification leading to the development
                      individually or on teams, explore and document their work through       of alternate solutions. Students will engage in critical dialogue
                      sketches, study models, and design and present their drawings.          exploring the content and context of creative work. Students
                      Prerequisites: ENGT 132, ARGT 222.                                      will examine essential two-dimensional surface design concepts
                                                                                              and processes throughout the course by completing conceptual
                      ARGT	262	 ARCHITECTURAL	PROBLEMS	II	                             4CR    exercises.
                      This is a continuation of Architectural Problems I. Student will
                      continue project development while coordinating with faculty.           ART	111	       BEGINNING	PAINTING		
                      The student’s architectural project begins at the design phase and                     FOR	NON-ART	MAJORS	                               5CR
                      will continue through design development. Students working              Introduces students to traditional and contemporary concepts and
                      individually or on teams, explore and document their project            techniques in oil/acrylic painting. Students learn to organize form,
                      process through sketches, study models, presentation, and working       color, and tone while practicing various methods of application,
                      drawings. Prerequisite: ARGT 222.                                       color mixing, and surface preparation.




        170           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                             Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                         7
ART	112	       INTERMEDIATE	PAINTING		                                     ART	255	         BEGINNING	PAINTING	FOR	ART	MAJORS	 5CR
               FOR	NON	ART	MAJORS	                            5CR          Covers theory as well as practice and encourages originality
Students further the skills taught in ART 111 and investigate              and creativity. Furthers student understanding of the methods,
painting as a means for self-expression. Explores advanced compo-          materials, and ideas that are central to the practice of painting still
sitions and use of various materials. Prerequisite: ART 111.               lifes, figures, and landscapes. Prerequisites: MMDP 103, or ART 105
                                                                           or, ART 113, or instructor permission.
ART	113	       ADVANCED	PAINTING		
               FOR	NON	ART	MAJORS	                            5CR          ART	256	         INTERMEDIATE	PAINTING		
Provides advanced instruction in painting using objectives taught                           FOR	ART	MAJORS	                                5CR
in ART 112. Students demonstrate advanced compositional theo-              Students continue to develop their skills in painting by focusing
ries and painting methods. Prerequisite: ART 112.                          on advanced composition theories and abstract concepts. Explores
                                                                           value, pattern, tone, mood, and color theories to stretch and refine
ART	121	       INTRODUCTION	TO	DRAWING	                          5CR       abilities. Prerequisite: ART 255.
In-depth study of basic drawing skills, sketching principles, and
visual communication through the drawn object. Culminates in               ART	257	        ADVANCED	PAINTING	FOR	ART	MAJORS	 5CR
execution of a storyboard in a team setting. The final objective is to     Explores traditional and contemporary approaches to theory and
express a project concept on paper to an employer, client, or fellow       practice of painting. Emphasizes evoking emotional responses
designer.                                                                  through effects of light, color, and abstraction. Students produce
                                                                           a series of paintings and further explore materials and subject
ART	124	        INTRODUCTION	TO	PRINTMAKING	                  5CR          matter. Prerequisite: ART 256.
This course explores the fundamentals of repeatable print media,
including relief, monotype, monoprint, intaglio (dry and wet               ART	324	        PRINTMAKING	FOR	DESIGNERS	                      5CR
techniques) and stencil printing. Students create repeatable matrix        This course explores relief, monotype, monoprint, intaglio (dry
and edition prints.                                                        and wet techniques), and stencil printmaking. Additional media
                                                                           are introduced for historical background. Students research the
ART	201	       SURVEY	OF	WESTERN	ART	–	ANCIENT	 5CR                        historical evolution of print graphic arts and forge connections
Major achievements in painting, sculpture, architecture, and the           between traditional print media and modern commercial print
decorative arts in Europe, the Near East, and North Africa, from           design. Prerequisite: Admission to the BTAD program or instructor
prehistoric times to the beginnings of Christianity. This course also      permission
offers some preliminary training in visual analysis and a practical
introduction to the critical vocabulary of art history.                    ASL&	121	 AMERICAN	SIGN	LANGUAGE	I	                           5CR
                                                                           The student will learn the basic manual alphabet, vocabulary,
ART	202	         SURVEY	OF	WESTERN	ART	–		                                 numbers and phrases used in everyday communication, while
                 MEDIEVAL	&	RENAISSANCE	                          5CR      developing an understanding and appreciation of Deaf Culture.
This course examines the arts of the Byzantine Empire, Islam, and




                                                                                                                                                      Course Descriptions
Western Christendom through 1520 AD. This course traces the                AUTO	120	 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS	SYSTEMS	 14CR
artistic creativity of the people who lived during the Early Christian,    This course focuses on the understanding and repair of automo-
Medieval and Renaissance periods of history, that is, from about 1         tive electrical, electronic systems utilizing industry standards and
AD to about 1540.                                                          techniques. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN
                                                                           125, or instructor permission.
ART	203	        INTERMEDIATE	DRAWING	                           5CR
This course builds on existing skills and terminology learned in           AUTO	124	 MAINTENANCE	PROCEDURES	                              2CR
Intro to Drawing. Advanced approaches to composition, color                This course focuses on the understanding of periodic maintenance
media, subject matter and drawing genres will be examined in               intervals and procedures utilizing industry standards, techniques,
both representational and non-representational projects and                and equipment. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
exercises. Prerequisite: MMDP 103.                                         TRAN 125, or instructor permission. Corequisite: AUTO 120.

ART	205	        HUMAN	LIFE	DRAWING	                            5CR         AUTO	134	 ENGINE	PERFORMANCE	–	IGNITION	                       4CR
This advanced drawing class focuses on the human form as a basis           This course focuses on the understanding, analysis and repair of
for learning about composition, anatomy (including skeletal and            automotive ignition systems utilizing industry standards and tech-
muscular structure), and movement. Students will exit the class            niques. This course teaches to the global outcome of communica-
with the ability to draw the human form accurately in proportions,         tion. Prerequisites: AUTO 120, AUTO 124, or instructor permission.
gesture, balance, structure, foreshortening, and surface anatomy.          Corequisites: AUTO 135, AUTO 136, AUTO 138.
Prerequisites: MMDP 103 or instructor permission.
                                                                           AUTO	135	 ENGINE	PERFORMANCE	–	FUEL	                             4CR
ART	252	        ADVANCED	TWO-DIMENSIONAL	DESIGN	 4CR                       This course focuses on the understanding and repair of automo-
This course is designed to build on learning from ART 102, Two-            tive fuel delivery systems utilizing industry standards, techniques,
Dimensional Graphic Design. Exercises are intended to stimulate            and equipment. Prerequisites: AUTO 120, AUTO 124, or instructor
imagination, develop capacity for critical thinking, envision design       permission. Corequisites: AUTO 134, AUTO 136, AUTO 138.
solutions, explore conceptual design, and foster an understanding
of the creative process. Students will review the elements and             AUTO	136	 ENGINE	PERFORMANCE	–	EMISSIONS	 4CR
principles of design, marketing, branding, logos, and symbols. Class       This course focuses on the understanding, repair and service
projects will help build upon student portfolio. Prerequisite:             of automotive emission systems and devices utilizing industry
ART 102.                                                                   standards and techniques. Prerequisites: AUTO 120, AUTO 124, or
                                                                           Instructor permission required. Corequisites: AUTO 134, AUTO 135,
                                                                           AUTO 138.


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2          L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N         I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y             C A T A L O G       171
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      AUTO	138	 ENGINE	PERFORMANCE	–		                                        BAKE	114	       ARTISAN	CHOCOLATES		
                                      COMPUTER	CONTROL	                             4CR                       AND	CONFECTIONS	                                 2CR
                      This course focuses on the understanding and repair of the              This course is an introduction to specialty chocolates and confec-
                      Onboard Diagnostic system and automotive computer controls              tions. Students will explore the creation, design, and marketing
                      utilizing industry standards, techniques and equipment. Prereq-         of truffles, candies, caramel and confections. Students will learn
                      uisites: AUTO 120, AUTO 124, or Instructor permission required.         chocolate handling, tempering, and origin. Prerequisite: CULA 127.
                      Corequisites: AUTO 134, AUTO 135, AUTO 136.                             Corequisites: BAKE 110, BAKE 120.

                      AUTO	140	 BRAKE	SYSTEMS	                                       10CR     BAKE	120	 SPECIALTY	CAKES	AND	DESIGN	                             6CR
                      This course focuses on the diagnosis, repair and service of automo-     This course is an introduction to specialty cakes. Students will learn
                      tive brakes and Anti-lock brake control systems utilizing industry      construction and a variety of techniques to create classical cakes.
                      standards, technique and equipment. Prerequisites: TRAN 110,            The focus is on formulas, fillings, icings and finishing to produce
                      TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequisite: AUTO 144.                    salable bakery items. Prerequisite: CULA 127. Corequisites: BAKE
                                                                                              110, BAKE 114.
                      AUTO	144	 SUSPENSION,	STEERING	&	ALIGNMENT	 6CR
                      This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis and repair of       BAKE	122	 ARTISAN	BREAD	                                        7CR
                      automotive suspension, steering and alignment principles utilizing      Students will learn the advanced techniques for making specialty
                      industry standards, equipment and techniques. Prerequisites: TRAN       bread using preferment techniques and starters. Breads from other
                      110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequisite: AUTO 140.               cultures will be explored. Prerequisite: CULA 127. Corequisite:
                                                                                              BAKE 124.
                      AUTO	210	 ENGINES,	CYLINDER	BLOCKS,		
                                     COOLING	SYSTEMS	                              10CR       BAKE	124	 CENTERPIECE	CONSTRUCTION	                            7CR
                      This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis, repair and         Students will learn the advanced techniques for making specialty
                      servicing of automotive engines and cooling systems utilizing           centerpieces and showpieces to include chocolate, sugar and bread
                      industry standards, techniques and equipment. Prerequisites: TRAN       sculpture construction. Prerequisite: CULA 127. Corequisite: BAKE
                      110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequisites: AUTO 215, AUTO         122.
                      220, AUTO 225.
                                                                                              BAS	100	       PREPARING	FOR	SUCCESSFUL		
                      AUTO	215	 AIR	CONDITIONING	SERVICE	                           6CR                      ONLINE	LEARNING	                                  2CR
                      This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis and repair of       This class prepares students to be successful learners in an online
                      automotive air conditioning and heating systems utilizing industry      environment. Students will utilize computers, software, a learning
                      standards, techniques and equipment. Prerequisites: TRAN 110,           management system, and other technology that they may
                      TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequisites: AUTO 210, AUTO 220,         encounter as online students. Students will also be instructed in
                      AUTO 225.                                                               general organizational skills.
Course Descriptions




                      AUTO	220	 AUTOMATIC	TRANSMISSION		                                      BAS	101	         COMPUTER	APPLICATIONS	                         2CR
                                     &	TRANSAXLES	                                  8CR       This class is an introduction to using computers, software, and
                      This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis and repair          understanding computer terminology. It covers an introduction to
                      of automotive automatic transmissions and transaxles utilizing          Windows and basic word processing (Microsoft Word), spread-
                      industry standards, techniques and equipment. Prerequisites: TRAN       sheets (Microsoft Excel) and presentation software (Microsoft
                      110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequisites: AUTO 210, AUTO         PowerPoint). Students will gain an understanding of what the
                      215, AUTO 225.                                                          programs are and how to create, print and save files.

                      AUTO	225	 MANUAL	TRANSMISSION		                                         BAS	102	       OFFICE	ADMINISTRATION	                             3CR
                                     &	TRANSAXLES	                                   8CR      This course develops the foundation for the Administrative
                      This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis and repair of       Assistant position. It includes the areas of office Systems, finance,
                      automotive manual transmissions, transaxles, clutches, differentials    business law, and management.
                      and drive axles utilizing industry standards, techniques and equip-
                      ment. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.            BAS	105	      KEYBOARDING	I	                                  3CR
                      Corequisite: AUTO 220.                                                  The major objectives are to develop touch control of the keyboard,
                                                                                              develop proper keyboarding techniques, build basic speed and
                      AUTO	298	 JOB	SEARCH	&	EMPLOYABILITY	SKILLS	 1CR                        accuracy, and provide concentrated practice. The student must
                      Students develop job search objectives and practice employability       show competency by keyboarding at 30 words a minute for 3
                      skills needed for successful employment. Prerequisite: Instructor       minutes, with 3 or fewer errors.
                      permission.
                                                                                              BAS	106	       KEYBOARDING	II	                               3CR
                      BAKE	110	 CAKE	DECORATION	                                       5CR    Continue to develop touch control of the keyboard, develop
                      This course is an introduction to cake decorating skills. Students      proper keyboarding techniques, build speed and accuracy, through
                      will learn piping skills and techniques. Buttercream, foundant and      concentrated practice. The student must show competency by
                      gumpaste methods will be explored to create special occasion            keyboarding at 50 words a minute for 3 minutes, with 3 or fewer
                      cakes and design wedding cakes. Prerequisite: CULA 127. Corequi-        errors. Prerequisite: BAS 105 or instructor permission.
                      sites: BAKE 114, BAKE 120.




        172           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                          Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                       7
BAS	107	       KEYBOARDING	III	                                  3CR     BAS	172	       E-COMMERCE/BUSINESS		
Develop touch control of the keyboard and proper keyboarding                            ON	THE	INTERNET	                                4CR
techniques, build speed and accuracy. The student must show com-         Introduction to how to conduct business on the Internet. Students
petency by keyboarding at 60 words a minute for 3 minutes, with 3        will examine the impact of the Internet on our economy, look at
or fewer errors. Prerequisite: BAS 106 or instructor permission.         typical business uses, see the effects of nonsales E-Commerce,
                                                                         and look at marketing, advertising and customer service on the
BAS	108	      KEYBOARDING	IV	                                 3CR        Internet. Prerequisite: BAS 120.
The major objectives are to develop touch control of the keyboard,
develop proper keyboarding techniques, build basic speed and             BAS	191	       CUSTOMER	SERVICE/HELP	DESK	                      3CR
accuracy, and provide concentrated practice. The student must            The student will acquire and enhance his/her communication,
show competency by keyboarding at 75 words a minute for 3                listening, problem solving, and decision making skills which will
minutes, with 3 or fewer errors. Prerequisite: BAS 107.                  assist the student on the job to provide customer satisfaction.

BAS	110	        OFFICE	TECHNOLOGY	                           5CR         BAS	195	        CAPSTONE	PROJECT	                                 3CR
The student will develop the knowledge and skills to become an           Students apply the skills and competencies they have acquired to a
office professional in a changing work environment. The course           project in a simulated professional setting. Prerequisite: Instructor
covers current office procedures, document creation, communica-          permission.
tion, records management, and telephone skills.
                                                                         BAS	198	        JOB	SEARCH	SKILLS	                               2CR
BAS	111	     WORD	                                            5CR        Designed to develop knowledge and skills that will be demanded
Beginning and intermediate word processing course covering               on the job to provide the student a high degree of success. Course
document creation, retrieval, character and paragraph formatting,        covers how to write a resume, dependable strengths report and
multi-page documents, columns, tables, graphics, and form letters.       cover letter; searching and applying for a job, interviewing for a job,
                                                                         and how to follow-up on the job search.
BAS	112	       EXCEL	I	                                          5CR
Beginning and intermediate course in spreadsheets. Topics covered        BAS	211	       WORD	II	                                          5CR
include document creation, retrieval, entering text, numbers, and        A continuation of BAS 111. Students learn advanced word
formulas, formatting, financial functions, what-if analysis, graphs,     processing skills that the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist
and charts. Prerequisite: BAS 120 or instructor permission.              Word exam assesses. Prerequisite: BAS 111 or instructor permission.

BAS	114	        ACCESS	                                          5CR     BAS	212	        EXCEL	II	                                       5CR
Beginning to intermediate course on databases. Topics covered            This course covers in-depth theory and application of spreadsheets.
include design of tables, forms, reports and queries; update, add,       Topics include macros, databases, what-if analysis, pivot tables,
delete, and modifying data; and creating custom reports and              import/export, advanced formulas and creating and managing
forms using filters and queries. Prerequisite: BAS 120 or instructor     files. Prerequisites: BAS 112 and BUSA 100 or equivalent placement




                                                                                                                                                    Course Descriptions
permission.                                                              score, or instructor permission.

BAS	115	        PUBLISHER	                                     5CR       BAS	225	        INTEGRATED	APPLICATION	FOR		
Students learn the basic elements of desktop publishing using                            BUSINESS	PRODUCTIVITY	                         5CR
Microsoft Publisher to produce brochures, business cards, catalogs,      This course is designed to give understanding of the integration of
flyers, newsletters, and invitations.                                    word processing, desktop publishing, database, and spreadsheet
                                                                         technology by using simulations to produce documents. Prereq-
BAS	120	        BUSINESS	DESKTOP	MGMT	                          5CR      uisites: BAS 111, BAS 112, BAS 124, and BAS 114, or instructor
This course will develop skills to manage desktop productivity tools     permission.
and systems. Content includes file management--archiving, storing,
security, sharing. Additional content includes cookies, FTP, e-mail,     BAS	230	         BUSINESS	ENGLISH	II	                              5CR
and use of internet.                                                     Course covers review of English grammar usage and style; review
                                                                         and practice punctuation, capitalization, number usage, abbrevia-
BAS	124	        POWERPOINT	                                       4CR    tions, plurals, and word division; and practice editing skills. Busi-
Beginning to intermediate course in presentation software. Topics        ness documents currently used in industry will be edited for correct
covered include design of slides, slide sort, slide show. Learn to       spelling, punctuation, consistency, and organization. Prerequisite:
import and edit graphics, import data from spreadsheets, and use         BAS 130.
3D effects to create slide presentations.
                                                                         BAS	281	        PROJECT	MANAGEMENT		
BAS	130	       BUSINESS	ENGLISH	I	                           5CR                         WITH	MICROSOFT	PROJECT	                      5CR
This course covers punctuation and grammar rules which govern            Use Microsoft Project to assist in the development and monitoring
business communications, composition of business letters and             of a project. Prerequisite: BAS 120.
memos, and proofreading techniques.
                                                                         BIOL	111	 SURVEY	OF	ANATOMY	&	PHYSIOLOGY	 5CR
BAS	135	        OUTLOOK	                                        4CR      A one-quarter introductory survey of human anatomy and physi-
This course is designed to teach the elements of the current version     ology designed for non-science majors or health care professionals
of Outlook, including e-mail, calendar, contacts and tasks. Prerequi-    not going into nursing or dental hygiene. Relationships between
site: BAS 120 or instructor permission.                                  structures and functions in each body system are emphasized.
                                                                         MEDA 116 recommended. Includes Laboratory. Prerequisites: ABED
                                                                         046, MATH 70.



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G        173
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      BIOL&	211	 CELLULAR	BIOLOGY	                                   5CR      BUHR	240	 EMPLOYEE	AND	LABOR	RELATIONS	                         3CR
                      An examination of the biology of life which includes chemistry,         This course examines how employee relations can create a positive
                      organic molecules, cell structure, membrane transport, metabolic        organizational culture. Students also explore facets of the labor
                      processes, mitosis and meiosis, nucleic acid structure and function,    relations process: collective representation, union organization,
                      genetics, and introduces the concept of biotechnology. Includes         bargaining, and negotiations.
                      Laboratory. Prerequisite: ENGL 092 or 093 or equivalent placement
                      score.                                                                  BUHR	245	 TRAINING,	WORKFORCE	PLANNING,		
                                                                                                              PERF	&	TALENT	MGT	                                4CR
                      BIOL&	241	 HUMAN	A	&	P	1	                                       6CR     This course covers the principles of learning and how to facilitate
                      The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence designed to give            training to link training objectives to organizational goals. Students
                      students a working knowledge and understanding of the basic             also learn how to build an effective performance management
                      systems of the human body. Includes a basic introduction to             program by understanding the advantages of integrating human
                      chemistry as well as a detailed study of cytology and histology         resource (HR) and strategic planning.
                      and examines the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, and
                      sensory systems. Prerequisites: BIOL 114 or BIOL& 211 or instructor     BUHR	250	 HR	INFORMATION	SYSTEMS	&		
                      permission.                                                                             MEASURING	HR	OUTCOMES	                          4CR
                                                                                              This course covers how to leverage technology in today’s environ-
                      BIOL&	242	 HUMAN	A	&	P	2	                                       6CR     ment to support human resource (HR) activities. Measurement
                      The second quarter of a two-quarter sequence designed to give           strategies that link HR practices to achieving bottom-line business
                      students a working knowledge and understanding of the basic             results are also covered.
                      systems of the human body. The systems covered are Endocrine,
                      Cardiovascular, Lymphatic, Respiratory, Digestive, Urinary, and         BUHR	255	 EMPLOYMENT	LAW	I	                                    4CR
                      Reproductive. The themes of homeostasis and system interactions         This course covers employment laws and their effects on the first
                      are interwoven into the course and are continually stressed as each     half of the employment life cycle. The creation and management of
                      system is introduced and discussed. Prerequisite: BIOL&241 or           a diverse workforce are also included.
                      instructor permission.
                                                                                              BUHR	260	 EMPLOYMENT	LAW	II	                                  4CR
                      BIOL&	260	 MICROBIOLOGY	                                       5CR      This course covers employment laws and their effects on the
                      Introduces students to the major concepts of the microbiological        second half of the employment life cycle, including benefits,
                      science. These concepts include basic anatomy, physiology and           compensation, performance, terms and conditions of employment,
                      the differences between eukaryotic, prokaryotic and viral systems,      and termination. Prerequisite: BUHR 255.
                      growth factors and curves, techniques in microbial control,
                      microbial interrelationships and host defenses. Includes Laboratory.    BUHR	270	 GLOBAL	HR	&	MERGERS		
                      Prerequisite: CHEM&121 or instructor permission.                                       &	ACQUISITIONS	                                    4CR
                                                                                              This course covers legal, political, cultural, and economic factors
Course Descriptions




                      BUHR	210	 HR’S	ROLE	IN	ORGANIZATION	&		                                 that affect global human resource (HR) management. HR’s crucial
                                     PROGRAM	OVERVIEW	                                1CR     role in mergers and acquisitions is also included.
                      This course explores the field of human resources (HR) and its role
                      in organizations. An overview of the LWIT HR programs is also           BUHR	275	 STRATEGIC	HR	MGT	&		
                      covered.                                                                                ORGANIZATIONAL	STRATEGY	                           4CR
                                                                                              This course covers business strategies and human resource (HR)
                      BUHR	215	 HR	ETHICS	AND	DIVERSITY	                              4CR     best practices and their application to all HR disciplines. Effective
                      This course explores the field of human resources (HR) and its role     human capital strategies and practices that give business a sustain-
                      in organizations. An overview of the LWIT HR programs is also           able competitive advantage are emphasized. This is the capstone
                      covered.                                                                course for the HR Generalist Program and should be taken the
                                                                                              student’s last quarter. Prerequisite: BUHR 260, or Professional in
                      BUHR	220	 EMPLOYEE	BENEFITS	AND	RISK	                                   Human Resources (PHR) or Senior Professional in Human Resources
                                      MANAGEMENT	                                      4CR    (SPHR) with instructor permission.
                      This course covers the strategic considerations that should guide
                      the design of benefit programs and the cost implications and            BUS&	101	 INTRODUCTION	TO	BUSINESS	                          5CR
                      strategies to control them. Also covered in this course are risk        The course covers the survey of American business, business and
                      management and measures that create a safe and secure work              economic terminology, forms of business ownership, franchising,
                      environment.                                                            small and international business, management and marketing
                                                                                              concepts, and business environment. Prerequisites: MATH 080,
                      BUHR	230	 STAFFING:	RECRUITMENT,		                                      ENGL 100 or equivalent placement scores.
                                      SELECTION,	&	PLACEMENT	                        4CR
                      This course covers employment decisions concerning building a           BUS&	201	 BUSINESS	LAW	                                         5CR
                      staff and maintaining a talented workforce. Various methods of          This is an introductory course which covers the basic study of the
                      locating qualified job candidates and assessment methods for            Uniform Commercial Code. Emphasis is placed on U.S. contract
                      identifying a candidate’s suitability for employment are covered.       law and commercial paper. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or equivalent
                                                                                              placement score.
                      BUHR	235	 TOTAL	REWARDS	(COMPENSATION)	                        4CR
                      This course reviews the total rewards of organizations by exploring
                      their total compensation strategies. Methods to properly pay
                      employees in a cost-effective, competitive, equitable, and legal
                      manner are also addressed.


        174           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                          Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                      7
BUSA	100	 BUSINESS	MATH	                                         5CR     CEGT	221	 SURVEYING	                                            4CR
Course will cover basic math skills needed for accounting with           This is a fundamental course of the use of surveying equipment,
emphasis on solving business problems related to percentages,            instruments, and tools. Students will learn standards for field
discounts, payroll, inventory, depreciation, simple and compound         note recording, and computations for leveling and transversing.
interest, present value, annuities, stocks and bonds. Prerequisite:      Emphasis is placed on basic surveying techniques in the field.
ABED 040 or MATH 070 or equivalent placement score.                      Prerequisite: CEGT 211 or instructor permission.

BUSA	103	 BUSINESS	COMMUNICATIONS	                                5CR    CEGT	231	 CIVIL	3D	COMPUTER	AIDED	DESIGN	I	                     4CR
This course covers listening, speaking, and writing skills used in       A course in advanced civil engineering graphics using state-of-the-
the business environment. Students entering the class should have        art civil 3D software. Students learn coordinate geometry, digital
word processing skills and access to a computer. Prerequisite: ENGL      terrain modeling and design methods using profiles, cross sections
093 or equivalent placement score.                                       and templates. Prerequisites: ENGT 131 and CEGT 211, or instructor
                                                                         permission.
BUSA	111	 BUSINESS	COMPUTER	APPLICATIONS	 3CR
This introductory course gives hands-on experience in performing         CEGT	232	 CIVIL	3D	COMPUTER	AIDED	DESIGN	II	 4CR
basic Internet searches and in using Microsoft software applica-         A course in advanced civil engineering graphics using state-of-
tions such as Windows, Word, Power Point, and Access or Excel.           the-art civil 3D software. Students learn advanced terrain design,
Prerequisite: BAS 105 or type a minimum of 35 words per minute.          grading and profiling techniques and calculations. Continuation
                                                                         of Civil 3D Computer Aided Design I. Prerequisite: CEGT 231 or
BUSA	180	 SMALL	BUSINESS	MANAGEMENT	                          5CR        instructor permission.
This course is an overview of contemporary principles and presen-
tation of specific small business management tools; development          CEGT	233	 CIVIL	3D	COMPUTER	AIDED	DESIGN	III	 4CR
of skills in analyzing and solving small business management             A course in advanced civil engineering graphics using state-of-the-
problems.                                                                art civil 3D software. Students work on advanced design projects.
                                                                         Continuation of CEGT 232. Prerequisite: CEGT 232.
BUSA	189	 PRINCIPLES	OF	MANAGEMENT	                            5CR
Modern management is both exciting and challenging today.                CEGT	241	 CIVIL	ENGINEERING	MATERIALS	                             4CR
This course is organized around the four traditional functions           Students will examine and calculate the properties of common
of management: planning, organizing, leading and controlling.            civil engineering materials including gravel, asphalt, concrete and
Contemporary topics, such as technology, empowerment, diversity,         steel to properly select materials for civil engineering projects.
and Total Quality Management (TQM), will also be discussed.              Prerequisite: CEGT 211 or instructor permission.

BUSA	210	 ENTREPRENEURSHIP	                                      5CR     CEGT	251	 BOUNDARY	SURVEY	AND	PLAT	DESIGN	 4CR
An overview of the basics of creating a new business venture.            In this course students will learn about the systems of public lands,
Topics covered include identifying and evaluating opportunities,         legal descriptions and how to locate the boundary lines of property




                                                                                                                                                   Course Descriptions
success and failure factors, and market, financial, and legal consid-    using surveying equipment also includes site and subdivision plan-
erations. Prerequisite: BUS&101 or instructor permission.                ning including topography. Prerequisite: CEGT 221 or instructor
                                                                         permission.
BUSA	220	 BUSINESS	PROMOTIONS	                                  5CR
An overview class focusing on how to promote a small business.           CEGT	261	 ROADWAY	DESIGN	AND	LAYOUT	                            4CR
Topics covered include product, pricing, promotion, distribution,        Fundamentals of roadway design. Students will learn the basics of
and customer considerations. Students learn professional sales           design specifications, horizontal and vertical alignment and layout,
techniques and cost effective advertising strategies. Prerequisite:      rights-of-way and plan detail. Prerequisite: CEGT 212 or instructor
BUS& 101 or instructor permission.                                       permission.

BUSA	230	 BUSINESS	INVESTMENT	                                5CR        CEGT	280	       CIVIL	ENGINEERING	GRAPHICS		
This course focuses on how to fund a small business venture. Topics                      CAPSTONE	PROJECT	                                4CR
covered include acquisition and use of funding, money manage-            Capstone design course where students conceptualize, apply
ment, financial analysis and long-term budgeting. Prerequisite:          relevant standards, calculate elevations & quantities, properly
BUS& 101 or instructor permission.                                       select materials, and complete a design project with the support of
                                                                         industry professionals. Students present their project in a profes-
CEGT	100	       INTRODUCTION	TO	CIVIL		                                  sional setting. Prerequisites: ENGT 258, CEGT 232.
                ENGINEERING	TECHNOLOGY	                         4CR
This course is an overview of civil engineering disciplines:             CEGT	281	 LANDSCAPE	DESIGN	GRAPHICS	I	                          4CR
Transportation engineering, environmental engineering, and the           Basic landscape design and layout techniques emphasizing manual
infrastructure common in civil engineering projects. Students            and/or CAD skills. Design of private and public use areas. Prerequi-
will begin to conceptualize and plan civil engineering projects          sites: ENGT 132 and CEGT 211, or instructor permission.
such as airports, bridges, highways, etc. Prerequisite: ENGR 113 or
instructor permission.                                                   CEGT	282	 LANDSCAPE	DESIGN	GRAPHICS	II	                       4CR
                                                                         Advanced landscape design and layout techniques emphasizing
CEGT	211	 CIVIL	ENGINEERING	GRAPHICS	                            4CR     manual and/or CAD skills. Design of private and public use areas.
This is the entry-level civil engineering graphics course. Students      Prerequisite: CEGT 281.
will create drawings utilizing scales, map symbols, plot plans,
legal descriptions, contours, profiles and layouts to complete civil
engineering projects. Prerequisites: ENGR 113 and ENGT 132, or
instructor permission.


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G       175
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      CFOR	215	 DATA	COMMUNICATIONS	                                3CR       CHEM&	161	 GENERAL	CHEMISTRY	WITH	LAB	I	                        5CR
                      Students build a strong foundation in basic network data com-           First in a three-course chemistry sequence for science and
                      munications, design, technologies, and terminology, including           engineering students. This course introduces fundamentals of
                      hardware and software components, protocols, and the OSI                chemistry, including matter and measurement, the structure of
                      network model. Prerequisites: CSNT 121, ENGL 093, or instructor         atoms, periodicity and the electron structure of atoms, ionic and
                      permission.                                                             covalent bonding, mass relationships, and chemical reactions.
                                                                                              Includes Laboratory investigation of these topics. Prerequisites:
                      CFOR	250	 UNIX	PROGRAMMING	                                     5CR     One year of high school chemistry or CHEM& 121, and concurrent
                      Fundamentals of the Unix operating system for the PC user,              enrollment in MATH& 141 or placement into MATH& 142
                      including the basics of Perl/CGI/C/C++ programming and how to
                      execute these programs. Special emphasis will be on scripting and       CIVE	205	       THEORY	OF	URBAN	DESIGN		
                      security issues. Prerequisite: CSNT 114 or instructor permission.                       &	PLANNING	                                    3CR
                                                                                              Critical thinking, writing and sketching to investigate issues
                      CFOR	255	 NETWORK	SECURITY	                                    15CR     of importance in environmental and urban design & planning
                      Course focuses on network security concepts including defining          including lectures, reading and research assignments used to
                      security principles, terminologies and components. Students will        expand awareness of planning values and principles. Prerequisite:
                      examine packet structures & analysis, routing & access control          CEGT 211 or instructor permission.
                      lists, wired and wireless security, authentication and encryption,
                      network traffic monitoring and intrusion detection techniques.          CJ&	101	         INTRODUCTION	TO	CRIMINAL	JUSTICE	 5CR
                      Additional subjects will include security and acceptable use poli-      Overview of the criminal justice system and its basic policies, insti-
                      cies, and gathering data to support forensic review. Prerequisite:      tutions, and dilemmas, examining the role of police, courts, and
                      CSNT 235 or instructor permission based on industry experience.         corrections. Students analyze sociological theories and perspec-
                                                                                              tives to issues in law enforcement, adjudication, and corrections.
                      CFOR	257	 LINUX	ADMINISTRATION	                                 5CR     Prerequisite: ENGL 093.
                      Hands-on administration of common services in the LAMP environ-
                      ment. (LAMP refers to a set of free software programs commonly          CMST&	210	 INTERPERSONAL	COMMUNICATION	                      5CR
                      used together to run dynamic websites or servers.) The outcomes         Learn greater self-awareness, more effective communication, and
                      match directly to specific domains of the CompTIA Linux+ certifica-     improve one-to-one relationships. Prerequisite: ABED 045 or ABED
                      tion exam objectives. Prerequisites: CSNT 127 Internet Fundamen-        046 or equivalent placement score.
                      tals, or instructor permission of previous Linux, HTML or Internet
                      experience.                                                             CMST&	220	 INTRODUCTION	TO	PUBLIC	SPEAKING	 5CR
                                                                                              This course sets forth the essentials of effective public speaking
                      CFOR	259	 LINUX+	CERTIFICATION	PREPARATION	 3CR                         including: selecting your topic, library research methods, analysis,
                      Prepares advanced students for taking the CompTIA Linux+                oral style, use of visual aids, preparation and delivery of various
                      certification exam. The outcomes match directly to the six domains      types of speeches. Prerequisite: ABED 045 or ABED 046 or equiva-
Course Descriptions




                      of CompTIA’s exam objectives. Prerequisites: CSNT 130 and CFOR          lent placement score.
                      250, or instructor permission.
                                                                                              CMST&	230	 SMALL	GROUP	COMMUNICATION	                        5CR
                      CHEM&	121	 INTRO	TO	CHEMISTRY	                                   5CR    Through theory and practice, students will learn how to become
                      This course will cover the basics of chemistry, including matter        more effective, competent small group participants and com-
                      and energy, chemical nomenclature, chemical reaction equations,         municators. Prerequisite: ABED 045 or ABED 046 or equivalent
                      simplified atomic and molecular theory, and general laws of matter      placement score.
                      and energy. Includes lecture, guided laboratory exploration, and
                      discussion. Prerequisite: ABED 046 or ABED 053, and MATH 098 or         CMST	302	 MASS	COMMUNICATION	                                     5CR
                      MATH 099, or equivalent placement scores.                               This course focuses on mass media’s history and cultural, social, and
                                                                                              economic impacts. Examines how Internet, television, radio, film,
                      CHEM&	122	 INTRODUCTION	TO		                                            and print media affect public and private life. Legal, ethical, and
                                      ORGANIC	CHEMISTRY	                             5CR      commercial dimensions of mass communication, including First
                      This course is a continuation of CHEM 121, and uses the concepts        Amendment issues are also covered. Prerequisite: Admission to
                      learned to understand the molecular nature of living. Organic           BTAD program or instructor permission.
                      chemistry studies all things made of carbon, including proteins,
                      carbohydrates, hydrocarbons, plastics, and other substances.            CSNT	114	 PC	TECH	FUNDAMENTALS	                               6CR
                      Prerequisite: CHEM&121 or instructor permission.                        A basic foundation of how computers work, how to use computer
                                                                                              applications, and an introduction to operating systems, memory
                      CHEM&	131	 INTRODUCTION	TO	ORGANIC/                                     configuration and batch files. The Command Line Interface as a
                                     BIOCHEMISTRY	                                  5CR       troubleshooting tool is emphasized. Prerequisite: MATH 080 or
                      This course provides a survey of major functional classes of            equivalent placement score.
                      compounds in organic and biochemistry. Topics include structure,
                      properties, and key metabolic reactions of the major organic and        CSNT	121	 PC	HARDWARE	                                         6CR
                      biological molecules of prokaryotes and eukaryotes . Includes           A top-to-bottom study of all PC components installed within or
                      Laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM& 121.                                    connected to the computer. Students will become knowledge-
                                                                                              able with all component technologies and proficient at installing
                                                                                              components and troubleshooting hardware problems. Prerequisite:
                                                                                              Math 80 or equivalent placement score.




        176           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                           Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                       7
CSNT	127	 INTERNET	FUNDAMENTALS	                                 3CR      CULA	124	      INTRODUCTION	TO	THE		
An introduction to the applications used for the Internet; Browsers,                     FRONT	OF	HOUSE	                                  6CR
E-mail, Web Pages, and file transfers. Also covers basic Linux and        This course focuses on fine dining table service through hands-on
Web management issues. Prerequisite: Math 80 or equivalent                interactive customer service in an operational restaurant. Included
placement score or instructor permission.                                 are alcoholic beverage management and state and local testing for
                                                                          Mandatory Alcohol Service Training (MAST).
CSNT	128	 OPERATING	SYSTEMS	                                   6CR
A technical overview of the graphical user environment of cur-            CULA	127	 INTRODUCTION	TO	BAKING	                              12CR
rent operating systems, including system installations, user and          The student will learn baking basics and theories including
network configuration issues. Prerequisites: CSNT 114, ENGL 093, or       preparation of doughs such as tart, pie, cookies, rolled-in doughs,
instructor permission.                                                    basic yeast leavened doughs, pastry, restaurant desserts and
                                                                          basic finishing techniques. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128, or
CSNT	130	 ADVANCED	OPERATING	SYSTEMS	                             6CR     instructor permission.
This course is a continuation of CSNT 128. Students will install,
configure, and become knowledgeable with various versions of              CULA	128	      FOOD	SERVICE	SAFETY		
the latest operating systems. Students learn the OS from the client                      AND	SANITATION	                                    4CR
perspective to become competent with the system in a networked            This course covers the principles of food borne illness, sanitation,
environment. Prerequisites: CSNT 127, ENGL 093, or instructor             safety, personal hygiene, health regulations, and inspections as
permission.                                                               they pertain to a commercial kitchen Certification or re-certifica-
                                                                          tion by the American Culinary Federation is given upon successful
CSNT	170	 A+	CERTIFICATION	TEST	PREPARATION	 5CR                          completion of the Federation approved examination.
Designed to prepare the student for the industry CompTIA A+
certification exams. Includes instruction and details for both the        CULA	130	 SUPERVISION	AND	MANAGEMENT	                            3CR
Core Technologies and the OS Technologies exams. Prerequisite:            The course focuses in managing people from the hospitality
CSNT 121 or instructor permission.                                        supervisor’s viewpoint. The emphasis is on technique from
                                                                          increasing productivity, controlling labor costs, time management,
CSNT	171	      NETWORK+	CERTIFICATION	                                    and managing change. It also stresses effective communication
               PREPARATION	                                 3CR           and explains the responsibilities of a supervisor in the food service
CSNT 171 prepares students familiar with computer network                 operation. Student will develop personal career objectives, self
technology for the CompTIA Network+ Industry certification exam.          promotion skills and strategies for conducting an effective job
Prerequisite: CFOR 215 or instructor permission.                          interview in the food service industry. Emphasis will be placed on
                                                                          skills to effectively manage people, provide leadership, communi-
CSNT	235	 NETWORK	FUNDAMENTALS	                               15CR        cation and decision making. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128, or
This course is a strong foundation for how networks work including        instructor permission.
design, setup, cabling installations and troubleshooting. Students




                                                                                                                                                    Course Descriptions
will also cover the material needed to acquire the CompTIA Net-           CULA	135	 FRONT	LINE	COOKING	                                 15CR
work+ Industry certification. Prerequisites: CFOR 215, MATH 090, or       Emphasis on responsibilities and functions of the front line.
instructor approval.                                                      Proficiency gained in designing, costing, preparation and plate
                                                                          presentation of menu items, application of cooking technique.
CSNT	245	 NETWORK	ADMINISTRATION	                           15CR          Prerequisite: CULA 116.
This course includes a look at networking from an administrative
side. Students will setup and manage all the main components              CULA	137	 NUTRITION	IN	FOOD	SERVICE	                               4CR
and services of today’s most popular network operating systems.           This course covers the basic principles of nutrition and its relation-
Prerequisites: CFOR 255, and MATH 099 or MATH 102, or instructor          ship to good health and healthful dining practices, with emphasis
permission.                                                               on health-conscious and heart-healthy menu and recipe develop-
                                                                          ment. The functions of nutrients and food safety are also included.
CSNT	294	 RESUMES	AND	INTERVIEWS	                           2CR           Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128, or instructor permission.
A basic foundation for developing and writing resumes and cover
letters along with Job Interview techniques.                              CULA	142	 COSTING	AND	MENU	PLANNING	                             3CR
                                                                          Students learn how to calculate food costs and design menus for
CULA	116	 CULINARY	SKILLS	AND	CONCEPTS	                        9CR        various food service establishments. Students learn to use a POS
Students will demonstrate proficiency in: basic kitchen prepara-          system and input orders for food on the Food Service of America
tions & procedures, stocks, sauces, and soups, meat and fish              website. Students will adhere to safety and sanitation guide-
breakdown, including structure, composition, inspection, grading,         lines when ordering food and receiving. Students will have the
purchasing and storage. Prerequisites: ABED 046, MATH 070, or             opportunity to build menus for buffets, winemakers dinners, cafes,
equivalent placement scores.                                              hospitals and other establishments. All students will be encour-
                                                                          aged to visit local restaurants and or hotels to view and critique
CULA	120	 RESTAURANT	FUNDAMENTALS	                                9CR     menus using procedures learned in class. Prerequisites: CULA 116,
In this course students will be introduced to the front line and learn    CULA 128, or instructor permission.
in a live environment. The course will examine the avant-garde
and success of current culinary trends and styles of leading chefs,       CULA	143	 WINE	&	FOOD	PAIRING	                                   3CR
restaurateurs and gastronomes. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128,         Wine and food pairing, wine marketing and sales. Building a
or instructor permission.                                                 restaurant wine list, pricing, and profit-making strategies. Wine
                                                                          tasting, elements of character and key components of wine. Age
                                                                          requirement of 21 years.


2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2          L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N         I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G       177
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      CULA	144	       AMERICAN,	REGIONAL,	INTERN		                               CULA	196	        INTERNSHIP/EXTERNSHIP/	
                                      AND	CLASSIC	CUISINE	                             9CR                        COOPERATIVE	                                    5CR
                      This course is an in-depth study of the regional cuisines of the           Students work under a professional chef or manager in a related
                      United States, and Classical, and International cuisines. Through          field at an approved food service establishment or on campus.
                      lectures, demonstrations, and hands-on cooking, students will              The externship will apply and provide practical experiences and
                      learn the products, ingredients, and techniques that are indigenous        professional exposure to acquired subject matters, career and pro-
                      to the regions of each cuisine. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128,         fessional skills in a real and practical environment. Students have
                      or instructor permission.                                                  the opportunity to observe and participate in the operations of a
                                                                                                 successful business related to the food service industry. Students
                      CULA	146	 GARDE	MANGER	                                           4CR      will gain invaluable experience necessary to enter the culinary field
                      Students are introduced to the basic function and structure of the         upon graduation. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
                      cold kitchen, pantry, reception foods, a la carte appetizers, and
                      grand buffet arrangements. Students learn how to prepare sand-             CWEX	190	 COOPERATIVE	WORK	EXPERIENCE		
                      wiches, salads, dressings, cold sauces, canapés, hot and cold hors                        SEMINAR	I	                                      1CR
                      d’ oeuvres, appetizers. Students will apply techniques of pickling,        Seminar topics may include legal issues of the workplace,
                      brining, curing and smoking and the preparation of forcemeats              interviewing techniques, and conflict resolution. Students have the
                      and mousses. Modern ways of designing, arranging and decorating            opportunity to openly discuss issues they face at their workplace in
                      food platters for practical and show purposes are emphasized               a learning environment. Corequisite: CWEX 197.
                      and practiced. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128, or instructor
                      permission.                                                                CWEX	197	 COOPERATIVE	WORK	EXPERIENCE	I	 1-5CR
                                                                                                 Cooperative work experience offers students the opportunity to
                      CULA	150	      CULINARY	ADMINISTRATION		                                   further their skills by working at an approved job site. Training plan
                                     AND	SERVICES	                                      3CR      will be developed to enable the student to acquire on-the- job
                      This course focuses on the fundamentals of business manage-                skills while earning an income. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
                      ment of a restaurant and food service industry. Students receive
                      hands on, working knowledge of specific computer software and              CWEX	290	 COOPERATIVE	WORK	EXPERIENCE		
                      applications applicable to the food service industry. Students will                       SEMINAR	II	                                     1CR
                      obtain leadership and organizational skills associated to first line       Seminar topics may include legal issues of the workplace,
                      of culinary management serving in the capacity of Sous Chef.               interviewing techniques, and conflict resolution. Students have the
                      Prerequisite: CULA 142 or instructor permission. Corequisites: CULA        opportunity to openly discuss issues they face at their workplace in
                      154, CULA 155, CULA 156.                                                   a learning environment. Corequisite: CWEX 297.

                      CULA	154	 FOOD	AND	BEVERAGE	PROCUREMENT	 3CR                               CWEX	297	 COOPERATIVE	WORK	EXPERIENCE	II	 1-5CR
                      This course introduces students to basic principles of purchasing          Cooperative work experience offers students the opportunity to
                      food, beverage, equipment and paper goods, contract services               further their skills by working at an approved job site. Training plan
Course Descriptions




                      and supplies. Primary focus is on product identification, supplier         will be developed to enable the student to acquire on-the-job skills
                      selection, ordering, receiving, proper storage and issuing process         while earning an income. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
                      and inventory management. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128, or
                      instructor permission.                                                     DENT	111	 INTRODUCTION	TO	DENTAL	ASSISTING	 2CR
                                                                                                 Students learn terminology, Washington State Dental Practice
                      CULA	155	 RESTAURANT	OPERATIONS	                                    6CR    Act policies, ethics and jurisprudence, dental specialties and an
                      Students learn in a real-life environment the skills and techniques        introduction to the clinical aspects of being a dental auxiliary.
                      of the traditional brigade (pantry, grill, sauté) stations of a public     Professional organizational structures will be included. Prerequisite:
                      dining facility with an emphasis on quality, preparation, and              Admission to the Dental Assistant program.
                      timing of an a la carte menu. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128, or
                      instructor permission.                                                     DENT	112	        INTRODUCTION	TO	CHAIRSIDE	
                                                                                                                  PROCEDURES	                                      6CR
                      CULA	160	 BEVERAGE	MANAGEMENT	                                 5CR         Course covers maintenance of dental equipment and operatory
                      Course highlights the opportunities and challenges in managing             instrumentation. Students will learn home care, patient instruc-
                      a bar, lounge, or food service establishment serving alcoholic             tions, assess oral hygiene, procedural prophylaxis fluoride and
                      beverages. Significant product knowledge orientation, as well as           pit ans fissure sealant application. Prerequisite: Admission to the
                      cost control and purchasing, production, and service issues are            Dental Assistant Program.
                      addressed. Prerequisites: CULA 116, CULA 128, and 18 years of age
                      or older.                                                                  DENT	113	 DENTAL	PRACTICE	THEORY	                               4CR
                                                                                                 Basic concepts and principles of dental practice are presented in
                      CULA	195	       CAPSTONE,	PORTFOLIO,		                                     this lecture/lab course. The emphasis is on preparation and assess-
                                      AND	MASTERPIECE	DINNER	                          5CR       ment procedures. Prerequisite: Admission into the Dental Assistant
                      Students take menu driven concepts and derive a business plan              program.
                      that outlines the acquisition of a food service property by analyzing
                      demographics, locations, and financial requirements for such a             DENT	114	 ETHICS	&	LAW,	OFFICE	MANAGEMENT	 2CR
                      venture and its overall feasibility in the market. Students construct      Students are introduced to professional ethics and legalities and
                      a professional portfolio of all culinary experience obtained to            the responsibilities of the dental assistant to the community, dental
                      date. Each Capstone Portfolio class is required to plan, manage            profession, dental team and patient. Management of front office
                      and execute a 5-6 course Masterpiece Dinner for a minimum of 65            procedures are presented. Prerequisite: Completion of an applica-
                      guests. Prerequisite: CULA 130 or instructor permission.                   tion for admission and admission to the Dental Assisting program.



        178           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2          L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N         I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                           Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                        7
DENT	115	 ORAL	SCIENCE	                                         3CR       DENT	137	 DENTAL	SPECIALTIES	                                4CR
Students are introduced to basic dental sciences including oral           This course emphasizes the special needs of patients. Dental
anatomy, Tooth Morphology & Oral Microbiology. Prerequisite:              specialty practices and armamentarium are discussed. This course
Admission to the Dental Assistant program.                                will also introduce the student to common pathology of the oral
                                                                          cavity which they may encounter. Prerequisites: DENT 111, DENT
DENT	117	 DENTAL	MATERIALS	I	                                    3CR      112, DENT 115, DENT 124, or instructor permission.
This theory and laboratory course introduces the student to
selected dental materials and to basic restorative dentistry proce-       DENT	211	 DENTAL	ASSISTING	PRACTICUM	III	                     4CR
dures and techniques, and is designed to give students a working          Clinical implementation and practical application of procedures
knowledge of skills required for restorative dentistry. Prerequisite:     permitted by the Washington State Dental Practice Act, in the
Admission to the Dental Assistant program.                                campus dental clinic under the supervision of dentists and dental
                                                                          faculty. Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 114, DENT 117, DENT 127,
DENT	121	 DENTAL	ASSISTING	PRACTICUM	I	                           6CR     DENT 131, DENT 133, DENT 136, DENT 137 or instructor permission.
Course covers assessing oral hygiene, stains, dental deposits; proce-
dural prophylaxis, fluoride, and pit and fissure sealant application;     DENT	214	 PHARMACOLOGY/NUTRITION	                                 2CR
and instrumentation of auxiliary expanded duties. Clinical imple-         This course presents general concepts of dental pharmacology.
mentation and practical application of procedures permitted by the        General nutrition is also discussed. The six essential nutrients are
Washington State Dental Practice Act in the campus dental clinic          reviewed. Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 114, DENT 117, DENT 127,
under the supervision of dentists and dental faculty Prerequisites:       DENT 131, DENT 133, DENT 136, DENT 137 or instructor permission.
DENT 112, DENT 114, DENT 117 or instructor permission.
                                                                          DENT	215	 WORKPLACE	PREPARATION	                                  3CR
DENT	124	 STUDY	OF	THE	HUMAN	BODY	                            4CR         This course will cover career and educational opportunities and the
Students continue their study of the basic sciences including             employment process. Computerized dental office management
human anatomy/physiology, head and neck anatomy, and his-                 will be discussed. In addition, students will gain an understanding
tology/embryology. Histology/Embryology forms the basis for the           of issues related to leadership, self-esteem, and goal setting. This
future study of general, oral and periodontal pathologies.                course teaches to the Global Outcome of Global and Cultural
                                                                          Awareness. Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 114, DENT 117, DENT
DENT	126	 RADIOLOGY	                                            3CR       127 or instructor permission.
This course introduces radiology as a diagnostic aid, and includes
the concepts and principles of x-radiation, x-ray generation and          DENT	294	 DENTAL	ASSISTING	INTERNSHIP	                              6CR
radiation protection. Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 113, DENT 114,        Clinical practice designed to perfect students’ competence in
DENT 117.                                                                 dental assisting functions, performed under direct supervision of
                                                                          a dentist in private practice, specialty offices and dental clinics.
DENT	127	 DENTAL	MATERIALS	II	                                    3CR     Prerequisites: DENT 131, DENT 133, DENT 136, DENT 137, DENT 211,
This theory and laboratory course continues from DENT 117.                DENT 214, DENT 215.




                                                                                                                                                     Course Descriptions
Students are introduced to principles of restorative dentistry.
Additional dental assisting skills are introduced. Prerequisites: DENT    DHET	122	 WELDING	APPLICATIONS	                               4CR
115, DENT 117 or instructor permission.                                   A study of welding procedures with a focus on developing skills
                                                                          needed for fabrication and repair of heavy equipment and trucks.
DENT	131	 DENTAL	ASSISTING	PRACTICUM	II	                      7CR         Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequi-
Clinical implementation and practical application of procedures           sites: DHET 123, DHET 124, DHET 125.
permitted by the Washington State Dental Practice Act, in the
campus dental clinic under the supervision of dentists and dental         DHET	123	 HEAVY	DUTY	ELECTRICAL	SYSTEMS	                        4CR
faculty. Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 114, DENT 117, DENT 121,           The study of heavy duty electrical systems and sub-systems with a
DENT 127, or instructor permission.                                       focus on design, repair, inspection, removal and installation. Hands-
                                                                          on troubleshooting and test equipment usage. Prerequisites: TRAN
DENT	133	       RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY		                                   110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequisites: DHET 122, DHET
                DENTAL	ASSISTING	                                 3CR     124, DHET 125.
Students will continue chairside procedures with the emphasis on
theory and skills related to the expanded functions such as impres-       DHET	124	 ELECTRONIC	APPLICATIONS	                              4CR
sion taking and amalgam polishing. Students will gain a fuller            The study of electronic systems and sub-systems used with a focus
understanding of fixed and removable prosthodontics and the role          on design, repair, inspection, removal and installation. Hands-on
that they play in assisting the dentist in the fabrication of dental      troubleshooting and test equipment usage. This course teaches to
prosthesis. The laboratory portion of this course will introduce          the global outcome of communication. Prerequisites: TRAN 110,
related exercises as well as other advanced assisting skills necessary    TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. Corequisites: DHET 122, DHET 123,
for employment in Washington State. Prerequisites: DENT 115,              DHET 125.
DENT 117, DENT 127, or instructor permission.
                                                                          DHET	125	 BASIC	MAINTENANCE	                               3CR
DENT	136	 RADIOGRAPHY	                                         2CR        The study of maintenance requirements and recommended
This course builds on the science foundation established in DENT          procedures related to heavy equipment and trucks. Hands-on
126. Students begin to take radiographs on clinical patients and          guided practice on customer equipment and program training aids.
study advanced techniques of radiography such as extra-oral               Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
techniques. Prerequisites: DENT 115, DENT 124, or instructor
permission.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N         I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G        179
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      DHET	131	 ENGINE	PRINCIPLES/COMPONENTS	                       3CR       DHET	223	 TRACTION	AND	COMPONENTS	                             3CR
                      The study of internal combustion engine operating principles            The study of traction and related components and undercarriage
                      for both two cycle and four cycle application. Includes major           systems used in heavy duty applications. Includes instruction in
                      component identification and function as well as OEM terminology.       maintenance, adjustment, removal and installation. Prerequisites:
                      Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.                  TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.

                      DHET	132	       GASOLINE/LIQUID	PROPANE		                               DHET	231	 STEERING/SUSPENSION/FRAMES	                          5CR
                                      GAS	SYSTEMS	                                  3CR       The study of heavy duty steering, suspension, and frame systems. A
                      The study of gasoline and liquid propane fueled engines.                focus on terminology, application, inspection, repair and adjust-
                      Combustion processes, engine subsystems maintenance, repair,            ment procedures. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                      adjustments. Includes application and installation requirements.        TRAN 125.
                      Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125 and
                      completion of, or enrollment in DHET 131.                               DHET	232	 PNEUMATICS	                                           5CR
                                                                                              A study of pneumatic system components such as wiper motors,
                      DHET	133	 DIESEL	SYSTEMS	                                     3CR       brake valves, air springs and locking mechanisms. Includes instruc-
                      The study of diesel fueled engines. Combustion processes, engine        tion in application, maintenance, repair, installation and schematic
                      subsystems maintenance, repair, adjustments. Includes application       interpretation. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                      and installation requirements. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,       TRAN 125.
                      TRAN 113, TRAN 125 and completion of,or enrollment in DHET 131
                      and DHET 132.                                                           DHET	233	 FOUNDATION	BRAKES	                                   5CR
                                                                                              The study of foundation brake systems and components including
                      DHET	134	 FUEL	INJECTION	                                       3CR     purpose, nomenclature, repair, maintenance, adjustment, and
                      The study of fuel injection systems. Includes operating principles,     drivability complaint diagnosis. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
                      component identification, maintenance, repair, installation, and        TRAN 113, TRAN 125 and completion of , or concurrent enrollment
                      application. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN          in DHET 232.
                      125 and completion of, or enrollment in DHET 131, DHET 132 and
                      DHET 133.                                                               DHYG	111	 MEDICAL	EMERGENCIES	                                    1CR
                                                                                              This course introduces students to various medical emergency
                      DHET	135	      DIAGNOSTICS/	                                            situations that may arise in the dental setting. Students will learn
                                     ADJUSTMENTS/EMISSIONS	                           3CR     to work with the dental team to recognize, evaluate, and manage
                      The study of electronically controlled engine subsystems. Includes      potential medical emergencies. Prerequisites: Admission to the
                      operating principles, component identification maintenance,             Dental Hygiene program Corequisites: DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG
                      trouble-shooting, computer diagnostics, repair, installation tech-      114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118 and DHYG 119
                      niques, Emissions and controls. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
                      TRAN 113, TRAN 125 and completion of, or enrollment in DHET 131,        DHYG	112	 DENTAL	HYGIENE	PRACTICE	I	                         6CR
Course Descriptions




                      DHET 132, DHET 133 and DHET 134.                                        Basic concepts of dental hygiene practice are presented. The
                                                                                              emphasis is on preparation and assessment procedures with an
                      DHET	211	 HYDRAULIC	FLUID	POWER	I	                              6CR     introduction to dental hygiene diagnosis and planning. Students
                      An introduction to fluid power basic laws and fluid characteristics.    learn selected implementation, evaluation, and practice manage-
                      System components, identification and application. Prerequisites:       ment procedures. Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Hygiene
                      TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.                                 program. Corequisites: DHYG 111, DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115,
                                                                                              DHYG 116, DHYG 118, DHYG 119
                      DHET	213	 HYDRAULIC	FLUID	POWER	II	                            6CR
                      A continuation of the study of fluid power with focus on trouble-       DHYG	113	 RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY	I	                               3CR
                      shooting, maintenance, and system integration. Includes schematic       This course introduces the student to selected dental materials
                      interpretation. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN       and to basic restorative dentistry procedures and techniques. The
                      125, and completion of, or concurrent enrollment in DHET 211 and        course is designed to give students a working knowledge of skills
                      DHET 212.                                                               required for restorative dentistry. Prerequisite: Admission to the
                                                                                              Dental Hygiene program.
                      DHET	214	 DIESEL	MECHANICAL	PRACTICES	                        3CR
                      A study of the concepts of force and work applied to mechanical,        DHYG	114	 PRINCIPLES	&	ISSUES	IN		
                      fluid, and thermal energy systems. The course includes problem-                         DENTAL	HYGIENE	I	                                 2CR
                      solving and workplace applications. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN       This course introduces the student to dental hygiene. Current
                      112, TRAN 113 and TRAN 125.                                             concepts of dental hygiene practice are examined with emphasis
                                                                                              on the problem-solving process, professional ethics, and the
                      DHET	221	 POWER	TRAINS/STANDARD	                                6CR     responsibilities of the dental hygienist to the profession. Prerequi-
                      The study of clutches, manual transmissions, drivelines, U- joints      site: Admission to the Dental Hygiene program. Corequisites: DHYG
                      and differentials. Includes operation, maintenance, disassembly,        111, DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118,
                      re-assembly and installation. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,        DHYG 119
                      TRAN 113, TRAN 125.

                      DHET	222	 POWER	TRAINS/POWER	SHIFT	                              6CR
                      The study of power shift transmissions, torque converters and
                      machine steering systems. Includes instruction in maintenance,
                      repair, installation and application. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN
                      112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.


        180           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E    W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y           C A T A L O G
                                                                                                            Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                         7
DHYG	115	 HEAD	AND	NECK	ANATOMY	                                2CR      DHYG	127	 HISTOLOGY	AND	EMBRYOLOGY	                             2CR
In this course students are introduced to structures of the head and     In this course students broaden their focus of the health-disease
neck and the oral cavity. The course focuses on the healthy, normal      continuum through the study of histology and embryology.
end of the health/disease continuum and provides a foundation for        Students study human development from conception to birth, with
further dental science study. Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental      emphasis on structures of the head and neck. Prerequisites: DHYG
Hygiene program. Corequisites: DHYG 111, DHYG 112, DHYG 113,             111, DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG
DHYG 114, DHYG 116, DHYG 118, DHYG 119                                   118, DHYG 119. Corequisites: DHYG 121, DHYG 122, DHYG 123,
                                                                         DHYG 124, DHYG 137, DHYG 139.
DHYG	116	 RADIOLOGY	                                            3CR
This course introduces radiology as a diagnostic aid, and includes       DHYG	132	 DENTAL	HYGIENE	PRACTICE	III	                          7CR
the concepts and principles of x-radiation, x-ray generation and         This lecture and lab course is a continuation of Dental Hygiene
radiation protection. Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Hygiene      Practice II. Students expand their focus to include unhealthy and
program.                                                                 abnormal oral conditions and the special needs of patients in
                                                                         today’s diversified communities. Prerequisites: DHYG 121, DHYG
DHYG	118	 PERIODONTOLOGY	I	                                     2CR      122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 127, DHYG 137, DHYG 139. Coreq-
This course studies the function of the healthy, normal end of the       uisites: DHYG 133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135, DHYG 136, DHYG 138.
health/disease continuum of the periodontal structures. Prerequi-
site: Admission to the Dental Hygiene program.                           DHYG	133	 RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY	III	                               1CR
                                                                         This laboratory course builds on the skills introduced in Restorative
DHYG	119	 TOOTH	MORPHOLOGY	                                    2CR       Dentistry I and II. Students develop restorative dentistry skills by
Students are introduced to different aspects of the primary and          practicing on mannequins in preparation for patient clinics during
secondary human dentition. Focuses on the healthy, normal end            the summer program. Prerequisites: DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG
of the health/disease continuum and provides a foundation for            124, DHYG 125, DHYG 127, DHYG 139, DENT 126.
further dental science study. Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental
Hygiene program.                                                         DHYG	134	 PRINCIPLES	AND	ISSUES	IN		
                                                                                        DENTAL	HYGIENE	III	                               2CR
DHYG	121	 PREVENTIVE	DENTISTRY	                                  2CR     This course focuses on concepts of wellness and research-based
This course introduces students to basic principles of dental dis-       dental hygiene practice. The student is introduced to the special
eases and conditions of the oral cavity. Students will learn concepts    needs of patients, dental specialties, and to the concept of multi-
of preventive oral health, patient oral self-care, and ergonomics        disciplinary health care consultations and referrals. Prerequisites:
for the dental practitioner. Prerequisites: DHYG 111, DHYG 112,          DHYG 121, DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 127, DHYG 137,
DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118, DHYG 119.              DHYG 139. Corequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG 133, DHYG 135, DHYG
Corequisites: DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 127, DHYG               136, DHYG 138.
137, DHYG 139.
                                                                         DHYG	135	 COMMUNITY	DENTAL	HEALTH	I	                          3CR




                                                                                                                                                      Course Descriptions
DHYG	122	 DENTAL	HYGIENE	PRACTICE	II	                            8CR     Students study the health/disease continuum from the viewpoint
This lecture and lab course is a continuation of Dental Hygiene          of the community, basic concepts of community dental health,
Practice I. The concepts of teaching, learning, and problem solving      and the community dental health process of care model. Students
are integrated into clinical practice. Prerequisites: DHYG 111, DHYG     examine multi-cultural issues and attitudes regarding dental care.
112, DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118, DHYG              Prerequisites: DHYG 121, DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG
119. Corequisites: DHYG 121, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 127,               127, DHYG 137, DHYG 139. Corequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG 133,
DHYG 137, DHYG 139.                                                      DHYG 134, DHYG 136, DHYG 138.
DHYG	123	 RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY	II	                              1CR     DHYG	136	 PHARMACOLOGY	                                             2CR
This course is a continuation of DHYG 113, Restorative Dentistry         Students are introduced to general principles of pharmacology,
I, and builds on previously introduced principles of restorative         including terminology, drug action and uses, physiological and
dentistry and corresponding armamentarium. Students learn addi-          therapeutic effects, classification, interactions, side effects, and oral
tional dental hygiene skills related to the placement of amalgam,        manifestations. Drugs encountered in dentistry are emphasized.
composite and temporary restorations. Prerequisites: DHYG 111,           Prerequisites: DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 127, DHYG
DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118,              137, DHYG 139. Corequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG 133, DHYG 134,
DHYG 119 Corequisites: DHYG 121, DHYG 122, DHYG 124, DHYG                DHYG 135, DHYG 138.
127, DHYG 137, DHYG 139
                                                                         DHYG	137	 RADIOGRAPHIC	INTERPRETATION	                         2CR
DHYG	124	 PRINCIPLES	&	ISSUES	IN		                                       Students take radiographs on clinical patients and study the inter-
                DENTAL	HYGIENE	II	                              1CR      pretation of radiographs to assist with dental hygiene diagnosis.
This course introduces the student to concepts of research-based         Prerequisites: DHYG 111, DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG
dental hygiene practice and health promotion. Principles of              115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118, DHYG 119. Corequisites: DHYG 121,
research are examined as a basis for the analysis and critique of        DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 127, DHYG 139.
professional literature. Students observe and report on a dental
hygienist in private practice. Prerequisites: DHYG 111, DHYG 112,
DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118, DHYG 119.
Corequisites: DHYG 121, DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 127, DHYG
137, DHYG 139.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E     O F    T E C H N O L O G Y             C A T A L O G        181
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      DHYG	138	 PAIN	CONTROL	                                          2CR         DHYG	218	 PERIODONTOLOGY	II	                                   2CR
                      Students study topics pertinent to pain control in a dental office           This course builds on DHYG 118. The focus along the health/disease
                      setting. General concepts of pain perception, pharmacology of                continuum shifts toward basic concepts of disease at the cellular
                      pain control drugs, and nitrous oxide sedation are presented and             level. The study of periodontics is broadened to include common
                      discussed. Students learn to evaluate each client for appropriate            periodontal pathologies and their microbiological basis. Prerequi-
                      pain control drug choices and/or techniques. Prerequisites: DHYG             sites: DHYG 132, DHYG 133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135, DHYG 136, DHYG
                      121, DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 127, DHYG 137, DHYG                  138. Corequisites: DHYG 142, DHYG 143, DHYG 145.
                      139. Corequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG 133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135,
                      DHYG 136.                                                                    DHYG	219	 PATHOLOGY	II	                                          2CR
                                                                                                   This course builds on the first year dental science courses and con-
                      DHYG	139	 PATHOLOGY	I	                                        2CR            tinues to focus on aspects of the health/disease continuum. Topics
                      This course builds on the science foundation established in DHYG             covered include oral and periodontal pathologies. Prerequisites:
                      118 and 127.The focus along the health/disease continuum shifts              DHYG 142, DHYG 143, DHYG 145, DHYG 218 Corequisites: DHYG
                      towards basic concepts of disease. General concepts of pathology             212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214, DHYG 215
                      and periodontal pathology are discussed. Prerequisites: DHYG 111,
                      DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118,                  DHYG	222	 DENTAL	HYGIENE	PRACTICE	VI	                          10CR
                      DENT 119. Corequisites: DHYG 121, DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG                   This lecture and clinical course is a continuation of Dental Hygiene
                      124, DHYG 127, DHYG 137.                                                     Practice V. The student demonstrates competence with various
                                                                                                   procedures. Prerequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214, DHYG
                      DHYG	142	 DENTAL	HYGIENE	PRACTICE	IV	                            5CR         215, DHYG 219. Corequisites: DHYG 223, DHYG 224, DHYG 225,
                      This clinical course continues from the first year courses. Students         DHYG 229.
                      participate in weekly seminars integrating values, knowledge and
                      skills learned from other courses. Prerequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG             DHYG	223	 RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY	VI	                              3CR
                      133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135, DHYG 137, DHYG 138 and DHYG 139.                    This course is a continuation of Restorative Dentistry V. Students are
                                                                                                   given opportunity to provide restorative dentistry care to clinical
                      DHYG	143	 RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY	IV	                                 1CR      patients/clients, Prerequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214,
                      This laboratory course builds on the skills introduced in Restorative        DHYG 215, DHYG 219. Corequisites: DHYG 222, DHYG 224, DHYG
                      Dentistry I, II and III. Students develop restorative dentistry skills by    225, DHYG 229.
                      practicing on mannequins in preparation for patient clinics during
                      the fall program. Prerequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG 133, DHYG 134,               DHYG	224	 PRINCIPLES	&	ISSUES	V	                               2CR
                      DHYG 135, DHYG 137, DHYG 138 and DHYG 139.                                   Course will cover career and educational opportunities, the
                                                                                                   employment process, licensure and continuing education require-
                      DHYG	145	 COMMUNITY	DENTAL	HEALTH	II	                           2CR          ments in Washington and across the U.S., and the role of practice
                      In this course students concentrate on the implementation phase              standards for quality assurance. Prerequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG
                      of their community health projects. Students will also begin their           213, DHYG 214, DHYG 215, DHYG 219. Corequisites: DHYG 222,
Course Descriptions




                      clinical procedures at extern rotations. Prerequisites: DHYG 132,            DHYG 223, DHYG 225, DHYG 229.
                      DHYG 133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135 and DHYG 138.
                                                                                                   DHYG	225	 COMMUNITY	DENTAL	HEALTH	IV	                          3CR
                      DHYG	212	 DENTAL	HYGIENE	PRACTICE	V	                            9CR          This course is a continuation of the previous community dental
                      This lecture and clinical course continues from the first year               health courses. Students study global multi-cultural issues and
                      courses. Students expand their focus of practice to include more             concerns, and continue their clinical/health promotion community
                      periodontally involved patients/clients. Emphasis is given to com-           internship project. Prerequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214,
                      prehensive dental hygiene care. Prerequisites: DHYG 142, DHYG                DHYG 215, DHYG 219. Corequisites: DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG
                      143, DHYG 145.                                                               224, DHYG 229.

                      DHYG	213	 RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY	V	                               3CR         DHYG	229	 PATHOLOGY	III	                                          2CR
                      In this course students provide restorative dentistry care to their          Disease aspects of the health/disease continuum are further
                      clinical patients/clients. In addition, students incorporate the             explored through the continuing study of Oral Pathology and peri-
                      administration of local anesthesia and nitrous oxide. Prerequisites:         odontics. Advanced concepts of immunology are presented. Case
                      DHYG 142, DHYG 143 and DHYG 145.                                             studies help students prepare for their presentations of clinical
                                                                                                   cases in the spring quarter. Prerequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG 213,
                      DHYG	214	 PRINCIPLES	&	ISSUES	IV	                              2CR           DHYG 214, DHYG 215, DHYG 219. Corequisites: DHYG 222, DHYG
                      This course examines concepts introduced in the first year courses.          223, DHYG 224, DHYG 225.
                      The primary focus is on wellness in the aged and geriatric dental
                      health. Communication skills relating to special needs patients,             DHYG	232	 DENTAL	HYGIENE	PRACTICE	VII	                        10CR
                      assertion and group dynamics are also studied. Prerequisites: DHYG           This course continues from Dental Hygiene Practice VI and gives
                      142, DHYG 143, DHYG 145, DHYG 218. Corequisites: DHYG 212,                   the student the opportunity to utilize knowledge and skills learned
                      DHYG 213, DHYG 215, DHYG 219.                                                in previous courses. Prerequisite: DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224,
                                                                                                   DHYG 225, DHYG 229.
                      DHYG	215	 COMMUNITY	DENTAL	HEALTH	III	                         3CR
                      Students are introduced to epidemiological concepts and trends,              DHYG	233	 RESTORATIVE	DENTISTRY	VII	                            2CR
                      community health research, marketing strategies for community                This course provides the student with clinical opportunities to
                      dental health education and promotion, and diversity issues in               demonstrate competence in restorative dental hygiene services
                      dentistry. Prerequisites: DHYG 142, DHYG 143, DHYG 145, DHYG 218             including the application of amalgam and composite restorations.
                      Corequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214, DHYG 219                         Prerequisite: DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224, DHYG 225,
                                                                                                   DHYG 229.


        182           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2           L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N          I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G
                                                                                                           Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                      7
DHYG	234	 PRINCIPLES	AND	ISSUES	IN		                                      EASL	017	 BEGINNING	ENGLISH	LANGUAGE	CIVICS	 3CR
               DENTAL	HYGIENE	VI	                             1CR         This content-based class familiarizes beginning ESL students
This course continues from DHYG 224 and focuses on dental and             with campus and community resources and the concept of civic
dental hygiene professional issues and trends. Students discuss           participation. All four language skills (reading, writing, listening,
employment issues and prepare for job placement. Prerequisites:           and speaking) are addressed.
DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224, DHYG 225, DHYG 229. Corequi-
sites: DHYG 232, DHYG 233, DHYG 235, DHYG 239.                            EASL	018	      INTERMEDIATE	ENGLISH		
                                                                                         LANGUAGE	CIVICS	                               3CR
DHYG	235	 COMMUNITY	DENTAL	HEALTH	V	                           1CR        This content-based class familiarizes students with the basic
Students continue providing clinical services to special populations      notions of US government, history, and the concept of civic partici-
at various extern sites using knowledge and skills developed in           pation, while providing numerous debate topics.
previous community dental health courses. Prerequisites: DHYG
222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224, DHYG 225, DHYG 229.                              EASL	024	 WORKPLACE	COMMUNICATIONS	I	                        1-8CR
                                                                          This course is designed to improve workplace communication for
DHYG	239	 PATHOLOGY	IV	                                        1CR        beginning level ESL and ABE students. Topics will include begin-
This course provides an opportunity for students to synthesize            ning phonics and pronunciation, helpful reading techniques for
knowledge developed in previous dental science courses,                   the workplace, interpretation of safety procedures, general work
particularly in periodontics and oral pathology. Students present         procedures. Prerequisite: Appropriate placement test score.
a research project and complete a professional portfolio. Prereq-
uisites: DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224, DHYG 225, DHYG 229.                EASL	025	 WORKPLACE	COMMUNICATIONS	II	                       1-8CR
Corequisites: DHYG 232, DHYG 233, DHYG 234, DHYG 235.                     This course is designed to improve workplace communication for
                                                                          intermediate ESL and ABE students. Topics will include the interpre-
DHYG	240	 LOCAL	ANESTHESIA	FOR	LICENSED		                                 tation of work-related vocabulary, safety procedures, handbooks,
                DENTAL	HYGIENISTS	                                 2CR    charts, performance reviews and benefits. Prerequisite: Appropriate
This course is designed to fulfill the requirements of Local Anes-        placement test score.
thesia Instruction set forth by the Washington Revised Code 18.29
for Dental Hygienists. In this course, the student is instructed in       EASL	028	 ACCENT	CORRECTION	1	                                 1CR
the techniques and usage of local anesthesia administration and           This independent-study class is intended for intermediate ESL
nitrous oxide sedation. Additionally, the pharmacology of the drugs       learners. Students will practice different vowel sounds through
administered, their interactions with other medications, emergency        various types of pronunciation exercises at both word and
procedures, and the review of anatomy and physiology of the head          connected speech levels. Prerequisite: EASL 030 or equivalent
and neck will be covered. Prerequisite: Graduate from an accredited       placement score.
Dental Hygiene School, successful completion of the National
Board for Dental Hygienists.                                              EASL	029	 ESL	ACCENT	CORRECTION	II	                         1-5CR
                                                                          This independent-study class is intended for intermediate ESL




                                                                                                                                                   Course Descriptions
DHYG	241	 RESTORATIVE	EXPANDED	DUTIES	                            4CR     learners. Students will practice different consonant sounds
This course is designed to fulfill the requirements of instruction        through various types of pronunciation exercises at both word
in Restorative Dentistry for the Dental Hygienist set forth by the        and connected speech levels. Prerequisite: EASL 030 or equivalent
Washington Revised Code 18.29. In this course, the students               placement test score.
will learn/review dental anatomy, occlusion, dental materials for
restorative dentistry, isolation techniques, and sealant application.     EASL	030	 HIGH	BEGINNING	ESL	                               1-15CR
Additionally, the student will be instructed in amalgam placing,          In this course students will practice and improve communication
carving and finishing, and composite placing and finishing.               skills with an equal emphasis on listening, speaking, reading and
Prerequisite: Graduate from an accredited Dental Hygiene School,          writing. Prerequisite: EASL 016 or equivalent placement score.
successful completion of the National Board for Dental Hygienists.
                                                                          EASL	032	 ESL	COMPUTER	LITERACY	                                 3CR
EASL	010	 ESL	ORIENTATION	                                   0.5CR        ESL students will become familiar with basic computer functions
This course is for students who took the ESL appraisal and plan to        and introduced to Microsoft Office while developing the necessary
enroll in the English as a Second Language program. It teaches to         language skills to read and follow instructions. Prerequisite: EASL
the global outcome of Technical and Information Literacy. Prerequi-       016 or equivalent placement.
site: Instructor permission.
                                                                          EASL	035	 ESL	WORLD	OF	WORK	II	                                10CR
EASL	015	 BEGINNING	ESL	LITERACY	                            1-12CR       This course is intended to provide students with proficiency in
This course is for students beginning to study English as a second        English as a second language and Adult Basic Education skills
language. It teaches survival English, with a focus on speaking and       necessary to function in the American workplace. The course
listening. Prerequisite: Appropriate placement score.                     covers basic English as a second language competencies such as
                                                                          listening, speaking, reading, and writing, and specific competencies
EASL	016	 LOW	BEGINNING	ESL	                               1-12CR         in language and culture for the workplace. In addition, students
This course continues teaching basic functional English but has an        develop basic word processing skills. Prerequisite: English as a
increasing emphasis on beginning reading and writing. Prerequi-           Second Language State of Washington Core Competences Level 2,
site: EASL 115 or equivalent placement score.                             Refugee Status.

                                                                          EASL	038	 CITIZENSHIP	PREPARATION	                              3CR
                                                                          This course is for ESL students who qualify and intend to apply for
                                                                          US Citizenship. Prerequisite: EASL 016 and instructor permission.



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N         I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y           C A T A L O G       183
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      EASL	040	 LOW	INTERMEDIATE	ESL	                          1-15CR          EASL	065	 ADVANCED	ESL	                                       1-15CR
                      Students continue improving their communication skills with an           In this course, students will continue improving communication
                      emphasis on reading and writing to enhance their participation in        skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing to prepare them
                      the community and on the job. Prerequisite: EASL 030 or equivalent       for transitioning into college programs. Prerequisite: EASL 050 or
                      placement score.                                                         equivalent placement.

                      EASL	042	 ESL	WRITING	FUNDAMENTALS	                           1-9CR      EASL	070	 ESL	COMPUTER	APPLICATIONS	I	                        1-3CR
                      Teaches organization/other aspects of the writing process                Improve pronunciation, spelling, and meaning of Windows, Word,
                      integrated with grammar, reading, and critical thinking skills.          Excel, Internet vocabulary and use Microsoft programs to write and
                      Prerequisite: EASL 030 or equivalent placement score.                    edit sentences, paragraphs, and business letters. Prerequisite: EASL
                                                                                               040 or equivalent placement.
                      EASL	050	 HIGH	INTERMEDIATE	ESL	                               1-15CR
                      Students will practice and improve communication skills to func-         EASL	072	 ESL	COMPUTER	APPLICATIONS	II	                     1-3CR
                      tion effectively in various life situations and to explore program       Improve pronunciation, spelling, and meaning of Access and Pow-
                      opportunities. Prerequisite: EASL 040 or equivalent placement            erPoint vocabulary and use computers to write paragraphs, cover
                      score.                                                                   letters, resumes and presentations. Job search techniques will also
                                                                                               be covered. Prerequisite: EASL 040 or equivalent placement.
                      EASL	053	 HEALTHCARE	BRIDGE	I	                                    6CR
                      This course is designed to assist ESL students in their transition       EASL	074	        ESL	TRANSPORTATION		
                      into Allied Health Programs, by offering language instruction in                          APPLICATIONS	I	                              1-3CR
                      the context of Health/Healthcare. Prerequisite: Completion of level      This course is exclusively for ESL students who qualify and enroll in
                      4 or equivalent placement scores and interest in one of the Allied       the I-BEST General Service Technician certificate of completion. It
                      Health Programs at LWIT.                                                 addresses industry specific vocabulary and language skills covered
                                                                                               in the first term technical courses (TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                      EASL	055	      TECHNICAL	INTEGRATED	ESL		                                and TRAN 125). Prerequisite: Completion of EASL 030 or equivalent
                                     WRITTEN	COMMUNICATION	                        1-5CR       placement, and instructor permission.
                      Improve spelling of technical/industry specific vocabulary; use
                      vocabulary in sentences and descriptive and narrative paragraphs         EASL	076	       ESL	TRANSPORTATION		
                      while working on sentence structure and basic grammar. Prerequi-                         APPLICATIONS	II	                                1-3CR
                      site: EASL 040 or equivalent placement test score.                       This course is exclusively for ESL students enrolled in the I-BEST
                                                                                               General Service Technician certificate of completion. It addresses
                      EASL	056	      TECHNICAL	INTEGRATED	ESL		                                industry specific vocabulary and language skills covered in the
                                     WRITTEN	COMMUNICATION	                       1-5CR        second term technical courses (AUTO 120 and AUTO 124). Prerequi-
                      Improve pronunciation of technical/industry specific vocabulary;         site: EASL 074.
                      use such vocabulary in sentences while working on stress and
Course Descriptions




                      intonation. Practice describing a process and reporting problems.        EASL	077	 ESL	ACCOUNTING	APPLICATIONS	I	                         3CR
                      Prerequisite: EASL 040 or equivalent placement test score.               This course is exclusively for ESL students who qualify and enroll
                                                                                               in the I-BEST Accounting Assistant Certificate of Completion. It
                      EASL	057	 ESL	WRITING	HIGH/INTERMEDIATE	                      3CR        addresses industry specific vocabulary and language skills covered
                      This online class improves reading and writing skills through            in the first term technical courses (ACCT 111, ACCT 112, and BAS
                      learning and practicing new grammar and writing topics. Assign-          101. Prerequisite: EASL 040 or equivalent placement scores and
                      ments are based on online reading texts. Prerequisite: EASL 040 or       instructor permission.
                      equivalent placement score.
                                                                                               EASL	078	 EASL	ACCOUNTING	APPLICATIONS	II	                      3CR
                      EASL	060	 CONNECT	WITH	ENGLISH	                                 1CR      This course is exclusively for ESL students who are enrolled in
                      In this independent-study course, students will practice listening       the second term of the I-BEST Accounting Assistant Certificate of
                      and writing skills, and some basic grammatical structures to             Completion. It addresses specific vocabulary and language skills
                      complement or prepare for regular ESL classes. Prerequisite: EASL        covered in the second term technical courses (BAS 112 and ACCT
                      030 or equivalent placement score.                                       210). Prerequisite: EASL 077.
                      EASL	062	 WRITING	IMPROVEMENT	                                   1CR     EASL	079	 EASL	ACCOUNTING	APPLICATIONS	III	 3CR
                      This independent-study class is intended for intermediate ESL            This course is exclusively for ESL students who are enrolled in the
                      learners. Students will work on their writing at the sentence level      third term of the I-BEST Accounting Assistant Certificate of Comple-
                      and then at the paragraph level, while reviewing and practicing          tion. It addresses specific vocabulary and language skills covered in
                      grammatical structures and relationships. Prerequisite: EASL 030 or      the third term technical courses (ACCT 220 and ACCT105) as well as
                      equivalent placement score.                                              employment skills. Prerequisite: EASL 078.
                      EASL	064	 ESL	WORKSKILLS	                                      1CR       EASL	080	 ESL/ABED	COLLEGE	TRANSITION	                          1-3CR
                      This is an independent-study course designed to improve the lan-         This course assists ESL/ABED student transition into technical pro-
                      guage skills necessary to function well in an American workplace         grams. It is comprised of five modules – Reading and Study Skills,
                      setting. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in EASL 030 or EASL         College Orientation, College Oral Communication, Grammar, and
                      040 or current employment.                                               Digital Literacy. Students can take any module or combination of
                                                                                               modules according to their needs, skills, and availability. Prerequi-
                                                                                               site: EASL 030 or equivalent placement score.




        184           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y           C A T A L O G
                                                                                                          Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                      7
EASL	082	 ESL	WEB	APPLICATIONS	                                 3CR      ECEM	122	 CREATIVE	ACTIVITIES	                                  5CR
This course is exclusively for ESL/ABE students who qualify and          Focus is on the development of activities and interest centers to
enroll in the I-BEST Web Maintenance Certificate of Completion. It       enhance creativity and self- esteem. Hands on exploration of art,
addresses industry specific vocabulary and language skills covered       sensory, construction activities and the development and enhance-
in the ITAD and MMDP courses that are part of this certificate.          ment of dramatic play and block centers.
Prerequisites: Completion of EASL 070 and instructor permission
                                                                         ECEM	124	 LANGUAGE	ACTIVITIES	                                  5CR
EASL	085	        ESL	ENERGY	TECHNOLOGY		                                 Course explores techniques for enhancement of language develop-
                 APPLICATIONS	I	                               1-4CR     ment. Focus on co-active language experiences, verbal/written
This course is exclusively for ESL/ABED students who qualify and         expression, story extensions, selection of literature, music/move-
enroll in the I-BEST Bio-Energy Certificate of Completion and/or the     ment, curriculum and environmental planning. Verbal expression
Energy Technology Certificate of Completion. It addresses industry       techniques for staff explored. Resource development opportunities.
specific vocabulary and language skills covered in the first term
technical courses (ETEC 110, ETEC 120, and ETEC 121) Prerequisites:      ECEM	125	 SCIENCE	AND	MATH	ACTIVITIES	                          5CR
Completion of EASL 040 or equivalent placement scores and                Study of basic math/science concepts including classification, com-
instructor permission.                                                   parison, ordering, measuring, graphing, estimating and problem
                                                                         solving techniques. Students learn principles and methods of intro-
EASL	086	       ESL	ENERGY	TECHNOLOGY		                                  duction of concepts and providing practice using basic materials
                APPLICATIONS	II	                               1-4CR     present in every program. Prerequisites: ABED 046 and MATH 070,
This course is exclusively for ESL/ABED students who are enrolled in     or equivalent placement scores.
the second term of the I-BEST Bio-Energy Certificate of Completion
and/or the Energy Technology Certificate of Completion and/or the        ECEM	130	 MATHEMATICAL	METHODS		
first term of the Industrial Laboratory Certificate of Completion. It                  FOR	PRESCHOOL	TEACHERS	                         5CR
addresses specific vocabulary and language skills covered in the         Students learn how to successfully teach mathematics to children
second term technical courses (ETEC 122, STEC 200, STEC 220).            ages 2 through 6 and how to play with the mathematical ideas that
                                                                         define the content standards for preschool mathematical skills:
EASL	087	      ESL	ENERGY	TECHNOLOGY		                                   number and operations; patterns, functions and relations; geom-
               APPLICATIONS	III	                             1-4CR       etry and measurement; and problem solving and data analysis.
BodyText>This course is exclusively for ESL/ABED students who are
enrolled in the third term of the I-BEST Energy Technology Certifi-      ECEM	131	 ADVOCACY/LEGAL	ISSUES	                                  1CR
cate of Completion and/or the Industrial Laboratory Certificate of       Techniques for advocacy for ECE/School Age community and
Completion. It addresses specific vocabulary and language skills         professional letter writing. Study of legal issues including confiden-
covered in the third term technical courses (ETEC 123, STEC 221,         tiality, DSHS regulations, employee rights and anti-discrimination
STEC 225).                                                               policies.




                                                                                                                                                   Course Descriptions
ECEM	111	 INTRODUCTION	TO	EARLY		                                        ECEM	132	 PARENT	INTERACTIONS	                                   5CR
                CHILDHOOD	EDUCATION	                          5CR        Techniques for positive and supportive interactions with parents.
An overview of the early childhood profession and the principles         Focus on parent support, conferences, conflict resolution, and
of environmental planning and child observation techniques. Basic        written materials for parents. Study of current research on child
early childhood/school age teaching techniques, professional             care’s role as a family resource.
standards and ethics as defined by NAEYC are discussed in depth.
Current research is reviewed and students begin developing a             ECEM	133	 PROGRAM	DESIGN	                                      5CR
portfolio. Prerequisites: ABED 046 and MATH 070, or equivalent           An in-depth study and application of programs for children
placement scores.                                                        from birth through age twelve. Students develop schedule and
                                                                         curriculum for infant, toddler, preschool and school age programs
ECEM	112	 CHILD	DEVELOPMENT	                                    6CR      (both summer and school year). Prerequisites: ABED 046 and MATH
Study of developmental tasks for children birth to age twelve. In-       070, or equivalent placement scores.
depth study of major developmental theories and their application
to child care. Fundamentals of using developmental information to        ECEM	134	 SAFETY	HEALTH	AND	NUTRITION	                         5CR
observe and record the behavior of young children. Two compre-           Study of child safety and health practices for home and center-
hensive exams measure child development knowledge.                       based programs. Topics included are accident prevention, first aid/
                                                                         emergency procedures, disease, and child neglect/abuse. Food
ECEM	113	 GUIDANCE	TECHNIQUES	                                 5CR       preparations and basic menus planning following DSHS guidelines.
Students study early childhood guidance techniques that foster
self esteem and guide children’s behavior. Lectures focus on the         ECEM	150	 S.T.A.R.S	BASIC	GUIDEBOOK	TRAINING	 2CR
relationship between development and behavior, age appro-                A guidebook based course providing basic child care training for
priate behavior expectations, and the impact of unmet needs on           family child care providers and lead center staff. Purpose is to pro-
children’s behavior.                                                     vide people who work with young children a basic core knowledge.
                                                                         Course includes the recommended learning outcomes required for
ECEM	121	 DIVERSITY	ISSUES	                                    1CR       Washington State training and Registry System (S.T.A.R.S.) initial
General introduction to incorporating cultural, ethnic, personal         training.
and physical diversity into the program with parent education
component. Focus on methods for infusion of concepts into all
areas of curriculum.



2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G       185
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      ECEM	212	 POLICIES	AND	PROCEDURES	                          5CR          EDUC	215	 BEST	PRACTICES	IN		
                      Elements of program management, including statement of pro-                              DISTANCE	LEARNING	                             3CR
                      gram philosophy, program objectives and all program procedures.          Faculty learn how to use distance learning tools more effectively to
                      Students develop an operations manual and a personnel policies           design and develop distance learning courses that deliver the same
                      manual. Prerequisites: ABED 046 and MATH 070, or equivalent              quality of instruction as the traditional classroom. The pedagogical
                      placement scores.                                                        implications of new technology and tools are emphasized.

                      ECEM	213	 STAFF	MANAGEMENT	                                    6CR       EDUC	216	 ASSESSMENT	OF	LEARNING	                            5CR
                      Study of procedures for staff selection, staff development and           Students will design and develop assessments to be integrated into
                      evaluation. Students develop job descriptions, interview questions,      the learning process, including performance-based and portfolio
                      participate in mock interviews, develop plan for staff development       assessments.
                      plan and staff evaluation procedures.
                                                                                               EDUC	235	 EMERGING	TECHNOLOGIES		
                      ECEM	214	 FINANCIAL	PLANNING	AND	RECORDS	 5CR                                           IN	HIGHER	EDUCATION	                            2CR
                      Study of the budget development process for child care centers.          An exploration of emerging technology tools to enhance learning,
                      Students work in cooperative groups to complete comprehensive            collaborative work, and the integration of technology into the
                      budget plans. Budget back-up sheets, status reports, break even          curriculum. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
                      analysis and full costs of care statements are included in the
                      curriculum.                                                              EDUC	251	 TEACHING	PRACTICUM	I	                                    15CR
                                                                                               This course is designed to provide opportunities for instructors
                      ECON&	201	 MICROECONOMICS	                                    5CR        to enhance their professional skills and instructional practices
                      Examines the market economy including consumer demand,                   which follow college guidelines and are in accordance with the
                      production, exchange, the price system, resource allocation and the      Washington State Skill Standards for Professional-Technical Educa-
                      role of government in the economy. Students analyze resource and         tors. Prerequisite: Initial certification as a professional-technical
                      income distribution, assess consumer and business behavior, and          instructor and approval by Dean.
                      evaluate price determination and production cost. Prerequisites:
                      Math 090, ENGL 092, or equivalent placement scores                       EDUC	252	 TEACHING	PRACTICUM	II	                                15CR
                                                                                               This course continues to provide opportunities for instructors to
                      ECON&	202	 MACRO	ECONOMICS	                                  5CR         enhance their professional skills and instructional practices which
                      This is an introductory course emphasizing how the markets               follow college guidelines and are in accordance with the Wash-
                      operate from the big (macro) picture. The course covers measure-         ington State Skill Standards for Professional-Technical Educators.
                      ment of economic performance, national income accounting,                Prerequisites: EDUC 251 and Initial certification as a professional-
                      aggregate supply and demand, fiscal policy, money creation/Fed-          technical instructor, approval by Dean.
                      eral Reserve system, monetary policy, inflation and unemployment.
                      Prerequisites: MATH 070 or ABED 040, ENGL 092 or ENGL 093, or            EDUC	295	 PROFESSIONAL	TECHNICAL		
Course Descriptions




                      equivalent placement scores.                                                             EDUCATION	CAPSTONE	                                5CR
                                                                                               This Capstone course is designed to provide opportunities for
                      EDUC	135	 MASTER	ADVISING	                                     1CR       instructors to augment their professional skills in accordance
                      The Master Advising course provides faculty and staff with the core      with Washington State Skill Standards for Professional-Technical
                      skills necessary to advise students toward the successful comple-        Educators. This is the final required course of an AAS-T degree in
                      tion of their certificate or degree program and overcome any             Professional-Technical Education. Prerequisite: Initial certifica-
                      barriers along the way.                                                  tion as a professional-technical instructor and approval by Dean.
                                                                                               Corequisite: EDUC 252.
                      EDUC	201	 TEACHING	&	FACILITATING		
                                      LEARNING	LEVEL	I	                                 3CR    ELEC	110	       INTRODUCTION	TO	ELECTRONICS	I		
                      New instructors will practice implementing a variety of instruc-                         (SURVEY	COURSE)	                                  6CR
                      tional strategies and student assessments to meet course                 Electronics impacts all of our lives, this complete introduction to
                      outcomes. Instructors will actively practice their teaching skills to    basic electricity/electronics principles with an emphasis on hands-
                      begin to implement learner-centered instructional activities and         on application of theory provides a solid foundation to anyone in
                      lessons that they have devised.                                          the “ high-tech” workforce. A good look into how these electronics
                                                                                               products really work. Prerequisites: MATH 080 and ENGL 093 or
                      EDUC	202	 DEVELOPING	&	REVIEWING	PROGRAMS	 3CR                           instructor permission.
                      Create, review and/or modify program plans and approve core
                      and support program coursework and assessments working with              ELEC	111	      COMPUTER	LITERACY	FOR		
                      program advisory committee and accreditation standards.                                 ELECTRONICS	PROFESSIONALS	                       2CR
                                                                                               An introductory course, which develops an understanding of basic
                      EDUC	206	 TEACHING	AND	FACILITATING		                                    computer operations as they pertain to the electronics technical
                                     LEARNING	LEVEL	II	                               3CR      professional. Hardware and basic software applications are studied
                      Instructor-learners will further examine and fine tune multiple          as well as industry specific software applications. Basic computer
                      modes of instruction beyond those in Level 1. Prerequisite: EDUC         operations are studied.
                      201.
                                                                                               ELEC	113	 CAREER	PLANNING	AND	LEADERSHIP	I	 2CR
                      EDUC	211	 PLANNING	FOR	INSTRUCTION	                             3CR      Focus on career objectives for the diverse electronics industry,
                      Students plan for the delivery of adult instruction by developing        leadership/team skills, customer relations, occupational safety,
                      the skills required to create, evaluate or modify a program/course.      hazardous material regulations, hiring practices and techniques,
                                                                                               and workplace ethics unique to the electronics industry.


        186           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2         L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N        I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y             C A T A L O G
                                                                                                              Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                           7
ELEC	114	      ELECTRONICS	TESTING	PROCESSES		                              ELEC	211	 DIGITAL	ELECTRONICS	                                6CR
               AND	TECHNIQUES	I	                                2CR         This course covers an introduction to logic fundamentals,
A practical study of techniques and methods of basic electrical             numbering systems, codes, gates, truth tables, DeMorgan’s
testing and parameter measurement. Component identification,                theorems, basic Boolean theorems, combination logic circuits.
technical methodology and practices that are utilized throughout            The course combines lecture sessions with intensive hands-on lab
the electronics industry are studied. Testing emphasis is on                experiments.
portable hand-held electronic test equipment, including VOMs and
DMMs. Prerequisites: MATH 080, ENGL 093, or equivalent place-               ELEC	213	 CAREER	PLAN	&	LEADERSHIP	II	                          2CR
ment scores, or instructor permission. Corequistie: ELEC 110.               Continuation of ELEC 113. Focus on continued development of
                                                                            career objectives for the electronics industry including leadership/
ELEC	115	       ELECTRONICS	MANUFACTURING		                                 team skills, occupational safety, hazardous material regulations,
                TESTING	TECHNIQUES	I	                           5CR         hiring practices and techniques, and workplace ethics. Prerequisite:
Introduction to techniques and methods of fabrication that                  ELEC 113.
are utilized throughout the electronics industry. Basic manual
electronic manufacturing techniques, safety procedures, and shop            ELEC	214	      TROUBLESHOOTING		
practices and techniques are explored, as well as proper hand tool                         ELECTRONIC	CIRCUITS	                              4CR
selection, care and utilization. Prerequisites: MATH 080, ENGL 093,         Covers troubleshooting techniques in a wide variety of circuits
or equivalent placement scores, or instructor permission.                   found in electronic systems. DC and AC voltage analysis are used
                                                                            to troubleshoot to component level in power supplies, bipolar/FET
ELEC	116	      INTRODUCTION	TO	PROGRAMMABLE		                               audio and RF amplifiers, oscillators, and op-amp circuits. Prerequi-
               LOGIC	CONTROLLERS	                               5CR         site: ELEC 137 or instructor permission.
Due to industry shift students will be familiarized with PLCs and
learn Automated Manufacturing techniques and practices used                 ELEC	216	 MECHATRONICS	                                           4CR
to keep these machines operational. Prerequisite: ELEC 110 or               Continuation of SOLID-STATE I. Covers AC analysis of bipolar small-
instructor permission.                                                      signal transistors, including computer modeling of circuits. DC/
                                                                            AC analysis of large-signal amplifiers is also included. The course
ELEC	120	 INTRODUCTION	TO	ELECTRONICS	II	                        6CR        combines lecture sessions with intensive hands-on lab experi-
Continuation of the Introduction to Electronics course in which             ments. Prerequisite: ELEC 215 or instructor permission.
semiconductors circuits both analog and digital electronics are
explored. A variety of hands-on lab activities with applications            ELEC	217	 DATA	ACQUISITION	&	ANALYSIS	                         5CR
enforce the classroom learning. Prerequisite: ELEC 110.                     Course exposes students to data acquisition principles involving
                                                                            monitoring and/or controlling signals with a computer in a
ELEC	126	       ELECTRONICS	MANUFACTURING		                                 scientific, testing, or manufacturing environment. Students gain
                TESTING	TECHNIQUES	II	                          5CR         experience in real-world data acquisition applications. Prerequi-
Introduction to surface mount techniques and advanced methods               sites: ELEC 114, ELEC 137.




                                                                                                                                                        Course Descriptions
of fabrication that are utilized throughout the electronics industry.
Basic manual electronic manufacturing techniques, safety proce-             ELEC	221	 FCC/CET	PREPARATION	                                    1CR
dures and shop practices and techniques are explored, as well as            This course is designed to aid the electronics student to pass the
proper hand tool selection, care and utilization. Prerequisite:             FCC “General Radiotelephone” license exam (FCC Element I and III).
ELEC 115.                                                                   Also covered are topics covered in the CET “Associate” level exam
                                                                            enabling students to be certified by ETA, International. Both the
ELEC	130	 ELECTRICITY	&	ELECTRONICS	                             6CR        FCC and CET license examinations are offered at Lake Washington
Fundamentals of physics as it relates to electricity and electronics        Institute of Technology for additional fees. See instructor for details.
are studied. Basic DC/AC theory including basic and intermediate            Prerequisite: ELEC 224 or instructor permission.
circuit identification and analysis are explored. Prerequisite:
ELEC 120.                                                                   ELEC	223	 COMMUNICATION	ELECTRONICS	                          5CR
                                                                            This course is an introduction to electronic communications cov-
ELEC	137	 INTRODUCTION	TO	SEMI	AND	ANALOG	 5CR                              ering topics on electrical noise, AM/FM modulation and demodu-
An introductory study of basic semiconductor theory as it applies           lation techniques, transmission lines, electromagnetic wave
to electronics applications. Basic PN junctions through operational         propagation, antenna systems, and basic fiber optic techniques.
amplifier configurations and applications are explored. Prerequi-           The course combines lecture sessions with intensive hands-on lab
site: ELEC 130 or instructor permission.                                    experiments. Prerequisite: ELEC 225.

ELEC	197	      ELECTRONICS	CAPSTONE	–		                                     ELEC	224	 ELECTRONIC	CIRCUITS	                                  5CR
               CERTIFICATE	LEVEL	                                   5CR     Course covers DC/AC analysis of basic FET devices with DC/AC
All students are required to complete a capstone project prior              amplifier analysis and a study of the thyristor family. Computer
to graduation as a final check of competency. Details are negoti-           modeling of FET amplifiers is used to enhance understanding.
ated between the instructor and student to best fit the students’           Also includes a study of frequency effects on amplifier operation,
individual area of interest within the field. This course is to be taken    and a study of oscillator and regulated power supply circuits. This
the final quarter of a certificate program. Prerequisite: Instructor        course teaches to the global outcome of Information and Technical
permission.                                                                 Literacy. Prerequisite: ELEC 137 or instructor permission.




2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2          L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N          I N S T I T U T E    O F     T E C H N O L O G Y            C A T A L O G        187
   7                  Course Descriptions
                      ELEC	225	 LINEAR	CIRCUITS	                                          5CR     ENGL	065	 SPELLING	IMPROVEMENT	                               1-2CR
                      Course covers basic and advanced topics on differential amplifiers          In this course students will work with an instructor to complete
                      and op-amp IC circuits. Op-amp negative feedback is covered. Also           an independent self-study program designed to improve spelling
                      includes the study of several selected linear and non-linear op-amp         proficiency. This course will help students sound out new words
                      circuits, including active filters. Prerequisite: ELEC 224 or instructor    by applying basic phonic principles, provide practice in applying
                      permission                                                                  four basic spelling rules, and introduce techniques for memorizing
                                                                                                  words that are not spelled entirely by sound. Individual instruction
                      ELEC	226	      INTRODUCTION	TO	AUTOMATION/                                  and testing will be given on all the major rules and concepts in this
                                     ELECTOMECHANICAL	                            4CR             course. Prerequisite: ASC instructor permission.
                      Operation and maintenance of an Automated Manufacturing Cell is
                      explored, with plenty of hands on experience. Prerequisite:                 ENGL	067	 VOCABULARY	DEVELOPMENT	                             1-3CR
                      ELEC 216.                                                                   In this course students will work with an instructor to complete
                                                                                                  an independent self-study program designed to increase their
                      ELEC	232	 DIGITAL	ELECTRONICS	LAB	                              6CR         vocabulary. This course will help students learn new words
                      Students apply previously studied theory and circuits in the plan-          through the application of basic learning principles, context cues,
                      ning, development and prototyping of a digital system. The digital          association, and inference. Vocabulary Development carefully leads
                      system developed will have a direct application to an identified            the student from easier to harder words, exercises and quizzes.
                      branch of the electronics industry. Prerequisites: ELEC 211 and ELEC        Individual instruction and testing will be provided throughout the
                      237 or instructor permission.                                               course. Prerequisite: ASC instructor permission.
                      ELEC	233	 IPC-A-610	CERTIFICATION	PROGRAM	 5CR                              ENGL	092	 READING	IMPROVEMENT	                                  5CR
                      Attain this coveted industry based Electronics certification. This          This course presents reading strategies and techniques to improve
                      training and certification has immediate recognition, legitimacy            understanding of written materials. Instruction is provided in
                      and value throughout the electronics industry. This certification           reading rate and comprehension, vocabulary development, and
                      will demonstrate your commitment to customer requirements                   paragraph writing. The skills developed in these courses are
                      and greatly assist any company dedicated to ISO-9000 or other               prerequisite to English 100. Prerequisite: ABED 046, or equivalent
                      quality assurance initiatives. Prerequisite: ELEC 126 or instructor         placement score, or instructor permission.
                      permission.
                                                                                                  ENGL	093	 BEGINNING	ENGLISH	                                    5CR
                      ELEC	234	       IPC/WHMA-A-620		                                            Instruction in basic sentence grammar and the essentials of writing
                                      CERTIFICATION	PROGRAM	                           5CR        sentences and paragraphs; an introduction to essays. Review of
                      Attain this internationally recognized industry based Electronics           study skills necessary for college success also provided. Prerequi-
                      certification that has immediate recognition, legitimacy and value          site: ABED 046 or equivalent placement score.
                      throughout the electronics industry. This certification includes
                      many aspects of cable and harness fabrication. Candidates must              ENGL	093A	 WRITING	IMPROVEMENT	                                 5CR
Course Descriptions




                      meet IPC requirements to attain certification. Students are required        This course presents basic sentence grammar, the essentials of
                      to pass the IPC/WHMA-A-620 certification to receive a passing               writing sentences and paragraphs, and an introduction to essays.
                      grade. Prerequisite: ELEC 126 or instructor permission.                     093A is intended for native speakers of English. 093B is intended
                                                                                                  for non-native English Speakers. The skills developed in these
                      ELEC	237	      INTRO	TO	MICROPROCESSORS		                                   courses are prerequisite to English 100. Prerequisite: ABED 046 or
                                     &	MICROCONTROLLERS	                              5CR         equivalent placement test score or instructor permission.
                      Introduces the microcontroller and its applications. Students learn
                      how to program, analyze, troubleshoot, interface, and design                ENGL	093B	 BEGINNING	ENGLISH	–	ESL	                             5CR
                      electronic systems based on micro-technology, including industrial,         This course presents basic sentence grammar, the essentials of
                      consumer, and microcomputer systems. Prerequisite: ELEC 211.                writing sentences and paragraphs, and an introduction to essays.
                                                                                                  093A is intended for native speakers of English. 093B is intended
                      ELEC	239	       PRINTED	CIRCUIT	BOARD	LAYOUT		                              for non-native English speakers. The skills developed in these
                                      AND	DESIGN	                                     6CR         courses are prerequisite to English 100. Prerequisite: ABED 046 or
                      Introduction to Printed Circuit Board Layout and Schematic cap-             equivalent placement test score or instructor permission.
                      ture. Students will modify and create libraries from part datasheets
                      and use them to create schematics and layout PCB’s for various              ENGL	095	 LANGUAGE	MECHANICS	                                 1CR
                      circuits. Prerequisite: Instructor Permission.                              Covers language mechanics, including capitalization, grammar
                                                                                                  and usage, punctuation, and spelling. Prerequisite: Appropriate
                      ELEC	297	      ELECTRONICS	CAPSTONE,		                                      placement score.
                                     DEGREE	LEVEL	                                        4CR
                      Capstone course for 200 Level electronics classes and degrees.              ENGL	096	 THE	GRAMMAR	OF	WRITING	                              1CR
                      All students are required to complete a capstone project prior to           Covers more advanced grammar and writing skills, including
                      graduation as a final check of competency. Exact details are negoti-        a review of language mechanics, plus proper language usage,
                      ated between the instructor and student to best fit the students’           sentence structure, and an introduction to clear writing and para-
                      individual area of interest within the field. This course is to be taken    graphs. Prerequisite: ENGL 095 or equivalent placement score.
                      the final quarter of a degree program. Prerequisite: Instructor
                      permission.                                                                 ENGL	097	 READING	COMPREHENSION	                              1CR
                                                                                                  Covers reading skills, including vocabulary building, word knowl-
                                                                                                  edge, and reading comprehension. Prerequisite: ENGL 095, ENGL
                                                                                                  096, or equivalent placement score.



        188           2 0 1 1 - 2 0 1 2          L A K E     W A S H I N G T O N          I N S T I T U T E    O F    T E C H N O L O G Y           C A T A L O G
                                                                                                              Course Descriptions
                                                                                                                                                           7
ENGL	098	 TEXTBOOK	READING	                                     2CR         ENGR	113	 DIMENSIONING	WITH	DRAWINGS	                           4CR
This course is designed for students who want to improve their              This course is an introduction to basic dimensioning techniques
ability to follow directions and understand the materials they read         using orthographic, Floor plan, and civil plat drawings. Students
for both technical and academic work at a college level. Students           will create bordered drawings using industry level dimension
currently taking English 100 or 101 will find additional support for        techniques relating to architecture, civil and mechanical disciplines
their reading improvement in this course. Prerequisites: ENGL 092,          using ASME and AIA standards. Prerequisites: MATH 080, ENGR 111
and ENGL 093A or 093B; or equivalent placement score.                       (as a pre or corequisite), or instructor permission.

ENGL	100	 INTRO	TO	ESSAY	WRITING	                                5CR        ENGR	121	 GRAPHIC	PROBLEM	SOLVING	                                4CR
This course presents grammar and paragraph review and instruc-              Principles and techniques of descriptive geometry, including the
tion in writing thesis-driven essays. Students will write a minimum         use of direct projections and revolutions to resolve spatial relation-
of 3500 words of finished composition during the quarter.                   ship problems. Apply concepts such as true length, true shape and
Prerequisites: ENGL 092, ENGL 093A or ENGL 093B, or equivalent              point location. Includes primary and secondary auxiliary views.
placement scores.                                                           Prerequisite: ENGR 115.

ENGL	108	 TECHNICAL	EDITING	                                        5CR     ENGR	122	 ENGINEERING	GRAPHICS	III	                         4CR
Editorial skills needing for revising scientific/technical writing and      Fundamentals of engineering graphics including: section views,
visual content by checking grammar, sentence structure, clarity             intersections, developments, and isometric drawing. Emphasis is
and style (for writing) and layout, structure and design (for visual        placed on ASME, DOD and ISO standards. Prerequisite: ENGR 121.
content). Prerequisite: ENGL 100.
                                                                            ENGR	123	 APPLIED	DIMENSIONING		
ENGL	195	 CAPSTONE	PROJECT	IN	ENGLISH	                           2CR                      AND	TOLERANCING	                                4CR
The project should demonstrate ideas and techniques learned                 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing per ANSI/ASME, DOD
in previous courses of the technical communication certificate;             and ISO standards. Dimensioning, tolerancing and related practices
an acco